C1 construction environmental management plan

Auckland City Rail Link In association with:

ENABLING WORKS CONTRACT 1 CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Document ref: CRL-BTM-ENV-DOW-PLN-000229

Revision: 8 FINAL July 2016

COMMERCIAL IN CONFIDENCE Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

Version history Rev.

Date

Version details

Prepared by

Reviewed by

1

January 2016

Draft for Auckland Transport review

R Purdy

P Roan, D Burtenshaw

2

January 2016

Draft for CLG review

R Purdy

R Jenkins

3

February 2016

Draft for Independent Peer Review

R Purdy

R Jenkins

4

April 2016

Draft incorporating revised BTC designation conditions, Peer Review and Auckland Council comments

R Purdy

P Roan

5

May 2016

Draft incorporating CLG comments for Independent Peer Review

R Purdy

P Roan

6

May 2016

Draft incorporating CLG and Peer Review comments for Auckland Transports review.

J Urquhart

P Roan

7

June 2016

Final

J Urquhart

P Roan, R Jenkins

8

July 2016

Final incorporating Auckland Council comments

R Purdy

R Jenkins

Distribution Date

Version

Issued to

Quantity & type

Approved for the DSBJV by

18 January 2016

Draft

Auckland Transport for review

1x electronic

D Burtenshaw

29 January 2016

Draft

Community Liaison Group

1x electronic

D Burtenshaw

10 February 2016

Draft

Independent Peer Review

1x electronic

D Burtenshaw

18 April 2016

Draft

Community Liaison Group

1x electronic

D Burtenshaw

10 May 2016

Draft

Independent Peer Review

1x electronic

D Burtenshaw

27 May 2016

Draft

Auckland Transport for review

1x electronic

D Burtenshaw

2 June 2016

Final

Auckland Transport

1x Electronic 1 x Hard copy

D Burtenshaw

5 July 2016

Final

Auckland Transport, Auckland Council

1 x Electronic

D Burtenshaw

This document remains the property of DSBJV. Its contents are confidential and shall not be reproduced, destroyed or given away without express, written permission of DSBJV. The electronic version of this document in FULCRUM on designated serves(s) is the Master Copy and is a controlled document. Unless specifically noted, thereon, other copies of this document are uncontrolled. \\albtpfile.ttgroup.local\data\rep\auckland\live\tt\projects\30850\30850.0500 planning\30850.0501 (cemp)\issueddocuments\final updated july 2016\crl-btm-env-dow-pln-000229 c1 cemp rev 8 - final.docx

Construction Environmental Management Plan

June 2016

Table of contents 1

Introduction 1.1 City Rail Link Project 1.2 Purpose of the CEMP 1.3 CEMP Structure and Content 1.3.1 Overview 1.3.2 CEMP structure 1.4 Relevant Conditions 1.5 Sustainability 1.5.1 Infrastructure Sustainability 1.5.2 ISCA IS Rating Scheme 1.6 Mana Whenua

1 1 2 3 3 5 7 24 24 25 25

2

Project Description and Construction Method 2.1 Overview 2.2 Construction Methodology 2.2.1 Stage 1 – Site Establishment and Temporary Accommodation Works 2.2.2 Stage 2 – CPO Building Works 2.2.3 Stage 3 – CPO and lower Queen Street Excavation and Tunnel Construction 2.2.4 Stage 4 - Reinstatement 2.2.5 Network Utilities 2.3 Active Construction Zones 2.4 Construction Support Areas 2.5 Bentonite and Jet Grouting Plants 2.5.1 Bentonite Treatment Plant 2.5.2 Jet Grouting Plant Operation 2.6 Stormwater and Groundwater Treatment 2.7 Site Office 2.7.1 Site Parking 2.8 Site Security and Safety 2.8.1 Crime Prevention through Environmental Design 2.9 Notice Boards 2.10 Public Viewing 2.11 Site Housekeeping 2.11.1 Graffiti Management 2.12 Site Reinstatement 2.13 Project Programme 2.14 Hours of Work

27 27 27 28 28

3

Social, Economic and Environmental Management 3.1 Construction activities and environmental receptors 3.2 Legislative and other requirements 3.2.1 National legal requirements and policies 3.2.2 Legislation, standards and guidelines relating to environmental aspects 3.2.3 Environmental Risk Register 3.2.4 Project Approvals 3.2.5 Compliance

47 47 49 49 49 51 51 51

4

CEMP Implementation 4.1 Roles and responsibilities 4.1.1 Overview of Responsibility for this Plan

53 53 53

Construction Environmental Management Plan

30 33 33 35 36 38 38 40 40 41 41 41 41 42 42 42 43 43 43 45

July 2016

4.1.2 Specific roles and responsibilities 4.1.3 Contact details 4.2 Environmental and Sustainability Training and Induction 4.2.1 Environmental and Sustainability Training 4.2.2 Project Inductions 4.2.3 Site Rules Board 4.2.4 Job Start Briefing 4.2.5 Tool Box Talks 4.2.6 Environmental and Sustainability Forms 4.2.7 Training and Induction Resources and Records Environmental Management 5.1.1 Transport, Access, and Parking Management 5.1.2 Construction Noise and Vibration 5.1.3 Social Impact and Business Disruption 5.1.4 Built Heritage and Archaeology 5.1.5 Urban Design 5.1.6 Trees and Vegetation 5.1.7 Public Art 5.1.8 Contaminated land 5.1.9 Air quality 5.1.10 Erosion and sediment control 5.1.11 Industrial Trade Activities and Hazardous Substances 5.1.12 Groundwater drawdown 5.1.13 Settlement 5.1.14 Construction lighting 5.1.15 Network Utilities 5.1.16 Condition Surveys 5.1.17 Waste management 5.1.18 Energy Use 5.1.19 Water Use 5.1.20 Material Use 5.2 Emergency and incident response 5.2.1 Environment Incident management 5.2.2 Emergency response 5.2.3 Spill Response 5.2.4 Environmental Incident/Emergency Response forms and register 5.3 Communication and Stakeholder Interface 5.3.1 Complaints Management

53 56 56 56 57 58 58 58 58 59 60 60 60 61 62 63 64 64 64 65 65 66 66 66 66 67 69 70 70 71 71 71 72 72 73 73 73 74

6

Monitoring and Reporting 6.1 Environmental Compliance and Sustainability monitoring 6.1.1 Collaborative Working 6.1.2 General site monitoring 6.1.3 Monthly Environmental Compliance Record 6.1.4 Monitoring review 6.2 Corrective action 6.3 Document Control and reporting 6.4 Environmental and Sustainability Auditing

76 76 76 77 78 78 78 79 79

7

CEMP Review and Updating 7.1 CEMP Review 7.2 CEMP Updates

81 81 81

5

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

Appendix A :

Consent Conditions

Appendix B :

CLG and Peer Review Comments

Appendix C :

ISCA Requirements

Appendix D :

Staging Plans

Appendix E :

Transport, Access and Parking DWP

Appendix F :

Construction Noise and Vibration DWP

Appendix G :

Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP

Appendix H :

Historic Heritage DWP

Appendix I :

Urban Design DWP

Appendix J :

Public Art DWP

Appendix K :

Contamination DWP

Appendix L :

Air Quality DWP

Appendix M :

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

Appendix N :

Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan

Appendix O :

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan

Appendix P :

Network Utilities

Appendix Q :

Emergency Response Forms

Appendix R :

Complaint, Opportunities for Improvement and Corrective Action Forms

Appendix S :

Register of CEMP and Sub-plan Updates

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

Glossary of terms Acronym

Definition

AC

Auckland Council

ACZ

Active Construction Zone

AEE

Assessment of Environmental Effects

AT

Auckland Transport

BOH

Back of House (in the BTC)

BPO

Best Practicable Option

BTC

Britomart Transport Centre

CEMP

Construction Environmental Management Plan

CLG

Community Liaison Group

CNV DWP

Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan

CPO

Former Chief Post Office building

CPTED

Crime Prevention Through Environmental Design

CRL

City Rail Link

CSA

Construction Support Area

CTMP

Chemical Treatment Management Plan

DSBJV

Downer Soletanche Bachy Joint Venture

DWP

Delivery Work Plan

EMP

Environmental Management Plan

ESCP

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

GSMCP

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan

HNZPT

Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga

HNZPTA

Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014

HSNOA

Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996

IS

Infrastructure Sustainability

ISCA

Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia

ITA EMP

Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan

JSEA

Job Safety Environmental Analysis

MS

Method Statement

NCR

Non-Compliance Report

NES Air Quality

National Environmental Standard – Airy Quality 2004

NES Soil

National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations 2011

NUO

Network Utility Operator

NZS

New Zealand Standard

PAUP

Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan

PPV

Peak Particle Velocity

RMA

Resource Management Act 1991

SSCNMP

Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

Acronym

Definition

SSCNVMP

Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan

SSCVMP

Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan

SIBD DWP

Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

STP

Slurry Treatment Plant

T+T

Tonkin and Taylor Ltd

TAP DWP

Transport, Access and Parking Delivery Work Plan

TP 90

Auckland Council Technical Publication Number 90: Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region

TV DWP

Trees and Vegetation Delivery Work Plan

WARRP

Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Plan

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

1

1

Introduction

1.1

City Rail Link Project

The City Rail Link (CRL) project comprises the construction, operation and maintenance of a 3.4 km underground passenger railway, extending between Britomart Station and the North Auckland Rail Line in the vicinity of Mt Eden station. The project is being undertaken by Auckland Transport (AT) and includes the construction of two tracks and two underground stations using cut and cover methods, and tunnel boring methods, up to 42 m below ground. The extent of the entire CRL project is shown in Figure 1.1.

Figure 1.1: CRL Route and Location

The works described in this Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) constitute part of the enabling works for the CRL. The works (‘the Project’) involve the construction of an extension to the existing passenger rail network from the current termination point within the Britomart Transport Centre (BTC), westwards underneath the former Chief Post Office building (CPO) and lower Queen Street. The Project footprint is shown by the blue shaded area in Figure 1.2 below.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

2

LEGEND CRL alignment BTC designation CRL designation C1 worksite

Figure 1.2: Project Footprint

This CEMP has been prepared by Tonkin & Taylor Ltd (T+T) for the Downer Soletanche Bachy Joint Venture (the Contractor - DSBJV). The CEMP provides the overarching framework for the management of construction effects associated with the Project. Further sub-plans are included as appendices to the CEMP and detail the specific environmental and sustainability management controls for particular aspects of the Project.

1.2

Purpose of the CEMP

The objective of the CEMP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse environmental, social and economic effects (including cumulative effects) associated with construction of the Project, so far as reasonably practicable. The CEMP is required under Condition 19 of the CRL designation, Condition 18 of the BTC designation1 and Condition 33 of the resource consents2 for the Project. The designation and resource consent conditions also require the preparation of a suite of Delivery Works Plans (DWPs) and Environmental Management Plans (EMPs) (the ‘sub-plans’), which provide detailed methods for avoiding, remedying or mitigating adverse effects. The CEMP and sub-plans will be implemented throughout the entire construction period for the Project, and updated as necessary. Overall, implementation of this CEMP will ensure: Appropriate management of adverse environmental, social and economic effects associated with construction of the Project; Compliance with the conditions of the designations and resource consents; Compliance with environmental legislation; and

Conditions as attached to Auckland Transport’s Confirmation Notice of 17 March 2016 on Notice of Requirement to alter the Britomart Transport Centre Designation 2 R/LUC/2014/5428 (land use consent – contaminated land), R/REG/2014/5430 (land use consent – earthworks), R/REG/2014/5432 (water permit – take and diversion of groundwater), R/REG/2014/5435 (discharge permit – contaminated land), R/REG/2014/5436 (discharge permit – washwater and wastewater), R/REG/2014/5437 (discharge permit – air) 1

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

3 Achievement of the Project’s sustainability objectives. All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP or any changes to it authorised under the conditions. The CEMP and sub-plans will be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the Project, or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints (the review process is outlined in Section 7 of this CEMP). The CEMP and sub-plans have been prepared in consultation with the Project Community Liaison Group (CLG). Additionally, the CEMP and DWPs have undergone independent peer review prior to formal submission to Auckland Council (AC). Comments received from the CLG and independent peer review processes have been incorporated in the CEMP and sub-plans, with an explanation being provided where any comments have not been incorporated. A record of consultation outcomes is provided in Appendix B.

1.3

CEMP Structure and Content

1.3.1

Overview

The CEMP is an overarching document and provides a blueprint for AT and the DSBJV to manage the environmental, social and economic effects of the Project. The principles and general approach to managing the effects are set out in the CEMP, with detailed management methods described in the sub-plans that inform the CEMP and which are provided as appendices. The CEMP and suite of sub-plans is shown in Table 1.1, along with reference to the specific designation and resource consent conditions that set out the requirements for the individual plans. Most plans are required under both the CRL and BTC designations, with some also duplicated under the resource consents. Where there is cross-over between the designation and consent conditions in relation to a sub-plan, a single plan has been produced to address all relevant designation and consent requirements. A Communication and Consultation Plan describes processes for communications during the Project. Several other plans have been prepared for the management of environmental and sustainability aspects of the Project, but sit outside the designation and consent condition requirements. These include the Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Plan (WARRP), Procurement Management Plan and the Sustainability Rating Management Plan. Where specific requirements and objectives are not addressed by the sub-plans, the CEMP includes measures to give effect to these (e.g. construction lighting, waste management, energy use).

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

4 Table 1.1:

CEMP and sub-plans

Plan3

Relevant Conditions CRL Designation

BTC Designation

Resource Consents

Construction Environmental Management Plan4 (CEMP)

C 19 - 21

C 18 - 20

C 33

Transport, Access and Parking DWP (TAP DWP) – Appendix E to the CEMP

C 25

C 24

-

Construction Noise and Vibration DWP (CNV DWP) – Appendix F to the CEMP

C 36

C 28

-

Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP (SIBD DWP) – Appendix G to the CEMP

C 61

C 33

-

Historic Heritage DWP – Appendix H to the CEMP

C 41, 42

C 29, 30

-

Urban Design DWP (Station Plaza) - Appendix I to the CEMP

-

C 33B

-

Public Art DWP – Appendix J to the CEMP

C 56

C 32

-

Contamination DWP / Contaminated Soils Management Plan – Appendix K to the CEMP

C 57

-

C 78

Air Quality DWP / Air Quality Management Plan – Appendix L to the CEMP

C 59

33A

C 69, 70, 71

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP), including Chemical Treatment Management Plan CTMP) – Appendix M to the CEMP

-

-

C 45, 48, 50, 52

Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (ITA EMP) – Appendix N to the CEMP

-

-

C 96

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP) – Appendix O to the CEMP5

-

-

C 117, 122

Communication and Consultation Plan

C 15

C 16

C 25, 26, 27, 28

Other relevant Plans (not required by designation or consent conditions) Waste Avoidance and Resource Recovery Management Plan (WARRP)

N/A

N/A

N/A

Procurement Management Plan

N/A

N/A

N/A

Sustainability Rating Management Plan

N/A

N/A

N/A

Figure 1.3 shows the relationship between the CEMP, sub-plans, the Communication and Consultation Plan and the designation and resource consent conditions.

The Trees and Vegetation DWP required under CRL designation Condition 55.1 is not required with this Outline Plan as the Project does not result in any impacts on Trees or Vegetation. 4 The CEMP also contains three Environmental Management Plans (EMPs) which are required under the CRL Resource Consents but not under the designations. 5 GSMCP will be prepared and provided to Auckland Council at a later date. Appendix O is left intentionally blank in this current issue of the CEMP. 3

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

5

1.3.2

CEMP structure

The CEMP defines details of who, what, where and when environmental and sustainability management and mitigation measures for the Project will be implemented. This CEMP is structured as follows: Section 1 of the CEMP details the Project background, outlines the scope and structure of the CEMP and relevant designation and resource consent conditions. Section 2 provides a description of the Project scope, overall sequence of works and construction methodology. Section 3 presents the social and environmental management context of the Project and outlines the environmental risks along with additional legislative requirements applicable to the environmental aspects of the Project. Section 4 outlines the implementation and operation of the CEMP and describes roles and responsibilities, training requirements, management of emergencies and incidents, complaints procedures and Project communications. Section 5 outlines the environmental and sustainability management that will be implemented during the construction of the Project. Further description of the sub-plans and the operating procedures (including measures to mitigate the potential adverse environmental effects, which will tie in with the conditions of consent and designations) is provided. Section 6 details monitoring and review requirements, auditing procedures, and corrective actions addressed by the CEMP. Section 7 describes the process for updating and reviewing the CEMP.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

6

Figure 1.3: CEMP and sub-plans framework Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

7

1.4

Relevant Conditions

The full suite of CRL and BTC designation conditions, along with the resource consent conditions are provided at Appendix A to this CEMP. Table 1.2 identifies the CRL designation conditions relevant to this CEMP and where they are addressed in the document. Table 1.2:

CRL designation - CEMP conditions and location in the document

Condition No.

Condition

Monitoring of Construction Conditions 13.1 The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the City Rail Link. 13.2 This collaborative working process shall: (a) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council. (b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). (c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed. (d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months. 13.3 The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that: (i) The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans. (ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs (including

Construction Environmental Management Plan

Relevant section of the CEMP

Section 6.1.1

Section 6.1.1

Section 6.1.1.1

Section 6.1.1.1

Section 6.1.1.2

Section 6.1.1.1

July 2016

8 Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of the CEMP

SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and any material changes to these plans. (b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under condition 10 Section 6.1.1.1 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed. (c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including Section 6.1.1.1 SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs). (d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Section 6.1.1.1 Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these. Concerns and Complaints Management 17.1 Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall: (a) Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the Section 5.3.1 location, date and time of the alleged event(s); (b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 Section 5.3.1 hours of receipt; (c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan, which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, implementation of mitigation Section 5.3.1 measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions 37 and 38). 17.2 A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include: (a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of Section 5.3.1 the concern or complaint; (b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if Section 5.3.1 the complaint relates to noise or air quality; (c) Known City Rail Link construction activities at the time and in the Section 5.3.1 vicinity of the concern or complaint; (d) Any other activities in the area unrelated to the City Rail Link construction that may have contributed to the concern or Section 5.3.1 complaint such as non-City Rail Link construction, fires, traf c accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally; (e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, Section 5.3.1 including monitoring of the activity. 17.3 This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as Section 5.3.1 otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the "key contacts� (see Condition 13). 17.4 Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Section 12 of Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided Communication Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

9 Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of the CEMP

with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and Consultation and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that Plan any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint. CEMP and DWP Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring 19.1 The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects This document (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Rail Link construction. 19.2 All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any This document changes to plans made under Condition 23. 19.3 The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of This document construction of the City Rail Link. 19.4 The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and Individual subobjectives set out in these designation conditions. plans 19.5 The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions This document that are not addressed by the DWPs. CEMP Requirements 20.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following: (a) Not relevant N/A (b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and Section 2.9 email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager. (c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and Section 4.2 monitoring. (d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging Section 5.1.1 travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects. (e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded Section 5.3.1 and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17. 20.2 The CEMP shall include details of: (a)The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Section 4.1.3 Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address).

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

10 Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of the CEMP

(b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Constructor / Section 3.2.5 Auckland Council requirements. (c) Environmental incident and emergency management Section 5.2 procedures. (d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Section 5.3.1 Condition 17). (e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs Sections 1.3, 2.13, which address the management of adverse effects during 2.14 construction. (f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the N/A construction period. (g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public. Sections 2.8, 2.9 (h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse Sub-plans effects. 20.3 Subject to any alternative agreement with the landowner(s) of HSBC House and Zurich House, the Requiring Authority shall prepare specific construction methodologies for the works adjacent There are no to 1 Queen Street and 21 Queen Street detailing how they will be alternative undertaken to avoid compromising the structural integrity of the agreements with existing structures on the site including their foundation systems. the landowner of The specific construction methodologies shall be prepared in HSBC House and consultation with the owner(s) of these properties. A record of this Zurich House, liaison and outcomes shall be included in the CEMP as part of the therefore this Outline Plan. This summary must provide a clear explanation of condition is not where any comments have not been incorporated into the CEMP, relevant and the reasons why not. This summary must be provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process. CEMP Construction Works Requirements 21.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored: (a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for Section 2.4, managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction Transport, Access and Parking DWP support and storage areas; (Appendix E) (b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within Sections 2.6, 5.1.10 and ESCP the construction area; (Appendix M) (c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and Sections 2.2.3.4, extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation 5.1.10, 5.1.12 and measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks 5.1.13 adjacent to buildings and structures; (d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy Sections 2.11, condition in terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage 5.1.17, WARRP unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

11 Condition No.

Condition construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the designation; (e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible; (f) For the duration of construction affecting Lower Queen Street or Queen Elizabeth II Square, construction fences and / or hoardings shall be placed no closer than 3 metres from the north frontage (building frontage onto Queen Elizabeth II Square) of 21 Queen Street in the vicinity of the entrance to the ground level retail space and the main pedestrian entrance to the building. (g) The location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers, and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be incorporated into these without compromising the purpose for which these are erected; (h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where practicable and without compromising their purpose how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection to the project; (i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets);

Relevant section of the CEMP

Sections 2.11, 2.11.1

Section 2.8

Sections 2.8, 2.10

Sections, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10

Sections 2.2.1, 2.7, 2.8.1, Transport, Access and Parking DWP (Appendix E)

(j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites Section 5.1.14 adjacent construction areas; (k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse Section 5.1.11 and effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation the ITA EMP of hazardous substances; (Appendix N) (l) That onsite stockpiling of spoil or fill at Downtown and Lower Refer ESCP Albert Street construction yards be minimised where practicable; (Appendix M) (m) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located Section 2.4 at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and (n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is Sections 2.12, completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP. 5.1.5 Review Process for CEMP and DWPs 22.1 The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the Project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration: (a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs) and material Section 7.1 changes to these plans. (b) Any changes to construction methods. Section 7.1 (c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link Section 7.1 Project.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

12 Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of the CEMP

(d) Changes in industry best practice standards. Section 7.1 (e) Changes in legal or other requirements. Section 7.1 (f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with Section 7.1 the management of adverse effects during construction. (g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, Section 7.1 SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs). (h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required Section 7.1 under Condition 17. 22.2 A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and made Section 7.1 available to the Auckland Council upon request. Update of CEMP and DWPs following Review 23.1 Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Section 7.2 Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating. 23.2 Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with Section 7.2 the purpose and objective of the relevant condition. 23.3 Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, Section 7.2 SSCNMPs and SSCVMPs). 23.4 The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where Section 7.2 any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. 23.5 Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be Section 7.2 subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11. 23.6 Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, Section 7.2 at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply. Network Utilities 24.1 To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP. 24.2 The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to address the safety, Sections 2.2.5, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing 5.1.15, Appendix P network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Rail Link. 24.4 The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and Section 5.1.15.5 implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum: (a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan Section 5.1.15.5 for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility and Section 8.1.6 Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

13 Condition No.

24.5

Condition

Relevant section of the CEMP

Operators who have existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation;

of the Communication and Consultation Plan

(b) Measures to be used to accurately identify the location of existing Network Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities; (c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: (i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities; (ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations; (d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the services by Network Utility Operators at all times; (e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during the construction of the City Rail Link; (f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link; (h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities; (k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings; (m) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP. If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operator's network utility operation,

Construction Environmental Management Plan

Sections 5.1.15.1, 5.1.15.2

Sections 5.1.15.1, 5.1.15.2, 4.2

Section 5.1.15.3

Section 5.1.15.3

Section 5.1.15.2 Section 5.1.15.4 Section 5.1.15.2 Section 5.1.15.2 Section 5.1.15.4

Section 5.1.15.5

Section 5.1.15.5 and Appendix P

Section 5.1.15

July 2016

14 Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of the CEMP

unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted.

Table 1.3 identifies the BTC designation conditions relevant to this CEMP and where they are addressed in the document. Table 1.3:

BTC designation6 – CEMP conditions and location in the document

Condition No.

Condition

Monitoring of Construction Conditions 14.1 The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with these conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the Project. 14.2 This collaborative working process shall: (a) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council. (b) Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). (c) The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) unless a different timeframe is agreed. The purpose of the meeting is to: i) Report on compliance with these conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of noncompliance and how they have been addressed. (ii) Identify and agree: a. That material changes have occurred or are required that require a review of the CEMP or DWPs in accordance with Condition 21. The key contacts shall provide the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) written confirmation that a material change has occurred or is required and; b. Which receivers are affected parties. (d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison

Relevant section of the CEMP

Section 6.1.1.1

Section 6.1.1.1

Section 6.1.1.1

Section 6.1.1.1

Section 6.1.1.2

Conditions as attached to Auckland Transport’s Confirmation Notice of 17 March 2016 on Notice of Requirement to alter the Britomart Transport Centre Designation 6

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

15 Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of the CEMP

Groups (Condition 8) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 8 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months. 14.3 The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that: (i) The works authorised under this designation are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs and any material changes to these plans. Section 6.1.1.1 (ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs and any material changes to these plans. (b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 11 triggering Section 6.1.1.1 the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed. (c) Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Section 6.1.1.1 Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP. (d) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Section 6.1.1.1 Monitoring officer) and the adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these. Concerns and Complaints Management 17.1 Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This process shall: (a) Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, Section 5.3.1 date and time of the alleged event(s). (b) Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours Section 5.3.1 of receipt. (c) Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan, which may include monitoring of the Section 5.3.1 activity by a suitably qualified expert and implementation of mitigation measures. 17.2 A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include: (a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the Section 5.3.1 concern or complaint. (b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint Section 5.3.1 relates to noise or air quality. (c) Known Project construction activities at the time and in the vicinity Section 5.3.1 of the concern or complaint. (d) Any other activities in the area unrelated to Project construction Section 5.3.1 that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

16 Condition No.

Condition

Project construction, fires, traf c accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally. (e) Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity. 17.3 This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the “key contacts� (see Condition 14). 17.4 Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint, the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer may determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 21 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer may advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint. CEMP and DWP Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring 18.1 The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the Project construction, so far as reasonably practicable. 18.2 All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 22. 18.3 The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the Project. 18.4 The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions.

Relevant section of the CEMP

Section 5.3.1

Section 5.3.1

Section 12 of the Communication and Consultation Plan

This document

This document

This document Individual subplans

18.5

The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions This document that are not addressed by the DWPs. 18.6 Where mitigation measures are required to be implemented by the Requiring Authority in relation to the construction of the Project, it Section 5 shall meet the reasonable and direct costs of implementing such mitigation measures. CEMP Requirements In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 18.1, the CEMP must provide for the 19.1 following: (a) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email Section 2.9 address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager. (b) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environmental management and Section 4.2 monitoring.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

17 Condition No.

19.2

Condition

(c)The procedure for a cultural heritage induction for all parties involved in excavation works on the Project site, as provided for in Condition 9. . (d) A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects. (e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 14, 16 and 17. The CEMP shall include details of: (a)The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address). (b) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Contractor / Auckland Council requirements. (c) Environmental incident and emergency management procedures. (d) Environmental complaints management procedures (see also Condition 17). (e) An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction and the works identified in the Urban Design DWP. (f) Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period. (g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public.

Relevant section of the CEMP Section 1.6 and 5.1.4.2

Section 5.1.1

Section 5.3.1

Section 4.1.2

Section 7 Section 5.2 Section 5.3.1 Sections 1.3, 2.13, 2.14, 5.1.5.1 N/A Sections 2.8, 2.9

(h) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse Section 6 effects. (i) How Station Plaza, Tyler and Galway Streets will be reinstated upon completion of the Project in accordance with the Urban Design DWP Section 2.12 (Condition 33B). 19.3 The Requiring Authority shall update, as necessary, the specific construction methodology for the works under the Chief Post Office building detailing how the works will be undertaken to avoid compromising the structural integrity of the existing structure Section 2.2.2, including the foundation system. Historic Heritage DWP – The specific construction methodology shall be updated in Appendix H consultation with Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga and the Auckland Council’s Built Heritage Implementation Unit. A record of this liaison and outcomes shall be included in the CEMP as part of the Outline Plan. CEMP Construction Works Requirements 20.1 In order to give effect to the objective of Condition 18.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored:

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

18 Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of the CEMP

(a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas.

Section 2.4, Transport, Access and Parking DWP (Appendix E) Sections 2.6, 5.1.10 and ESCP (Appendix M)

(b) Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area.

(c) Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures. (d) Measures to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal and storage of rubbish and unloading and storage of construction materials (including equipment). (e) Measures to ensure that all storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works takes place within the boundaries of the designation. (f) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the Project are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible. (g) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and the location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers. (h) Where practicable and without compromising their purpose, how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated in the screens and fences required by condition (g), to enhance public amenity and connection to the project.

Sections 2.2.3.4, 5.1.10, 5.1.12, 5.1.13 Sections 2.11, 5.1.17, WARRP Sections 2.4 Sections 2.8, 2.10 Sections 2.8, 2.9, 2.10

Sections 2.9, 2.10

(i) The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets).

Sections 2.2.1, 2.7, 2.8.1, Transport, Access and Parking DWP (Appendix E)

(j) Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas.

Section 5.1.14

(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances.

Section 5.1.11 and the ITA EMP (Appendix N)

(l) That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at Section 2.4 the edge of the construction yards where practicable. Review Process for CEMP and DWPs 21.1 The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the Project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

19 Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of the CEMP

or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration: (a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs and Section 7.1 material changes to these plans. (b) Any changes to construction methods. Section 7.1 (c) Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the Project. Section 7.1 (d) Changes in industry best practice standards. Section 7.1 (e) Changes in legal or other requirements. Section 7.1 (f) Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the Section 7.1 management of adverse effects during construction. (g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Section 7.1 Council regarding the CEMP, and DWPs. (h) Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Section 7.1 Condition 17. 21.2 The Requiring Authority shall provide the opportunity (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from affected parties Section 7.2 identified in condition 14.2(c)(ii) regarding the CEMP and DWP review process. 21.3 Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject Section 7.2 to an independent peer review as required by Condition 12. 21.4 A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and made Section 7.1 available to the Auckland Council upon request. Update of CEMP and DWPs following Review 22.1 Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition Section 7.2 21, the CEMP may require updating. 22.2

Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition.

Section 7.2

22.3

Affected parties and the Community Liaison Group must be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs.

Section 7.2

22.4

The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated. 22.5 Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply. Network Utilities 23.1 To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities operations during the construction of the City Rail Link, relevant matters in this condition shall be included in the CEMP. 23.2 The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the Project adequately takes account of, and includes measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing Network Utilities Construction Environmental Management Plan

Section 7.2

Section 7.2

Sections 2.2.5, 5.1.15 Sections 2.2.5, 5.1.15, Appendix P July 2016

20 Condition No.

23.4

Condition

that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the Project. The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the Project. The CEMP shall include as a minimum: (a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation. (b) Measures to be used to identify accurately the location of existing Network Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities. (c) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: (i) Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities. (ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations. (d) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility operations and the security of supply of the services by Network Utility Operators at all times. (e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during the construction of the Project. (f) Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the Project. (g) A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the Project. (h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities. (i) Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities. (j) Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities. (k) The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the Project to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

Relevant section of the CEMP

Section 5.1.15.5

Section 5.1.15.5 Sections 5.1.15.1, 5.1.15.2

Sections 4.2, 5.1.15.1, 5.1.15.2

Section 5.1.15.3

Section 5.1.15.3

Section 5.1.15.2 Section 5.1.15.4 Sections 2.2.3.1, 5.1.15.2 Section 5.1.15.2 Section 5.1.15.4 Section 5.1.15.5

July 2016

21 Condition No.

Condition

(l) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP. If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operator's Network Utility operation, unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted.

23.5

Relevant section of the CEMP Section 5.1.15.5, Appendix P

TBC

Tale 1.4 identifies the resource consent conditions relevant to this CEMP and where they are addressed in the document. Tale 1.4:

CRL Britomart Station to Wyndham Street Resource Consents – CEMP conditions and location in the document

Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of the CEMP

Construction Management 33

Prior to the commencement of construction authorised by these consents, the Consent Holder shall prepare a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) including all certified Management Plans which form part of these conditions to ensure compliance with the resource consents. The CEMP shall include details of: a. Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain within the limits and standards approved under these consents and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment.

Section 2 and Staging Plans – Appendix D

b. The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager, including their contact details (phone, email and physical address);

Section 4.1.3

c. the “key contacts” referred to in Condition 29;

Communication and Consultation Plan

d. communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction areas are given prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the expected duration and effects of the work. In particular the procedures shall provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the construction works: i) consultation prior to the commencement of construction; ii) notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access;

Section 5.3

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

22 Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of the CEMP

iii) regular updates on construction progress; iv) key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and v) communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the works. e. notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager;

Section 2.9

f. general site layout and management;

Section 2 and Staging drawings – Appendix D

g. an outline of the Project’s construction programme, including construction hours of operation;

Sections 2.13, 2.14

h. means of ensuring the safety of the general public;

Section 2.8, 2.9

i. certified management plans which form part of these conditions, being: i) Erosion and Sediment Control Plan; ii) Chemical Treatment Management Plan; iii) Air Quality Management Plan; iv) Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan; v) Contaminated Soils Management Plan; and vi) Industrial and Trade Activity Environmental Management Plan.

35

Section 5.1.10 Section 5.1.10 Section 5.1.9 Sections 5.1.12, 5.1.13 Section 5.1.8 Section 5.1.11

j. Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and

Section 5.1.10 and the CTMP (Appendix M)

k. identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, who will be undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent.

Section 5.1.16

The CEMP required by Condition 33 shall be implemented and maintained throughout the entire construction period for the Project, or relevant Project stage, to manage potential adverse effects arising from the construction and shall be updated as necessary (or as required by Conditions 37 and 38). Any change to the CEMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change.

Section 7.2

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

23 Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of the CEMP

Construction Traffic 36

The Consent Holder shall, so far as is it is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved through the following objectives: a. managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion; b. maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and c. providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible.

Section 5.1.1, Transport, Access and Parking DWP (Appendix E)

Review Process for the CEMP and other Management Plans 37

The Consent Holder shall review the CEMP and other management plans at least annually or as a result of a material change to the Project; or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration: a. Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other management plans and material changes to these plans; b. Any changes to construction methods; c. Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project; d. Changes in industry best practice standards; e. Changes in legal or other requirements; f. Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction; g. Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process regarding the CEMP and other management plans; and h. Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Conditions 39 to 42.

Section 7.1

38

A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and made available to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) upon request.

Section 7.1

Concerns and Complaints Management 39

Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Consent Holder shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall: a. Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s); b. Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt; and c. Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan, which may include (for example) monitoring of the

Construction Environmental Management Plan

Section 5.3.1

July 2016

24 Condition No.

Condition

Relevant section of the CEMP

activity by a suitably qualified expert, and implementation of mitigation measures. 40

A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Consent Holder. This record shall include: a. The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint; b. Where practicable and relevant, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to air quality; c. The relevant known construction activities being undertaken at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint; d. Any other activities in the area unrelated to the Project that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-related construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally; and e. Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity.

Section 5.3.1

41

This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

Section 5.3.1

42

Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) will be provided with a copy of all records of the complaint and advice as to how it has been dealt with and addressed; and whether the Consent Holder considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) may determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or management plans is required under Condition 37 to address the complaint. The Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) will be asked to advise the Consent Holder of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint.

Section 12 Communication and Consultation Plan

1.5

Sustainability

1.5.1

Infrastructure Sustainability

The DSBJV shares AT’s objective for the Project, which is to set the benchmark for designing, building and operating sustainable infrastructure in New Zealand and to optimise environmental, social and economic outcomes over the long term. Optimisation promotes doing more than simply minimising impacts and complying with consent conditions, but reflects the ‘triple bottom line’. The context for environmental and sustainability targets for the CRL has been established through a comprehensive review of local and national targets. The Infrastructure Sustainability Council of Australia’s (ISCA) Infrastructure Sustainability (IS) rating scheme has been chosen to measure the sustainability performance of the Project7.

7

Refer to www.isca.org.au for background information about the scheme.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

25

1.5.2

ISCA IS Rating Scheme

The Project is targeting certified Design and As-built ratings against the IS rating scheme, specifically, the ‘Excellent’ rating. The Project performance will be assessed in the categories outlined in Table 1.5 below. Further details regarding the specifics of the evaluation and means of achieving the relevant targets is provided in the relevant management plans and DWPs. In some cases, the IS requirements are additional to the Project’s designation and resource consent requirements and effectively enhance the designation and consent requirements. It is essential that the IS requirements are met to achieve the Project’s sustainability goals, however it should be noted that they are not designation or resource consent requirements that require certification by AC. Table 1.5:

ISCA Rating Categories

Themes

Categories

Abbreviation

Management and Governance

Management Systems

Man

Procurement and Purchasing

Pro

Climate Change Adaptation

Cli

Energy & Carbon

Ene

Water

Wat

Materials

Mat

Discharges to Air, Land & Water

Dis

Land

Lan

Waste

Was

Ecology

Ecology

Eco

People & Place

Community Health, Wellbeing & Safety

Hea

Heritage

Her

Stakeholder Participation

Sta

Urban & Landscape Design

Urb

Innovation

Inn

Using Resources

Emissions, Pollution & Waste

Innovation

Details regarding the management of the IS Rating Scheme are included in the Project’s Sustainability Rating Management Plan. Project sustainability requirements that relate directly to this CEMP are included in Appendix C.

1.6

Mana Whenua

This CEMP recognises AT’s special relationship with Mana Whenua. We are all descended from Ranginui, our Father Sky and Papatuanuku, our Mother Earth. Ng mana whenua o T maki Makaurau have a special relationship with Ranginui, Papat nuku, and their resources. Acting as kaitiaki, they endeavour to protect their wh nau, hap and Iwi and encourage all people to act as protectors of the earth.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

26 Kaitiakitanga includes: protecting, restoring, enhancing the mauri (life supporting capacity) of resources; fulfilling spiritual, emotional and inherited responsibilities to the environment; maintaining mana over resources; and ensuring the welfare of the people those resources support. In Tamaki Makaurau it is mana whenua who are Kaitiaki. The aspiration of the CRL project to be exemplary in the practice of sustainability – encompassing the four well-beings (environmental, cultural, social and economic) – aligns and supports kaitiakitanga. In meeting their sustainability commitments CRL staff, contractors and others involved in the project are also supporting kaitiakitanga and mana whenua as kaitiaki. Furthermore, they are also improving the state of the environment that we pass on for future generations. This CEMP supports these objectives. The CRL sustainability framework is informed by tikanga tiaki and m tauranga. A CRL mana whenua forum has been established for the purposes of undertaking kaitiakitanga responsibilities associated with the project. The forum comprises those mana whenua groups who expressed an interest in being involved in the CRL project and its related activities. Eight mana whenua self-identified their interest in CRL and are currently part of the forum: Ng ti Maru Ng ti Paoa Ng i Tai Ki T maki Ng ti Te Ata Waiohua Ng ti Wh tua o

kei

Te Akitai Waiohua Te Kawerau a Maki Ng ti Tamaoho AT continues to work collaboratively with the mana whenua forum on all aspects of the CRL project. With the commencement of construction, the forum’s role will include cultural induction for contractors, assistance with discovery procedures, monitoring, and ongoing provision of m tauranga ori input.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

27

2

Project Description and Construction Method

2.1

Overview

The Project involves the construction of an extension to the existing passenger rail network from the current termination point within the BTC, westwards underneath the CPO building and lower Queen Street. Separate works are being undertaken to continue the CRL tunnels from this point under the Downtown Shopping Centre site (which is being redeveloped by Precinct Properties), and then up Albert Street. Significant works beneath the CPO will be undertaken, including diaphragm wall construction, piling and rail tunnel construction, along with a rebuild of the Basement 1 and ground floors. In lower Queen Street, piling (and sheet piling where required) will be undertaken within the road corridor, along with excavation and concrete rail tunnel construction followed by reinstatement of the road corridor at the completion of works. During construction, existing ticketing and retail functions and pedestrian access to the station will be accommodated in a new temporary station building, located to the east of the CPO and Glasshouse. Surface works will also be required in QEII Square associated with the Downtown Shopping Centre redevelopment, including construction of the CRL rail tunnels beneath this site (Precinct Properties scope of work). The works will commence in July 2016 and are due to be complete by the end of June 2020.

2.2

Construction Methodology

The Project construction works will occur in four main stages as outlined in Table 2.1 below and shown on the drawings titled ‘City Rail Link Enabling Works Contract 1 Stage 1 – Stage 4 Overview’ provided in Appendix D. Table 2.1:

Construction Methodology

Stage

Description

Dates

Duration

Stage 1 – Temporary station access, construction of temporary accommodation in Station Plaza and streetscape works

Construction of temporary station facilities and access in Station Plaza to the rear of the BTC Removal of bus stops, shelters and canopies from Tyler and Galway Streets Kerbside management changes Construction of new vehicle crossing on Tyler Street Remove existing stairs and escalators Other enabling works

July 2016 to January 2017

7 months

Stage 2 – CPO building works, piling, removal of CPO ground floor

Construction of dust and noise barriers Strip out CPO CPO ground floor demolition CPO diaphragm wall construction commences

January 2017 to May 2017

4 months

Stage 3 – piling, CPO underpinning excavation, tunnel construction and backfilling.

CPO diaphragm wall construction Underpinning of CPO Lower Queen Street Piling CPO and lower Queen Street excavation Tunnel Construction

May 2017 to March 2020

34 months

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

28 Stage

Description

Dates

Duration

April 2020 to June 2020

3 months

Backfill excavation Lower Queen Street reinstatement Reinstate and re-open CPO Stage 4 – Reinstatement & station fit out

Streetscape reinstatement Tie in rail tunnels with existing track alignment Removal of temporary station accommodation in Station Plaza

2.2.1

Stage 1 – Site Establishment and Temporary Accommodation Works

2.2.1.1

Accommodation Works

Prior to commencement of construction works in the CPO and lower Queen Street, temporary buildings will be established in the current car-park area within Station Plaza to the rear of the BTC. The buildings will house key station facilities and operations (including ticketing, services and retail), which will be relocated from within the CPO building to Station Plaza for the duration of the main construction works. Relocation of the facilities will enable uninterrupted operation of the BTC during construction of the Project. The temporary accommodation buildings will be prefabricated off-site to the extent practicable, and transported to site for installation in order to minimise disruption to surrounding businesses and residents. A temporary roof will be erected above the temporary accommodation buildings and facilities to provide all weather protection for users. Following the closure of the CPO building to the public in Stage 2 of the Project, the main entrance to the BTC will be through Station Plaza until the CPO is reinstated in Stage 4 of the Project. Works will be undertaken within the BTC associated with the installation of temporary stairs to provide access to the rail lines from the new station entrance. These works will be conducted behind construction hoardings away from areas of the station accessed by the public. Works required within the public areas of the BTC will be carried out during off-peak hours. Switchover from the existing public facilities within the CPO to the new temporary facilities in Station Plaza will be carried out at a time agreed with AT, potentially during a weekend shutdown. Work-sites for the temporary accommodation works will be securely hoarded off from the public, with appropriate measures implemented for mitigating noise where required. 2.2.1.2

Streetscape and Kerbside Management

Streetscape and kerbside management changes will be undertaken along Tyler Street, Galway Street and Commerce Street as part of the site establishment works. The works will enable the more efficient movement of buses along Commerce Street and provide for improved pedestrian flows along these streets to the temporary BTC station entrance in Station Plaza during construction of the Project. Changes will also be required to temporarily reverse the direction of Tyler Street to allow plant access to the northwest corner of the CPO. Refer to the traffic sequencing diagrams in the Transport, Access and Parking DWP provided at Appendix E to the CEMP for further detail of the proposed changes to the transport network.

2.2.2

Stage 2 – CPO Building Works

2.2.2.1

CPO preparatory works

Preparatory works within the CPO will involve the following:

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

29 The dismantling and removal of fittings and fixtures and retail outlets/customer service kiosks within the Britomart Station ticket hall that were constructed during the Britomart Transport Centre development works in 2002-2003. Removal of the existing raised timber floor in the main ticket hall (former Banking Chamber), which will be stored in the upper levels of the CPO during the construction works. Demolition of the main ticket hall concrete floor will be undertaken to provide construction access to beneath the building: the concrete floor will be saw-cut into manageable 1 m 2 sections; the first few sections of the floor, adjacent to the north-western access door, will be propped from beneath prior to the saw-cutting and lifted from above; and once there is sufficient space, a slab-grab equipped excavator will be positioned on the basement floor to hold the floor slabs as they are cut, before lowering them to the Basement 1 concourse for processing. Internal walls, beams and nibs will be cut free of the external walls and columns, and broken down using an excavator mounted breaker. The lower BTC floors will be saw-cut and removed and processed on site. An excavator with mounted pulverising and crushing attachments located within the CPO will process the concrete to approximately 14 mm diameter. Steel reinforcing and falsework will be recovered for off-site recycling. On completion of the guide wall construction, the Basement 1 concourse will be filled with crushed concrete. 2.2.2.2

CPO diaphragm wall construction

Diaphragm walls (reinforced concrete walls made in situ) will be installed beneath the CPO to provide temporary support and water retention for the CPO and surrounding ground during the construction works. The outer diaphragm walls will be approximately 800 mm thick and the inner walls approximately 630 mm thick. The walls will be installed to a depth of approximately 18 m and embedded into the rock below the CPO building. Construction of the diaphragm walls will be undertaken as follows: Construction will commence with the installation of a precise guide wall (the guide wall will also serve as a trench for collecting bentonite slurry ejected during concreting works). The diaphragm wall will be excavated in sections of approximately 2-3 m in width, using a Hydrofraise HC05ÂŽ rig consisting of a hydromill cutting head, rope suspended on a purpose built crawler unit. The trench will be supported by a bentonite slurry, injected into the trench to eliminate groundwater ingress into the excavation (refer to Section 2.5 of this CEMP for detail on the use of bentonite during the works). Spoil from the trench will be suspended to the surface by reverse circulation of the drilling fluid, allowing the rig to remain stationary during drilling operations. Pre-fabricated reinforcing cages will be delivered to site in 4.5 m lengths and installed using low-headroom handling equipment. Cages will be mechanically spliced as they are installed. A vermiculite plug followed by high-slump concrete will be tremie-pumped into the base of the trench, forcing the bentonite slurry to the surface, for re-use. The first diaphragm wall section constructed will be a primary panel. A secondary panel will then be cast between two primary panels to form a watertight structural and cut-off

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

30 diaphragm wall. Construction of the diaphragm wall will be undertaken in this sequence until complete. Approximately 2,500 mÂł of material will be excavated from beneath the CPO as part of the diaphragm wall installation. 2.2.2.3

CPO Piling

The south east corner of the CPO cannot be supported by a diaphragm wall. Three composite bored piles will be installed in this location. The piling will be undertaken as follows: The soil-mix will be constructed by driving a mixing tool at a carefully monitored rate into the soil while injecting grout. Mixing will be conducted during both the penetration and extraction of the tool to ensure the formation a homogeneous mixture. Root piles will then be inserted in the Soil Mixed column.

2.2.3

Stage 3 – CPO and lower Queen Street Excavation and Tunnel Construction

2.2.3.1

CPO Underpinning

Underpinning is required beneath the CPO in order to provide the necessary support to the building during construction of the rail tunnels beneath. Underpinning of the CPO will be undertaken as follows: Steel underpinning beams will be pre-fabricated off-site and installed on-site using a telehandler onto prepared grout-pads. Column collars will be installed and grouted. The load transfer onto the steel underpinning beams will be conducted by flat jacks, then shimmed and locked off. For concrete beams, access through existing walls will be cut or cored for beams and stressing bars respectively, and surfaces to receive beams scabbled. Each beam will be individually boxed, tied, have post-tensioning ducts installed and then cast in-situ. Post-tensioning of the beams will be conducted, followed by collar installation and load transfer. The temporary underpinning beams will remain in place until the completion of tunnel works and backfilling is undertaken. 2.2.3.2

Lower Queen Street Piling

Piling in lower Queen Street will be progressed independent to the piling works within CPO and will likely be undertaken at the same time as jet grouting and underpinning work for the CPO. Prior to the commencement of piling in lower Queen Street, the road surface will be saw-cut and removed, and pile off-sets installed. The piling methodology will be confirmed prior to the commencement of works but will likely involve the following (or combination of the following): Bored piles will be installed to the required rock anchor level under the bentonite slurry. Reinforcing cages will be prefabricated to length off-site and transported to site. The cages will be fitted with concrete spaces to maintain cover and will be installed using the support crane. Concrete will be poured into the pile holes using tremie pipes, which will ensure consistent quality of the concrete pour and the suspension of the bentonite slurry. Installation of steel tubes and sheet piles will be performed using appropriate vibratory equipment. Pre-boring of the tubes will be undertaken as part of the bored piling. Installation of the struts will be undertaken as excavation progresses.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

31 Pre-stressed anchoring will be undertaken below the groundwater level, with a blowout pressure device installed. Following the completion of piling, the area will be backfilled, anchoring de-stressing undertaken and struts removed and recycled or reused. Groundwater and surface water will be controlled as detailed in the Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan provided at Appendix O. 2.2.3.3

Jet Grouting

Within the CPO, and discrete areas of lower Queen Street, there are areas where underpinning beams, columns and utilities prevent diaphragm wall and bored pile construction. Jet-grouting will be used to seal these gaps, by utilising high-pressure fluid to loosen the soil while mixing it with grout to form a stabilised block. Jet grouting will be undertaken as follows: A double-tube system will be utilised - the inner tube will carry the grout, while the outer tube will carry compressed air. The rate of injection, penetration, and extraction will be controlled by a central monitoring system. High pressure air-shrouded grout will be injected into the soil, eroding the soil and creating a grout slurry. Waste spoil will be ejected as a sludge up through the borehole by airlift. The tubes will be removed at a constant rate, creating a column of grouted soil. The sludge will be dried and disposed off-site at an appropriate location. Refer to Section 2.5.2 of this CEMP for further detail on the operation of the jet grouting plant. 2.2.3.4

Excavation

Excavation beneath the CPO and lower Queen Street will be conducted concurrently as outlined below in order to minimise the risk of differential settlement. Approximately 20,000 m 3 of material will be excavated from the lower Queen Street and CPO excavations. Lower Queen Street Lower Queen Street will be excavated to a depth of approximately 16 m and a distance of approximately 28 m from the western edge of the CPO as follows: The excavation will be undertaken using long-reach excavators positioned at road level excavating between props, which will be lowered into the excavation and installed using a mobile crane. Excavated material will be loaded directly onto waiting truck and trailers that will transport the material off-site to a suitable disposal location. Final trimming and pump-station excavation will be undertaken by a small excavator lowered into the trench, feeding a long-reach excavator at road level. CPO Excavation beneath the CPO will take place in two phases as follows: Phase one Initially, excavation will be conducted from inside the building, with two excavators excavating each rail tunnel in layers. The spoil from the northern tunnel will be loaded onto six-wheeler trucks backed into the CPO through the north-western door. Material will be taken to a suitable off-site location.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

32 The southern tunnel spoil may be loaded onto a conveyor belt, installed through one of the existing pedestrian doors, and removed or loaded directly into trucks. Material will be taken to a suitable off-site location. Props and walers will be installed progressively, using the excavators. Phase two Once the second level of struts have been installed within the CPO, excavators within the building will be demobilised. Eight tonne excavators and tracked skid-steer loaders will be lowered into the Lower Queen Street excavation and the CPO. Working beneath the props, the excavators will progress eastwards beneath the CPO, feeding the tracked skid-steer loaders, which will move the material to long-reach excavators waiting on lower Queen Street. Material will be taken to a suitable off-site location. 2.2.3.5

Tunnel Construction

Once the diaphragm walls, piling and underpinning have been constructed as required in lower Queen Street and the CPO, and excavation is complete, the CRL tunnels will be built within the trench, with concrete cast in-situ. A layer of blinding concrete will be placed at the base of the tunnels. The two tunnels and lean mix walls will be constructed concurrently in three phases. Floors, walls and tunnel structures will be constructed in 6-10 m long sections, with each phase following the other as follows: Waterproofing will be installed beneath the base slab, then the steel tied. The waterproofing will be inspected and signed-off before the concrete pour is progressed. The side-wall infill (sand-cement/lean mix/no-fines concrete) will be boxed and poured, then the wall waterproofing fixed. The wall and roof will be tied and poured separately utilising a travelling tunnel form. This will ensure water tightness and reduce congestion at the work site. Concrete will be placed by boom-pump on lower Queen Street and line-pump within the CPO. Finally, the roof waterproofing will be applied, tested and protected. Upon completion, the tunnel formwork will be broken down and removed through the pump-station. 2.2.3.6

Backfilling

Approximately 11,000 m3 of material will be required as fill for the works. Crushed concrete from the CPO ground floor internal demolition will be used as backfill to reduce the quantity of imported fill required. In lower Queen Street, backfill material will be placed over the tunnels by a loader at road level, spread and compacted by plant in the trench. Within the CPO, the material will carted by skid-steer loader from the lower Queen Street faรงade to the eastern end progressively filling towards lower Queen Street. Material will be compacted in layers as it is placed. Props will be removed progressively as backfill progresses. The props will be re-used or recycled off site.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

33

2.2.4

Stage 4 - Reinstatement

2.2.4.1

Lower Queen Street

On completion of the tunnelling and backfilling activities, lower Queen Street will be reinstated in accordance with the Project Urban Design DWP prepared by AT. 2.2.4.2

CPO

On completion of the tunnelling and backfilling activities, the Basement 1 plant rooms and ground floor level of the CPO building will be reinstated to a passenger entry/exit and concourse level incorporating the rail ticketing gatelines. The fixtures and fittings removed from the building prior to the commencement of works within the CPO will be reinstated. 2.2.4.3

Britomart Tie-In Works

The back-of-house (BOH) demolition and tie in from Britomart to the CPO tunnels will be undertaken near the end of the Project as follows: Fixtures and fittings in BOH offices will be removed at night, using the station lifts. Blockwork walls in the BOH area will be broken up using a small excavator with a breaker. Demolition material may be removed to the Strand Railway Station by rail truck or similar at night. Three openings will be required in the secant pile wall, plus buttress demolition. These openings will be formed by wire sawing into manageable sizes, and removal by excavator and rail as above. Modifications of the platforms to suit the new rail tunnels will be conducted primarily at night to minimise disruption. 2.2.4.4

Station Plaza

Station Plaza will be reinstated to the current standard in Stage 4 of the Project, following the removal of the temporary accommodation buildings and when station facilities are reinstated back into BTC upon completion of the main construction works. In accordance with BTC designation Condition 3.2, the Station Plaza accommodation shall be removed within one year of completion of the Project works.

2.2.5

Network Utilities

The Project will require the relocation and protection of various network utilities during the construction works, along with new network utility installations and connections. These works will primarily be undertaken during Stages 1 and 3 of the Project as outlined below. 2.2.5.1

Stage 1 – Temporary Accommodation and Streetscape works

New Connections New utility connections within the road corridor of Galway, Tyler and Commerce Streets will be required for the temporary accommodation buildings and facilities in Station Plaza. The new connections will be installed at the start of the site establishment works and will involve trenching and the installation of utilities beneath Station Plaza and into the road corridor, where the connections to existing utilities will be made. The majority of the works will be carried out during the day with the required temporary traffic control and pedestrian diversions in place to minimise effects.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

34 Relocations A number of utilities, including streetlights, Advanced Traffic Management System (ATMS) and stormwater catch pits, will need to be relocated from the road corridor as part of the streetscape works in Galway, Tyler and Commerce Streets. The majority of utility relocations will be undertaken during the day with the required temporary traffic control and pedestrian diversions in place to minimise effects. 2.2.5.2

Stage 3 – Lower Queen Street

Prior to piling works being undertaken in lower Queen Street (Section2.2.3.2 of the CEMP outlines these piling works), a number of network utilities located within the road corridor will be decommissioned, relocated (temporarily or permanently), or protected in place. The works will be undertaken as follows: The pile alignment will be set out along lower Queen Street. Pavements will be saw cut and the pile alignment excavated using pot-holing techniques. This will enable the identification of any obstructions or utilities along the pile alignment prior to the physical piling operations being undertaken. For utilities that are to be decommissioned prior to the piling works, once exposed by excavations, the utilities will be identified by the asset owner who will confirm that the utility can be decommissioned and removed from the road corridor. Once utilities that require slewing (temporary relocation) are located they will be excavated and exposed. The piling rig will be established on-site and the piling will commence up to the utility, which will then be slewed over and clear of the next adjacent pile. Once adjacent piles are installed, the utility will be slewed back to its original location or an alternate location outside the excavation footprint. Utility support bridges or support hangers required to provide carriage of the utilities over the excavation will be constructed prior to the main excavation works (refer to Section 2.2.3.4 for details of the lower Queen Street excavation works). Further detail on the management of network utilities during the Project is outlined in Section 5.1.15 of this CEMP. 2.2.5.3

Summary of network utilities impacted by the Project

A summary of those network utilities (by Network Utility Operator (NUO)) that will be impacted by the Project is provided in Table 2.2. Table 2.2:

Summary of impacts on Network Utilities

Network Utility Operator

Impact on utilities

Watercare - wastewater and potable water

Watercare wastewater and potable water utilities located within and surrounding the Project area will be impacted by the construction works.

Auckland Council stormwater

Auckland Council stormwater utilities located within and surrounding the Project area will be impacted by the construction works.

Vector - power, gas and telecommunications

Vector power, gas and telecommunication utilities located within and surrounding the Project area will be impacted by the construction works.

Chorus telecommunications

Chorus telecommunication utilities located within and surrounding the Project area will be impacted by the construction works.

Vodafone telecommunications

Vodafone utilities within or surrounding the Project area will not be impacted by the construction works at this stage

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

35 Network Utility Operator

Impact on utilities

Citylink telecommunications

Citylink utilities within or surrounding the Project area will not be impacted by the construction works at this stage

Kordia telecommunications

Kordia utilities within or surrounding the Project area will not be impacted by the construction works

Transpower - power

There are no Transpower utilities located within the Project footprint

Refer to Appendix P for further detail on each utility located within the Project footprint and how it will be impacted by the construction works.

2.3

Active Construction Zones

The Project area has been divided into four discrete active construction zones (ACZ) as outlined below and shown in Figure 2.1. ACZ A – Britomart Station Modifications; ACZ B – Temporary accommodation works within Station Plaza; ACZ C – CPO building works; and ACZ D – Lower Queen Street works.

Figure 2.1: Active Construction Zones8

It should be noted that the referencing of the Project’s ACZs varies between the BTC designation where the Project is separated into four ACZs (ACZ A – D) as outlined in Figure 2.1, and the resource consents where the Project is separated into two ACZs (ACZ A and B) refer to Figure 2.2.

Britomart Transport Centre Notice of Requirement to Alter Designation 314: Assessment of Environmental Effects dated 27 May 2015 8

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

36

Figure 2.2: Resource Consent ACZ and CSA referencing

To ensure consistency, the referencing of Project ACZs adopted in this CEMP, and all sub-plans, is that outlined in Figure 2.1 - the ACZ referencing as per the BTC designation.

2.4

Construction Support Areas

Three construction support areas (CSA) are proposed to support the ACZs (refer to Table 2.3 and Figure 2.3). All storage of material and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries of the CRL and BTC designations. Table 2.3:

Construction Support Areas

Construction Support Area

Location

Construction zone supported

Area

A

Galway Street

Supports temporary accommodation works in Station Plaza

400 m2

Material storage Rubbish/recycling bins and storage Crane location and vehicle access to CSA A and the CPO Stormwater and groundwater treatment tanks Spill kits

B

Lower Queen Street

Supports CPO and lower Queen Street construction

3,500 m2

Bentonite treatment plant Jet grout pump and mixing plant Material storage Rubbish/recycling bins and storage Potential generators for the bentonite and jet grouting plants (TBC prior to construction) Spill kits

Construction Environmental Management Plan

Key Plant/Activities

July 2016

37 Construction Support Area

Location

Construction zone supported

Area

Key Plant/Activities

Vehicle access to the lower Queen Street construction area C

Tyler Street -

Provides construction access to the CPO

400 m2

Temporary site office and workers amenities during Stage 1 of the Project Material storage Crane location and vehicle access to CSA C and the CPO Main vehicle entrance to the CPO building Rubbish/recycling bins and storage Spill kits

It should be noted that the referencing of the Project’s CSAs varies between the BTC designation where three CSAs (CSA A, B and C) and referenced (refer to Figure 2.3 and the resource consents where two CSAs (CSA 1 and 2) are referenced (refer to Figure 2.2). To ensure consistency, the referencing of Project CSAs adopted in this CEMP, and all sub-plans, is that outlined in Figure 2.3 - the CSA referencing as per the BTC designation.

Figure 2.3: Construction Support Areas

Note: Blue hatched areas on Figure 2.3 show the areas within lower Queen Street that will be maintained as traffic lanes in order to provide vehicle access from Queen Street to Tyler Street and

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

38 Galway Street into Queen Street. These areas will be physically separated from the construction areas by the installation of flexible bollards. That site offices and less noisy construction activities will be located at the edge of the construction support areas, where practicable. As outlined in Section 2.8 of this CEMP, gates will be provided at construction entry and exit points and locked shut when the site is unattended. During construction hours, Project staff members will be stationed at operational gates in order to manage vehicle movements into and out of the gates and to ensure no unauthorised entry into Project construction sites. Further detail on the management of construction and delivery vehicles is outlined in the TAP DWP.

2.5

Bentonite and Jet Grouting Plants

The diaphragm wall and jet grouting works will require the establishment of bentonite and jet grouting plants on lower Queen Street adjacent to the CPO building, the location of which are shown on Figure 2.4. The operation of the plants is outlined in Sections 2.5.1 and 2.5.2 below.

Bentonite Treatment Plant

Jet Grouting Plant

Figure 2.4: Location of bentonite and jet grout plants

2.5.1

Bentonite Treatment Plant

A bentonite plant will be located adjacent to the south west corner of the CPO building on lower Queen Street. The purpose of the plant is to mix and recycle bentonite slurry required for the diaphragm wall construction. The plant will cover an area of approximately 350 m2 and comprise the following elements: Four to six 80 m3 silos, approximately 15 m in height, for the storage of bentonite slurry and waste; Slurry Treatment Plant (STP)/De-sanding Unit with a capacity of approximately 450 m 3;

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

39 Bentonite mixer; Bentonite storage bags; Generator; and Excavator. The bentonite plant operation will be as outlined in Table 2.4 and shown on Figure 2.5. Table 2.4:

Bentonite Plant Operation

Bentonite Storage

Storage of bentonite powder and slurry within silos

Bentonite Mixing and Recycling

Mixing of bentonite with water and additives (sodium bicarbonate and bentocryl) to make a bentonite slurry, which will be temporarily stored within the silos before being used in the piling operations. The bentonite mixer will be covered to control bentonite powder dust emissions. Transfer of the bentonite slurry to the storage silo, connected to the circuit of the STP/de-sanding unit and down to the diaphragm wall operations via pipes and hoses. Slurry will be pumped from the trench and travel back to the STP/de-sanding unit where it will be treated to remove solids and recover the slurry for re-use.

Spoil Disposal

Dry material recovered from the de-sanding unit will be removed off-site via truck. Liquid spent slurry following de-sanding will be discharged into a temporary spoil pit (approximately 24 m3) located on site. The spoil will be excavated and transported via trucks (approximately 3 per day) to an approved disposal facility.

Management of Discharges

The entire bentonite plant will be bunded to contain any spilt material or to contain bentonite slurry in the event of a pipe or pump failure during transfer of the slurry. Any surface water collected in the bunded area will drain to the sediment control system on-site for removal of sediment prior to discharge.

Figure 2.5: Bentonite Slurry Operation

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

40

2.5.2

Jet Grouting Plant Operation

The main function of the jet grout plant is to mix the cement grout and transfer it to the jet grouting rig at high pressure. The plant will be located adjacent to the north western corner of the CPO building on Lower Queen Street (refer to Figure 2.4). The plant will comprise the following elements: Excavator; Grout mixer; High pressure pump; Generator; Silo for cement powder storage; and Grout storage tank (approximately 10 m3). The jet grout mixing plant will involve mixing water and cement and additional additives to create a slurry mix as outlined in Table 2.5. Table 2.5:

Jet Grouting Operation

Material Storage

Cement powder will be delivered by bulker trucks. The powder is pumped to the storage silo through hoses. Dust filters on the silos will control dust emissions.

Cement Grout Mixing

Cement powder will travel to the mixer via a closed screw conveyor. The conveyor will have a protective cover to control dust. Cement powder will be mixed intermittently with water in the designed proportions and the grout will then be stored in a tank.

Cement grout injection

Grout will travel via hoses, filters and pumps to the high pressure pump, then to the jet grout rig and through the drill string, which will inject the grout into the soil at high pressure to form jet grout columns.

Spoil Disposal

The resulting sludge (made of grout, water and soil) will be pumped at the column location and sent to the spoil pit. It will be disposed similarly as the slurry spoil.

Management of Discharges

The jet grout plant will be bunded, with any surface water draining to the on-site sediment treatment system before discharge into the stormwater network.

2.6

Stormwater and Groundwater Treatment

Stormwater and groundwater that settles in the excavations in lower Queen Street and the CPO will be pumped into an on-site settlement tank where sediment will settle out. Assisted sediment settlement using chemical or non-chemical flocculants (the latter being preferred if effective) will be undertaken as required to ensure water discharged from the system will not result in adverse effects on the receiving environment, in particular the Waitemata Harbour. The treatment tanks will be located at the south eastern corner of the CPO adjacent to the glasshouse (CSA A). Further detail regarding the treatment of stormwater and groundwater during construction of the Project is provided in the Project ESCP and Section 2 of the CTMP (both provided at Appendix M to this CEMP).

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

41

2.7

Site Office

The site office and workers amenities will be located on level 1 of the CPO building for the duration of the works.

2.7.1

Site Parking

Minimal on-site parking will be provided for the Project workforce. Vehicle access to the Project area will be restricted to material delivery, spoil removal and service vehicles (for example sediment disposal and fuel supply). It is intended that staff vehicle trips will be minimised through car sharing, use of public transport, off-peak shift starts (especially in the morning) and working during typical construction hours of 7am to 7pm Monday to Saturday. Further details are provided in the Transport, Access and Parking DWP and the Workforce Travel Plan provided at Appendix A to the DWP. The low levels of parking that will be provided in the Project area, along with implementation of the Workforce Travel Plan will serve to reduce congestion in the Project area.

2.8

Site Security and Safety

Generally site security will be maintained by establishing temporary construction fences at the perimeter of all Project construction areas. These may be anchored to, or fixed into, the ground where their location is critical (e.g. to eliminate fall risks). For the duration of construction works on lower Queen Street, fences and/or hoardings will be placed no closer than 3 metres from the north frontage (building frontage onto Queen Elizabeth II Square) of 21 Queen Street (Zurich House) in the vicinity of the entrance to the ground level retail space and the main pedestrian entrance to the building. Gates will be provided at construction entry and exit points and locked shut when the site is unattended. During construction hours, Project staff members will be stationed at operational gates in order to manage vehicle and personnel movements into and out of the gates and to ensure no unauthorised entry into Project construction sites. Noise barriers will be integrated with security fences where appropriate. The locations of noise barriers will be determined by the Project Acoustic Consultant prior to the commencement of construction (refer to Section 5.5 of the CNV DWP for further detail in this regard), however, acoustic barriers/hoardings will be required on all ground floor windows and doors of the CPO prior to construction commencing. Where practicable, construction fences and hoardings will become spaces for Project signage or information, and provide opportunities for mana whenua and community artworks on the public facing sides.

2.8.1

Crime Prevention through Environmental Design

The DSBJV will adopt Crime Prevention through Environmental Design (CPTED) principles in the design and layout of construction areas in order to reduce opportunities for offending and increase feelings of worker and public safety during the Project. Natural surveillance, access control and territorial reinforcement will be facilitated by: Using the shortest and least sight-limiting fencing appropriate for the respective construction areas. Closing site office windows at night to prevent prying eyes being “attracted� to contents in the office.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

42 Installation of security lights in areas such as pathways, building entrances, rubbish and recycling collection points. Positioning of lights in such a way as to light the faces of people in these areas and provide maximum visibility to surrounding areas. Clear identification of entry/exit points for construction sites and construction support areas. Creating a sense of ownership and responsibility among construction staff for construction areas, to encourage staff to take pride in their work spaces and maintain these to a high standard. Ensuring the Project area is well managed throughout the construction works in order to discourage antisocial behaviours, defacement or vandalism of construction areas (such as through graffiti) or crime. Displaying security system signage at construction site access points. Providing well-defined pedestrian routes with clear sight lines to promote convenient and safe movement within and adjacent to the Project area. Providing legible and informative signage within and around the Project area related to the Project, public facilities (such as the BTC, key bus stops, the Ferry Terminal) and key pedestrian access routes. Refer to the Urban Design DWP for details on how CPTED elements will be implemented as part of the Project’s CSAs and temporary accommodation in Station Plaza.

2.9

Notice Boards

Project notice boards will be located in prominent locations around the Project area, such as lower Queen Street, Tyler or Galway Street (locations will be determined as part of the Project hoarding and signage design element). Notice boards will identify: The Project name; Auckland Transport (as the Requiring Authority and consent holder); The Project hotline; The address for service of the site; and The name, telephone number and email address of the DSBJV Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager.

2.10

Public Viewing

Construction areas will be fenced and kept secure from the public during the works. However, where practicable, opportunities for public viewing will be provided. This will be achieved by integrating Perspex viewing windows or screens in Project hoardings at suitable locations around the site.

2.11

Site Housekeeping

All work sites will be maintained in a tidy and neat condition, and due care shall be taken to prevent damage to any adjoining public or private property. All litter and liquid contaminants will be removed and disposed of in an appropriate manner. Equipment and materials will be stored safely, securely and in an orderly manner. No plant, buildings, debris, or other materials shall be placed or allowed to roll, wash, slide or blow across adjacent boundaries. Site waste will be managed as per the procedures set out within the Project WARRP. On completion of construction work in individual areas, and particularly after the completion of each Project stage, all plant, temporary facilities, debris surplus and foreign materials will be removed from the site as practicable.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

43

2.11.1

Graffiti Management

Security fences and hoardings will be inspected for integrity and graffiti as part of a weekly environmental and sustainability inspection. A small quantity of paint will be kept on site to paint over graffiti rapidly, with a target set for painting over graffiti within 24 hours of identifying the problem (although this may take longer if it requires working at height). Graffiti will be discouraged by painting murals or posting other Project graphic content on the hoardings (or construction fences where practicable) in order to avoid creating a blank canvas for graffiti. Project hoardings will be subject to a graffiti guard treatment, in order to minimise the potential for graffiti around the site.

2.12

Site Reinstatement

At the completion of construction, the DSBJV will return the site to AT for public use. Specifically: The lower Queen Street work site will be reinstated to the same or better standard than existing prior to the Project being undertaken. The temporary accommodation buildings in Station Plaza will be removed prior to the completion of the Project and the area will be reinstated to the same or better standard than existing prior to the Project being undertaken, coherent with wider public realm upgrades in the area. Tyler and Galway Street will also be reinstated to the same or better standard than existing prior to the Project being undertaken, coherent with wider public realm upgrades in the area.

2.13

Project Programme

The Project is anticipated to take approximately 48 months to construct, starting in July 2016 with completion in June 2020. To ensure construction works are undertaken as quickly and efficiently as possible, aspects of the methodology will occur concurrently e.g. works in lower Queen Street and beneath the CPO. The approximate timing of the main construction activities is shown in Table 2.6.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

44

Table 2.6:

Project Programme

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

45

2.14

Hours of Work

The CRL designation Conditions place specific limitations on hours of operation and the duration of certain construction activities. The conditions also require that specified effects thresholds are complied with during particular hours of the day (e.g. regenerated noise and vibration). In order to meet these conditions, works will generally be undertaken between 0700 and 1900 Monday to Saturday, except for specific activities required to be done outside of these hours to suit Britomart Station operations. Activities required to be undertaken outside these hours will be limited to activities that are unable to be undertaken during standard working hours as a result of external influences (e.g. train station operations, external events). The likely frequency of such activities is unknown and dependent on external influences. Appropriate mitigation measures, such as early consultation and notification of such events and site specific noise and vibration mitigation measures, will be put in place to mitigate disruption. Relevant CRL and BTC designation conditions relating to restrictions on working hours associated with traffic movements and noise and vibration effects are set out in Table 2.7. Table 2.7: Condition No.

Designation Conditions relating to work hour restrictions Condition CRL Designation Conditions

Condition 34.1

Between the hours of 10pm and 7am vibration generated by construction activities (excluding blasting) shall not exceed: a) a Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 0.3mm/s when measured at any part of the floor of any bedroom; b) a noise level of 35 dB LAeq(15min) when measured in any bedroom.

Condition 34.2

Between the hours of 7am and 10pm vibration generated by construction activities (excluding blasting) shall not exceed: a) a) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 1mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for residentially occupied habitable rooms, bedrooms in temporary accommodation and medical facilities; and b) (b) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 2mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for retail and office spaces (including work areas and meeting rooms);

Condition 36.3(b)

That piling and road cutting will be restricted to between the hours of 7am to 7pm, Monday to Saturday BTC Designation Conditions9

Condition 28.3(b)

External piling and saw cutting will be restricted to between the hours of 7am to 7pm, Monday to Saturday.

Condition 28.3(c)

Exclusion of vibratory rolling and rock breaking during night-time periods (10pm to 7am) unless equipment trials confirm compliance can be achieved with Project criteria in condition 27.1 Between the hours of 10pm and 7am vibration generated by construction activities shall not exceed: (a) a Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 0.3mm/s when measured at any part of the floor of any bedroom; (b) a noise level of 35 dB LAeq(15min) when measured in any bedroom.

Condition 27.1

Conditions as attached to Auckland Transport’s Confirmation Notice of 17 March 2016 on Notice of Requirement to alter the Britomart Transport Centre Designation 9

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

46 Condition No.

Condition

Condition 27.2

Between the hours of 7am and 10pm vibration generated by construction activities shall not exceed: (a) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 1mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for residentially occupied habitable rooms, bedrooms in temporary accommodation and medical facilities; and (b) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 2mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for retail and office spaces (including work areas and meeting rooms); Temporary full width road closures shall be for no longer than any continuous period of three hours in any 12 hour period. Any closure for any longer period shall be limited to a maximum of eight hours between the hours of 11pm and 7am, Monday to Sunday

Condition 24.6 Condition 24.13

The Requiring Authority shall ensure that no trucks larger than a 11.5m rigid truck travel to or from or make deliveries to or from the respective work site areas between the hours of 7.30am to 9.30am and 3pm to 6pm.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

47

3

Social, Economic and Environmental Management

This section provides a summary of the construction activities and related environmental, social and economic aspects of the Project, including the location of key construction activities, sensitive receptors and legal requirements applicable to the management of the works.

3.1

Construction activities and environmental receptors

Key construction activities associated with the Project include temporary accommodation works within Station Plaza, CPO diaphragm wall construction, piling and underpinning, piling in lower Queen Street, concurrent excavation beneath the CPO and lower Queen Street, construction of the rail tunnels, backfilling of the excavations and reinstatement. The sub-plans attached to this CEMP identify construction activities that have the potential to cause adverse effects, and outline proposed mitigation measures for these effects. Table 3.1 summarises the key activities that will occur in each stage of the Project and possible receivers / affected parties. Table 3.1:

Construction activities, receiving environments and receivers / affected parties

Stage

Main Activity

Receiving Environment

Receivers

Temporary accommodation works

Construction of temporary buildings Installation of new stairs to the BTC

Residents/Businesses (noise/vibration) Traffic network

148 Quay Street Building 152 Quay Street Britomart Pavilions 10-20 Customs Street East Rabobank Building Excelsior House Stanbeth House

Streetscape and kerbside management changes

Footpath widening Changes to kerbside management

Residents/Businesses (noise/vibration/dust) Traffic network

Hotel Mercure McDonalds Endeans Building 152 Quay Street 148 Quay Street Building Britomart Pavilions Rabobank Building 10-20 Customs Street East Excelsior House Stanbeth House Masonic House Buckland Building Maritime Building

CPO building works

Diaphragm wall installation, including jet grout and bentonite treatment plant Piling Underpinning of the CPO

Stormwater Buildings (Settlement/vibration) Residents/Businesses (noise/vibration) Traffic network

CPO Building Endeans Building 152 Quay Street 148 Quay Street Building Hotel Mercure McDonalds 10-20 Customs Street East

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

48 Stage

Main Activity

Receiving Environment

Receivers

Excavation for tunnels - CPO

Excavation Spoil handling

Stormwater Buildings (Settlement/vibration) Residents/Businesses (noise/vibration) Traffic network

CPO Building Endeans Building 152 Quay Street 148 Quay Street Building Hotel Mercure McDonalds 10-20 Customs Street East

Excavation for tunnel – lower Queen Street

Piling Excavation Spoil handling

Stormwater Buildings (Settlement/vibration) Residents/Businesses (noise/vibration/dust/ odour) Traffic network

CPO Building HSBC House Endeans building Zurich House Hotel Mercure McDonalds No.1 Queen Street Bar and Cafe 152 Quay Street 148 Quay Street Building

Tunnel construction

Base drainage and blinding Waterproofing Base foundation and construction Wall construction Roof construction Roof waterproofing

Stormwater Buildings (Settlement/vibration) Residents/Businesses (noise/vibration/dust/ odour) Traffic network

CPO Building HSBC House Endeans building Zurich House Hotel Mercure McDonalds No.1 Queen Street Bar and Cafe 152 Quay Street 148 Quay Street Building

Backfilling and reinstatement of lower Queen Street, CPO

Backfilling Spoil Handling Construction of new road pavement – lower Queen Street Reinstatement of CPO fixtures and fittings to enable re-opening of the CPO to the public

Stormwater Buildings (Settlement/vibration) Residents/Businesses (noise/vibration/dust/ odour) Traffic network

CPO Building HSBC House Endeans building Zurich House Hotel Mercure McDonalds No.1 Queen Street Bar and Cafe 152 Quay Street 148 Quay Street Building

Removal of Station Plaza Temporary Accommodation and Station Plaza reinstatement

Removal temporary buildings Reinstatement of Station Plaza

Residents/Businesses (noise/vibration) Traffic network

152 Quay Street 148 Quay Street Building Britomart Pavilions 10-20 Customs Street East Rabobank Building Excelsior House Stanbeth House

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

49 Stage

Main Activity

Other general activities

3.2

Enabling works / site establishment Construction and installation of erosion and sediment control devices New utility connections and relocation of existing utilities in the road corridor Waste management Hazardous substances management

Receiving Environment Stormwater Buildings (Settlement/vibration) Residents/Businesses (noise/vibration/dust/ odour) Traffic network

Receivers CPO Building HSBC House Endeans building Zurich House Hotel Mercure McDonalds No.1 Queen Street Bar and Cafe 152 Quay Street 148 Quay Street Building Britomart Pavilions Rabobank Building 10-20 Customs Street East Excelsior House Stanbeth House

Legislative and other requirements

This section details the statutory framework and other requirements for environmental management of the Project and outlines the relevant legislation, policies and plans.

3.2.1

National legal requirements and policies

Construction of the Project must comply with a range of national legislation, regulations, strategies and policies in order to provide for the management of environmental effects. Key documents, national environmental legislation and regulations relevant to the Project are outlined in Table 3.2. Table 3.2:

Key national legislation, regulations and standards

National legislation, regulations, strategies and policies Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996 (HSNOA) Dangerous Goods Act 1974 and Regulations Protected Objects Act 1975 for the relevant archaeological and heritage standards/practices Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014 (HNZPTA) New Zealand Coastal Policy Statement 2010 (NZCPS) National Environmental Standard – Air Quality 2004 (NES Air Quality) The Hauraki Gulf Marine Park Act 2000 National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations 2011 (NES Soil)

3.2.2

Legislation, standards and guidelines relating to environmental aspects

Table 3.3 identifies standards and guidelines which are relevant to specific environmental aspects of the Project and will be read in conjunction with relevant sub-plans of this CEMP.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

50 Table 3.3: Summary of the standards, guidelines and specific statutory requirements associated with environmental aspects and detailed in the CEMP sub-plans Environmental Aspect / SubPlan

Sub-plans Statutory requirements, Guidelines and Standards

Construction Noise and Vibration DWP

NZS 6803:1999 Acoustics – Construction Noise DIN 4150-3:1999 Structural Vibration (German standard) BS 5228:2009 Code of Practice for Noise and Vibration Control on Structures (British Standard) NZS 6801:1991 Measurement of Sound NZS 6802:1991 Assessment of Environmental Sound

Air Quality DWP/AQMP

Ministry for Environment, Good Practice Guide for Assessing and Managing the Environmental Effects of Dust Emissions 2001 AS/NZ 3580.1.1: 2007 Method for sampling and analysis of ambient air – Guide to siting air monitoring equipment National Environmental Standard for Air Quality (AQ NES)

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring

NZS4411: 2001 Environmental Standard for Drilling of Soil and Rock

Contamination DWP/CSMP

Ministry for Environment A Guide to the Management of Cleanfills 2002 Health and Safety in Employment (Asbestos) Regulations 1998 Department of Labour Guidelines for the Management and removal of Asbestos (revised) 1999 Ministry for Environment, Contaminated Land Management Guidelines No 1 to 5

Hazardous substances and ITA EMP

Hazardous Substances and New Organisms Act 1996, HSNO regulations and gazette notices Hazardous Substances (fireworks, safety ammunition, and other explosives transfer) Regulations 2003 no. 2003/176 Hazardous Substances (Tank Wagons and Transportable Containers) Regulations 2004 Land Transport Rule 45001/1 and 45001/2: Dangerous Goods 2005 AS/NZ 2430.3 Classification of Hazardous Areas AS 2430.1:1987 Classification of Hazardous Areas – Explosive Gas Atmosphere NS 6101.1:1998 Classification of Hazardous Areas – Flammable Gas and Vapour Atmospheres AS/NZS 238 and AS/NZS 61241.1.2 Electrical Installations in Hazardous Zones Land Transport Rule 45001/1 and 45001/2: Dangerous Goods Railways Act 2005

Transport, Accessing Parking DWP Land disturbing activities and temporary stormwater management – ESCP Historic Heritage DWP

Auckland City Council Manual of Temporary Traffic Management Auckland Council Traffic Bylaw 2015 Auckland Regional Council – TP90 Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities (TP 90) Auckland Regional Council – TP10 – Design Guideline Manual Stormwater Treatment Devices ANZECC 2000 Guidelines Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

51 Environmental Aspect / SubPlan

Sub-plans Statutory requirements, Guidelines and Standards

Urban Design DWP

New Zealand Urban Design Protocol 2005 National Guidelines for Crime Prevention through Environmental Design 2005

Waste Management

Waste Minimisation Act 2008 NZ Waste Strategy Auckland Council Bylaws – Part 22 Solid Waste

3.2.3

Environmental Risk Register

The Project Risk Register includes environmental risks associated with the Project’s construction activities. The information contained in the register provides a guide for the implementation of environmental management activities, controls and monitoring, thus minimising environmental impacts. The Risk Register is a ‘living document’ and will be updated during the course of the Project to address revised construction methodologies. The Risk Register will be reviewed prior to the commencement of construction activities (taking into account finalised construction methodologies), at regular intervals (to be undertaken as part of the Project Monthly Report) and when there is a new or changed activity, equipment or location. Changes to legislative requirements may also drive Risk Register reviews. The Environmental and Sustainability Manager (ESM) (roles and responsibilities are defined in Section 4.1 of this CEMP) is required to maintain and review environmental risks within the register.

3.2.4

Project Approvals

3.2.4.1

Notices of Requirement

AT is a Requiring Authority as defined in the RMA. The Project is the subject of the CRL designation and the BTC designation in the Auckland Council District Plan (Central Area Section). 3.2.4.2

Resource Consents

Activities not permitted by a relevant regional plan require resource consents. The Project has obtained resource consent under the following statutory planning documents: Auckland Council Regional Plan: Sediment Control 2001; Auckland Council Regional Plan: Air Land and Water 2013; Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan (PAUP); and National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health Regulations 2011.

3.2.5

Compliance

In accordance with the designation and resource consent conditions, the provisions within this CEMP are required to be complied with, implemented and maintained throughout the entire construction period for the Project. The CEMP will be reviewed and updated as necessary (refer to Section 7). The designation and resource consent conditions that relate specifically to this CEMP are listed in Section 1.4 of the CEMP.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

52 As Contractors to AT, the Requiring Authority and consent holder, the DSBJV will take responsibility for maintaining compliance with the conditions relevant to its scope of works. The DSBJV Environmental and Sustainability Manager (refer to Section 4.1 of this CEMP for detail on Project roles and responsibilities) will have delegated authority to sign off compliance record sheets demonstrating compliance with consent and designation conditions during the course of the Project. This will be undertaken in collaboration with the AT Principal Planner for the Project. Compliance with the Project designation and consent conditions will be tracked via a Compliance Management System to be established in conjunction with AT prior to the commencement of the Project. AT will be responsible for obtaining any additional consents required during construction of the Project, or surrendering any consents as required. However, the DSBJV has a responsibility to identify and communicate any changes to the scope of works during construction which may have any additional consent requirements.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

53

4

CEMP Implementation

This section addresses the implementation of the CEMP and the sub-plans. The following areas are covered: Roles and responsibilities; Training; Emergency contacts and response; Communication and interfaces; and Complaints management.

4.1

Roles and responsibilities

This section describes the project organisational structure for environmental management.

4.1.1

Overview of Responsibility for this Plan

There are three key groups with responsibility for environmental management of the Project: AT as the Project owner and holder of the designations and resource consents; The DSBJV – contractor undertaking the works; and The Auckland Council which audits the works and monitors compliance with resource consent and designation conditions, the CEMP and specific sub-plans. All DSBJV employees have a responsibility to identify and report all environmental and sustainability aspects within the workplace to their immediate supervisor, and for monitoring the environmental and sustainability awareness practices of subcontractors. These responsibilities will be communicated during the site induction and during tool box meetings throughout the Project. Site environmental and sustainability management will be achieved through aspect identification and assessment. Commitment and continuous improvement to the environmental and sustainability culture by management is critical to its success and continuation. A guide to the tasks required of key personnel responsible for implementing the CEMP and sub-plans is outlined below. The responsibilities will be regularly reviewed to ensure completion of tasks.

4.1.2

Specific roles and responsibilities

4.1.2.1

All Staff

Attending tool-box talks and environmental training, including familiarisation with the requirements of the CEMP, sub-plans and other relevant plans listed in Table 1.1 in Section 1 of this CEMP; Responsible for reporting environmental incidents, complaints, defects and other problem areas to senior staff as they arise on site; Ensuring that required processes and procedures for environmental and sustainable management are followed; Ensuring that environmental mitigation and protection measures are maintained and working correctly; Within day to day work responsibilities, ensure the environment both on site and adjacent to the site is protected and respected; and Ensure the site is tidy and all litter is placed in the correct bins.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

54 4.1.2.2

Project Director

The Project Director has responsibility for the DSBJV compliance with specifications of resource consent and designation conditions and site environmental management; The Project Director has ultimate responsibility for achieving the Project sustainability goals; Reviews, updates and approves management plans prior to issue; Ensures adequate resources are provided to ensure environmental and sustainability issues and obligations are appropriately managed; and Sets the Project environmental and sustainability culture. 4.1.2.3

Construction Manager

Reviews work packages against Project environmental and sustainability objectives and targets, along with CEMP and sub-plans to ensure a high level of performance is achieved; Develops, implements and monitors construction methods ensuring compliance with resource consent and designation conditions, the CEMP and sub-plans; Comply with all legislation, regulations, designation and consent conditions in relation to the Project; Demonstrate understanding of major environmental and community issues and environmentally sensitive areas; Implement environmental protection and sustainability measures in accordance with the contract, the CEMP and sub-plans; Ensure that all workers are trained in relation to environmental and sustainability measures; Report all incidents, system defects and complaints to the Project Director; Ensure all workers and others (e.g. subcontractors and suppliers) comply with environmental and sustainability operating procedures and community relations protocols; and Reinforce the Project environmental and sustainability culture. 4.1.2.4

Environmental and Sustainability Manager

Provides leadership to ensure staff are motivated to achieve environmental standards, and comply with all resource consent and designation conditions; Provides leadership to ensure staff are motivated to achieve sustainability goals; Develops, implements and reviews environmental and sustainability management systems including the CEMP and sub-plans for the Project; Is an Infrastructure Sustainability Accredited Professional who provides sustainability advice; Coordinates the interfaces and communications with external agencies and stakeholders in relation to environmental management of the Project in conjunction with the Communications Manager; Attends meetings with Auckland Council Monitoring Officers; Manages and co-ordinates construction monitoring and maintains and submits relevant reporting and records to Auckland Council and AT, as required; Undertakes regular site inspections and audits to monitor and ensure compliance with the CEMP, sub-plans and consent and designation conditions; Input records of all environmental and sustainability monitoring results to Fulcrum; Coordinates environmental and sustainability interfaces with consultants, subcontractors and suppliers;

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

55 Trains staff in site specific environmental and sustainability procedures; Manages maintenance and monitoring of the effectiveness of erosion and sediment controls, stormwater and other control devices; Ensures spill kits are available and stocked, and provides training on equipment use; Coordinates environmental emergency responses; Notifies the Project Director of any significant environmental non compliances for which they have jurisdiction; Reports to AT changes to construction techniques or natural environmental changes, which require alterations to existing consents or new resource consents; and Reinforces the Project environmental and sustainability culture. 4.1.2.5

Communications Manager

Manage, in collaboration with the Environmental and Sustainability Manager, internal Project communications regarding environmental and sustainability information; Responsible for notifying Project neighbours of works occurring (activities, timing, duration) within proximity and managing mitigation as required; Disseminates information to the public as approved by AT; and Primary contact for Project related enquires and complaints. 4.1.2.6

Project Engineers

Provide leadership to the site team to achieve Project environmental and sustainability objectives and targets to ensure a high level of performance is achieved; Provide leadership to ensure staff are motivated to achieve sustainability goals; Provide input into the development and implementation of the CEMP sub-plans; Responsible for ensuring environmental controls and erosion and sediment control works are installed, modified and maintained as appropriate for each stage of construction; Assist in the development, implementation and review of Project environmental and sustainability objectives; Ensure staff on-site are aware of environmental and sustainability requirements at all times and sees that routine maintenance to erosion sediment control facilities and management measures continue with on-going effectiveness; and Reinforce the Project environmental and sustainability culture. 4.1.2.7

Site Supervisors

The Site Supervisors are accountable to the Construction Manager, and will: Monitor operations in accordance with this CEMP and sub-plans; Take appropriate action to prevent unsound environmental practices; Ensure all subcontractors comply with these requirements; Ensure all employees and subcontractors are inducted prior to commencing work on site; Arrange for work permits, i.e. excavation permit, permit to pump etc.; Report and record all accidents, incidents, injuries and near misses accurately and within specified time frames; and Reinforce the Project environmental and sustainability culture.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

56

4.1.3

Contact details

Contact details for those with key responsibilities in the implementation of this CEMP including the Project Communications Manager are provided in Table 4.1. Table 4.1:

Project Contact Details

Role

Company

Name

Contact Details

Auckland Transport Principal Planner CRL Representing Consent Holder

Auckland Transport

Richard Jenkins

mob: (021) 870 124 email: Richard.Jenkins@at.govt.nz

Construction Manager

Auckland Transport

Nick Adams

mob: (022) 645 1637 email: Nick.Adams@at.govt.nz

Construction Safety Manager

Auckland Transport

Mark Durham

mob: (027) 733 2156 email: Mark.Durham@at.govt.nz

Principal Sustainability Advisor

Auckland Transport

Liz Root

mob: (021) 673 930 email: Liz.Root@at.govt.nz

AT CRL Communications Manager10

Auckland Transport

Carol Greensmith

mob: (021) 569 211 email: Carol.Greensmith@at.govt.nz

DSBJV Project Director

DSBJV

Dale Burtenshaw

mob: (021) 115 1819 email: Dale.Burtenshaw@downer.co.nz

Deputy Project Director / Construction Manager - Foundations

DSBJV

Fabrice Perez

mob: (021) 913 046 Fabrice.PEREZ@soletanche-bachy.com

Construction Manager Civil Build

DSBJV

Matt Beswick

mob: (027) 702 6002 email: Matthew.Beswick@downer.co.nz

Construction Manager MEP

DSBJV

Ian Mather

mob: (021) 790 413 email: Ian.Mather2@downer.co.nz

DSBJV Communications Manager

DSBJV

Brandy Smith

mob: (027) 692 3783 email: Brandy.Smith@downer.co.nz

Environmental and Sustainability Manager

DSBJV

Sarah Sutherland

mob: TBC email: Sarah.Sutherland@downer.co.nz

Zero Harm Manager

DSBJV

Clint Hill

mob: (027) 702 8309 email: clint.hill@downer.co.nz

4.2

Environmental and Sustainability Training and Induction

4.2.1

Environmental and Sustainability Training

The environmental competency and experience requirements for all staff positions are contained in the relevant Position Descriptions. Recruitment and procurement processes are conducted with the aim of engaging personnel with the required competency and experience.

10

Primary contact for Project related queries and complaints

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

57 All Project staff will receive training of a type and level of detail that is appropriate for the environmental aspects of their routine and emergency work assignments. Other training needs are assessed on a job-by-job, and position-by-position basis. For instance, supervisors, forepersons and leading hands involved in earthworks are required to be competent in erosion and sediment control processes as well as identifying contaminated soils, and will therefore complete a training programme specifically targeted on this area. Site engineers responsible for writing work plans and undertaking site specific safety and environmental risk assessments will also be given guidance on how to assess and plan for environmental issues and sustainability measures. All Project personnel are required to satisfactorily complete the Project Induction Training (outlined in Section 4.2.2). Other mechanisms of communicating environmental controls are through the JSEAs (Job Safety and Environmental Analysis) / SWMS (Safe Work Method Statement), Tool Box Talks and Pre-Start Meetings, all of which are described below.

4.2.2

Project Inductions

4.2.2.1

Employees and subcontractors

All Project staff (including subcontractors) will undergo an environmental and sustainability induction prior to commencing work on-site. The induction will include information on the surrounding natural, physical, social and cultural environment and its sensitivity and outline all Project staff responsibilities under the CEMP and sub-plans. The induction will cover the following matters: Requirements of Project consent, designation and other approvals/permits; Matters of cultural significance to Mana Whenua; Importance of conforming with the Project CEMP and sub-plans; Actual or potential environmental effects associated with the Project construction works and the importance of mitigation in order to avoid or minimise these effects; Location of sensitive receptors and areas of high environmental or heritage value; Site environmental controls to minimise environmental effects; Site sustainability measures, including Waste avoidance and resource recovery methods Methods to minimise energy consumption Utility safety and management during construction works; Site housekeeping and the management and control of loitering outside of the Project area; Spill response and emergency procedures; Hazard and risk management to ensure personnel understand the potential impacts and proposed mitigation measures; Project communications and the complaints management procedures; and Environmental and Sustainability monitoring. Further detail on the above matters will be provided in Project training appropriate to a Project staff member’s position Staff who have completed the environmental and sustainability induction will be provided with an appropriate form of identification, such as a sticker to display on the front of their hard hat or an induction card, in order to certify they have been appropriately inducted onto the Project site.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

58 Environmental and sustainability issues will form a regular part of toolbox meetings during the Project (refer to Section 4.2.5 of this CEMP), which are to be attended by contractor staff and subcontractors, in order to ensure all workers are aware of the key issues and to promote the environmentally aware and sustainability sound culture. 4.2.2.2

Visitors

Special shortened inductions may be provided for visitors to the Project where there is minimal potential for environmental harm. All visitors must undergo a visitor’s induction. Sub-contractors are responsible for the actions and conduct of their visitors, and will ensure that visitors obey all environmental and sustainability requirements of the site. Visitors will be accompanied at all times. Under no circumstances will a visitor undertake any physical work on site.

4.2.3

Site Rules Board

The Site Rules Board will be displayed in an area where all can see and review upon entering the site. It will list the relevant environmental and sustainability principles that have been identified and assessed in relation to the works being undertaken. The Site Rules Board will be reviewed and updated to take account of new hazards and environmental risks, or changes in the degree of risk or hazards. New hazards or changes in risk will be normally identified in the Method Statements or in the Daily Job Start. In addition, hazards will be reported during Toolbox Meetings, Weekly Safety Inspections and via the Event Reporting system.

4.2.4

Job Start Briefing

Prior to the start of each shift each crew will be given a Job Start Briefing that will cover all relevant Construction Packages. The approved Job Safety Environmental Analysis (JSEA) will be used as the reference information for that briefing as follows: The briefing will include discussion of safety, quality, environmental protection and sustainability aspects of the activities to be undertaken in that shift. Team members will have the opportunity to improve the hazard control elements of the plan. All team members will sign on to the Job Start plan before they commence work. The work will then be performed in accordance with the Job Start Briefing, and the approved JSEA. An environmental management representative will attend as applicable to explain new environmental controls or reiterate existing controls.

4.2.5 Tool Box Talks Tool Box Talks are conducted for site personnel to deliver specific training in an aspect of work or controls, such as spill kit training or correct erection of a silt fence, to provide site personnel with ongoing environmental training and information throughout the Project. Participants in Tool Box Talks shall sign the attendance sheet.

4.2.6

Environmental and Sustainability Forms

The following forms are proposed to be used in conjunction with the Safe Work Method Statements and Daily Job Start Forms: JSEA;

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

59 Pre Start / Job Start Meetings – (beginning of each shift); Permits to Work; Site Rules Board; Behaviour Observations Event Report, for monitoring of both internal and external labour and plant; Weekly Toolbox meeting agenda, for reporting feedback to ALL work party members; Environmental Inspections; for monitoring both internal and external practices, equipment and site conditions; Downer Accident, Incident and Near Miss Report; and Training Competency Registers.

4.2.7

Training and Induction Resources and Records

Induction and training resources support and provide on-going education for on-site personnel and site visitors in regard to environmental and sustainability matters. These resources will be used to communicate up to date methods, hazards and environmental awareness where specific training is not deemed necessary. Environmental and Sustainability induction and training records will be maintained on site by the Environmental and Sustainability Manager and will include: Who was trained; When the person was trained; The name of the trainer; General description of training content; and Expiry dates of training courses/certifications as appropriate. The Environmental and Sustainability Manager will be responsible for ensuring that all Project staff receive appropriate environmental and sustainability training in relation to their position and that appropriately training personnel are undertaking site activities. The Environmental and Sustainability Manager will be responsible for disseminating all Project environmental and sustainability procedures to Project staff.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

60

5

Environmental Management

This section outlines the environmental management measures that will be implemented during construction of the Project to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse environmental effects. Methods to address cumulative effects are outlined for specific activities within the suite of DWPs. Most notably these include Construction Noise and Vibration; Transport, Access and Parking; and Groundwater effects. Monitoring for each area includes methods to ensure the effects from the Project are well understood and delineated from effects of concurrent construction projects in proximity. Where mitigation measures are required to be implemented by the Requiring Authority and consent holder (i.e. AT) in relation to the construction of the Project, it shall meet the reasonable and direct costs of implementing such mitigation measures.

5.1.1

Transport, Access, and Parking Management

Construction of the Project will generate additional traffic movements within and adjacent to the Project area and on the surrounding transport network. Activities during construction that will impact the traffic network include trucks delivering plant and equipment, construction material, trucks removing spoil from the excavation, rubbish removal, the pouring of concrete and supervisor’s vehicles. A Transport, Access and Parking DWP is included in Appendix E in accordance with CRL designation Conditions 25 – 27 and BTC designation Condition 24. The objective of the Transport, Access and Parking DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access by managing the road transport network for the duration of construction, maintaining pedestrian access to private property as all times, and providing on-going vehicle access to the greatest extent possible. All work zone areas will be physically separated from pedestrians and the public. Within the site, pedestrian access routes will be clearly marked and appropriate signage will identify definitive travel ways. A Workforce Travel Plan has been prepared for each construction site outlining on-site car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects. The Workforce Travel Management Plan is provided as Appendix A to the Transport, Access and Parking DWP.

5.1.2

Construction Noise and Vibration

The Project will create changes to the existing noise environment during construction, with noise and vibration generating machinery operating in relatively close proximity to noise and vibration sensitive receptors. Noise and vibration will be generated by construction equipment and activities, including site establishment works, piling, underpinning of the CPO, excavation, tunnel construction and reinstatement activities in the CPO and Lower Queen Street. Noise associated with piling activities has the potential to be significant. Piling and saw cutting will be restricted to between the hours of 7am-7pm Monday to Saturday in accordance with CRL designation Condition 36.3(b) and BTC designation Condition 28.3(b) with the implementation of mitigation measures as practicable. Vibratory rolling and rock breaking activities will also be prohibited between the hours of 10pm to 7am unless equipment trials confirm compliance can be achieved with the Project criteria set out in condition 27.1, in accordance with BTC designation condition 28.3(c).

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

61 Construction noise and vibration during the Project works is addressed by the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan (CNV DWP) (Appendix F), prepared in accordance with CRL designation Condition 36 and BTC designation Condition 28. The CNV DWP outlines the Project construction noise and vibration performance standards that must, as far as practicable, be complied with, along with management and mitigation measures that shall be implemented during the construction works. The CNV DWP also outlines construction noise and vibration monitoring that is to be undertaken for the duration of Project construction works. 5.1.2.1

Sites Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Plans

Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plans (SSCNMP) and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans (SSCVMP) will be prepared and implemented in accordance with CRL designation Conditions 37 and 38. Specifically, SSCNVMPs will be prepared for the following buildings: HSBC House (1 Queen Street) - SSNMP; Endeans building (2 Queen Street) - SSNVMP; CPO (12 Queen Street) - SSVMP; Zurich House (21 Queen Street) - SSNMP; and Hotel Mercure (8 Customs Street East) - SSNMP. The purpose of the Site Specific Plans is to detail the Best Practicable Option (BPO) to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from construction noise or vibration that does not comply with the Project Noise and Vibration Standards. Specifically, any predicted or measured exceedance from activities occurring in the CRL designation must have a SSCNMP, except where the exceedance is less than 5 decibels and does not exceed: 0700-2200: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive weeks in any 2 months; or 2200-0700: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive nights in any 10 days. For predicted exceedances of less than 5 decibels, monitoring shall be undertaken to confirm the actual noise levels. Site Specific Plans will outline: The relevant activity, its timing, duration and predicted magnitude of exceedance; A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver; and Site specific vibration criteria, methods or measures that addresses the issue(s) of concern (i.e. building damage, amenity or sensitive equipment). Indicative SSCNVMP’s are contained in the CNV DWP (refer Appendix F).

5.1.3

Social Impact and Business Disruption

Social Impact Assessment (SIA) reporting was undertaken to support the CRL designation in 2013 and the BTC designation in 2015. The reporting identified likely effects from the construction works being undertaken as including (but not limited to): Disruption to people’s way of life from construction works affecting access for businesses and residents in some instances, creating social severance issues; Potential impacts on people’s health and wellbeing, particularly during the construction phase of the works as a result of physical environment effects such as vibration (e.g. creating uncertainty/annoyance and/or disturbance for residents and businesses); and

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

62 Impacts on tenants and leaseholders for whom relocation from the CPO is required, as a result of feelings of uncertainty as to the temporary occupancy of land, cost to business and fears about relocation or displacement. A Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan (SIBD DWP) has been prepared to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities so far as reasonably practicable and is included in Appendix G. The SIBD DWP has been prepared in consultation with the community, business owners, affected parties and affected in proximity parties. Common key concerns raised by parties consulted are summarised below: Loss of short term parking spaces (P10) and loading zones along Tyler Street and Galway Street. Increased traffic flows along Tyler Street. Noise and vibration effects on adjacent receivers during construction. Level of dust generated during the construction works. Construction workers loitering in public open spaces or building lobbies adjacent to the Project area. Impact on pedestrian access along lower Queen Street, specifically whether access will be maintained at all times during construction. Impact on vehicle and pedestrian access into buildings during the works, specifically whether access will be maintained at all times during construction. Impacts to public transport services during the construction works, specifically whether trains and buses will still be operational. Loss of customers or revenue as a result of changes to pedestrian movement patterns during the construction works. Refer to the SIBD DWP for detail as to the management and mitigation of these potential impacts during the construction works.

5.1.4

Built Heritage and Archaeology

The Historic Heritage DWP addresses the management of any adverse effects on built heritage and archaeology that may result during the Project (refer to Appendix H). 5.1.4.1

Built Heritage

The Project area contains a number of built heritage features, including the former CPO building. The Built Heritage Section of the DWP has been prepared in order to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on built heritage as far as reasonably practicable, and in relation to the CPO, to minimise adverse effects on the heritage values of the CPO during the construction of the Project works, adopting the best practicable option. The Built Heritage Section of the DWP outlines the protection methodology to be employed in order to protect the CPO from any adverse effects during the Project construction works. Specifically, the DWP outlines those historic features of the CPO building that require removal prior to the commencement of construction works and reinstatement upon the completion of works (i.e. building salvage strategy), along with measures that shall be implemented during the Project in order to protect the CPO heritage items that are to remain in place during the construction works. The DWP outlines the key stages of the construction works when the Project Built Heritage Specialist will be on-site to monitor sensitive works to the CPO building’s heritage features and to advise the

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

63 Project team around construction decisions in order to avoid or minimise adverse impacts on the built heritage values of the CPO building. The DWP also outlines the pre and post building condition surveys (refer to Section 5.1.16 of this CEMP) to be undertaken for all buildings where there is potential for damage to buildings or structures, as well as monitoring and recording of heritage features to be undertaken during the Project. 5.1.4.2

Archaeology

The Project will be located within parts of two known archaeological sites, both being large areas of early reclamation. As such, there is potential to expose additional unrecorded subsurface archaeological remains during the construction works. An Archaeological Authority under Section 44(a) of the HNZPTA 2014 (Authority no. 2016/845) has been obtained for the Project. The management of any pre-1900 archaeological sites exposed within the Project area must be carried out in accordance with the conditions of the Archaeological Authority (refer to Appendix B of the Archaeology Section of the Historic Heritage DWP in this regard) . The Archaeology Section of the DWP outlines the archaeological mitigation requirements and procedures to be followed during archaeological monitoring of works in the Project area, including a plan which shows those areas of the site that are to be monitored for archaeological material. The Plan also details the pre-construction briefings and cultural induction to be given to project staff in order to inform them of the nature and form of archaeological material that may be encountered during excavations. This section of the DWP also sets out procedures to be followed if any unrecorded archaeological remains are discovered and the Project archaeologist is not present, including protocols should any artefacts of Maori origin, especially koiwi, be discovered. The plan also outlines a methodology for the recording, sampling, investigation and analysis of archaeological remains encountered during the construction works.

5.1.5

Urban Design

5.1.5.1

Station Plaza Construction Phase Works

The Urban Design DWP (for Station Plaza) outlines how the temporary above ground construction works will integrate into the surrounding urban landscape, with a particular focus on the temporary Station Plaza Accommodation and CSAs A and C within Station Plaza (Tyler and Galway Streets). Specifically, the plan outlines: The design of the Station Plaza temporary accommodation buildings and how these relate to, and integrate with, the surrounding landscape; How the design for the above ground construction works and structures in Station Plaza and the CSAs (Tyler and Galway Streets) provides for: a safe and secure pedestrian environment through the incorporation, implementation and management of best practice crime-prevention-through-environmental-design principles, systems and equipment; wayfinding measures that are easy to identify and understand, indicating convenient and safe universal access pedestrian movement routes on public streets; and hoardings and fencing that are integral in the design of the Station Plaza building. How Station Plaza and the CSAs will be reinstated upon the completion of the Project. At a minimum, Station Plaza and the CSAs (Tyler and Galway Streets) will be reinstated to the same or better standard than existed prior to the Project works being undertaken and in a manner that is coherent within the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in the area.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

64 AT is currently preparing an Urban Design DWP that outlines the permanent public realm design for the streetscape and public areas around the Project area. 5.1.5.2

Permanent Public Realm Design

On completion of the Project, the affected streets and other public spaces (‘public realm’) will be reinstated in accordance with the Urban Design DWP for the permanent public realm design. This Urban Design DWP is currently being prepared by AT and will be submitted to Auckland Council as part of a separate Outline Plan at a later date.

5.1.6

Trees and Vegetation

Vegetation within or adjacent to the Project area includes: Grove of kauri trees in QEII Square, which will be impacted by the redevelopment of the Downtown Shopping Centre site, and which have now been removed by Precinct Properties who are undertaking these works; and A single pohutukawa on the corner of lower Queen Street and Quay Street, which is outside the area of construction works and will not be adversely impacted. Accordingly, no trees are located within or in proximity to the Project area, and there is no requirement for the preparation of a Trees and Vegetation DWP.

5.1.7

Public Art

A Public Art DWP has been prepared to address the adverse effects on public art located within or in close proximity to the designation footprint. Art within or adjacent to the Project area includes: ‘Te Ahi Kaa Roa’ – located in QEII Square; ‘Maori Warrior’ – located on the corner of lower Queen Street and Quay Street; The Forest of Stainless Steel Trees – located within the BTC; The Basalt Waterfalls – located within the BTC; and ‘After The Irish Guards’ lightboxes– located within the BTC pedestrian concourse. The Public Art DWP (refer to Appendix J) outlines the appropriate management of public art directly affected by construction of the Project, namely the removal, relocation or re-siting of Te Ahi Kaa Roa, the Forest of Stainless Steel Trees, the Basalt Waterfalls and After the Irish Guards. The DWP also outlines engagement undertaken with the Auckland Council Public Art Team and Mana Whenua (as relevant) in relation to the management of the above art works during construction of the Project. The Maori Warrior is outside the Project footprint and will not be impacted by the works.

5.1.8

Contaminated land

Previous testing of soil in the Project area has not detected contamination within the fill material above relevant assessment criteria. However, the investigations have been limited in extent and there is potential for contamination (including hydrocarbons and metals) to be encountered in the reclamation fill within the Project excavation footprint. The Contamination DWP included in Appendix K addresses CRL designation Conditions 57.1-57.3, and conditions 78-94 of discharge permit R/REG/2014/5435. The Contamination DWP outlines the procedures for handling potentially contaminated soils, and contaminated materials excavated on site. It includes procedures in the event of the discovery of unexpected contaminated materials, and examples of visual and olfactory indicators of contamination. Requirements for further soil testing and monitoring, with regard to the reuse or disposal of soils are outlined in the DWP.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

65

5.1.9

Air quality

During the construction phase of the Project there is potential for air to be polluted by contaminants such as dust, odour and exhaust emissions from plant and equipment. An Air Quality DWP is included in Appendix L. The DWP addresses CRL designation Conditions 59.159.3 and conditions 65-76 of discharge permit R/REG/2014/5437. The purpose of the DWP is to facilitate the avoidance, remediation and mitigation of any adverse effects of dust and odour and promote proactive solutions to the control these discharges from the site. In particular: Dust suppression measures shall be implemented to prevent dust nuisance to adjoining properties, pedestrians and road traffic. Surfaces that could give rise to dust will be swept regularly to remove any dust, and where this is impractical or ineffective these surfaces will be maintained in a damp condition. Emissions from plant and equipment shall be controlled, where applicable, in accordance with legislative requirements (such as emissions standards), and plant utilised for contract works shall be maintained in a good state of repair so as not to produce excessive fumes or leakage of contaminants when parked or in operation. Drivers of haulage vehicles shall cover their loads, where there is a risk of dust and materials being blown from vehicles.

5.1.10

Erosion and sediment control

Earthworks required for the Project will include cut and cover trenching within lower Queen Street and beneath the CPO. Earthworks have the potential to generate sediment laden discharges to the surrounding receiving environment if not appropriately managed. Particular emphasis shall be placed on erosion protection rather than sediment control, given that prevention of sediment generation represents the most effective means of minimising the potential for sediment discharge. An Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) (including a Chemical Treatment Management Plan (CTMP)) is provided in Appendix M. It addresses the requirements of Conditions 45-63 of land use consent R/REG/2014/5430 and Conditions 99-101 of discharge permit R/REG/2014/5436. The ESCP provides for the management of all bulk earthworks to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment-laden water beyond the site to land, stormwater drainage systems or the receiving environment of the Waitemata Harbour. The ESCP follows the principles of erosion and sediment control which are well understood by the contracting industry, and have their basis in the Auckland Council TP 90. In some circumstances, and where appropriate, measures exceeding the requirements of TP90 will be used where there is a greater risk of erosion and sediment runoff effects associated with undertaking the works. All sediment control measures will be fully established within each ACZ before physical works commence in that area. The CTMP (Appendix B of the ESCP) outlines the specific design details of the chemical treatment system that forms part of the erosion and sediment control system for the Project. The treatment plant will remove sediment from contaminated water generated from the excavation works in order to achieve an acceptable water quality for discharge into the stormwater system. Assisted settlement (through use of a flocculant) may be required at times for the removal of small particles, such as fine silt and clay. The treatment plant will include capability to assist the settlement process with the use of flocculant when required. The CTMP also outlines the water quality monitoring to be undertaken during the Project in order to confirm the water being discharged from the site meets the required discharge quality targets.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

66

5.1.11

Industrial Trade Activities and Hazardous Substances

The Project will involve the use of a variety of construction plant and machinery. The majority of this plant will be motorised and will require a regular supply of fuels and oils. These can become a pollutant if discharged to ground or water. Other materials used in the construction process including bentonite, concrete, bonding agents, sealants, flocculants and degreasers can result in environmental impacts if they are not managed carefully and are discharged to the environment in an uncontrolled manner. Industrial and Trade Activity issues are addressed through the Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (ITA EMP) in Appendix N, as a requirement under conditions 96104 of discharge permit R/REG/2014/5436. The purpose of the ITA EMP is to identify the specific activities to be undertaken at the site that may result in contamination of land and/ or stormwater and to document the procedures to be implemented to appropriately manage these risks. In particular, the ITA EMP outlines the management of the bentonite treatment and jet grouting plants, along with hazardous materials that will be stored and used on site during the Project. A Spill Response Plan for the Project has been prepared (refer Appendix C of the ITA EMP) and details the procedure to follow in the event of a spill to ensure that any spills will be contained within the site boundary, and minimise any discharge of contaminants to the wider receiving environment. All workers will be trained in spill management and the Project spill response procedure as part of site inductions.

5.1.12

Groundwater drawdown

Groundwater effects will be addressed in the Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (GSMCP), which will be prepared at a later time and provided to Auckland Council prior to any dewatering activities occurring (the GSMCP will be contained in Appendix O). It will address conditions 105-132 of water permit R/REG/2014/5432. Excavation activities have the potential to affect groundwater as a result of inflows into the excavation, dewatering and the groundwater response in potentially compressible soil layers. The GSMCP will include survey plans of all monitoring locations and full survey details. Regular monitoring will be three times weekly during dewatering, and the GSMCP will include details of contingency measures to be implemented should alert and alarm triggers be activated. Services that are susceptible to damage as a result of groundwater changes will be outlined in the GSMCP.

5.1.13

Settlement

Ground Settlement effects will be addressed in the GSMCP. Effects associated with settlement will arise from these sources: mechanical settlement of the ground due to physical excavation of material during excavation, mechanical settlement of the ground due to the physical movement of excavation support, and consolidation of the ground due to the drawdown of groundwater. A combination of building condition surveys (Refer Section 5.1.18 of this CEMP) and the measurement of groundwater levels and building movement will be used to identify the potential for settlement effects associated with trench excavation. Contingency measures will be identified and implemented as necessary to avoid, remedy or mitigate potential damage to buildings and services during the construction of the Project.

5.1.14

Construction lighting

During construction, temporary lighting will be required in the main construction areas where work is carried out during the hours of darkness. Light spill has the potential to cause nuisance to surrounding residents and businesses, while glare from temporary lighting has the potential to impact motorists.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

67 The principal objectives for the management of temporary lighting are to: minimise nuisance from light spill to residents/building owners or occupiers adjacent to the Project area; and Increase employee and subcontractor awareness of minimising effects of light spill on adjacent properties. The DSBJV will minimise light spill by selecting and procuring light fittings that provide a defined directional beam. Lights will be mounted in elevated positions so that they point down towards the works, rather than across the work space and increasing the risk of light shining into adjacent buildings.

5.1.15

Network Utilities

As outlined in Section 2.2.5 and Appendix P of this CEMP, the Project will require the relocation and protection of network utilities located within the road corridor of lower Queen Street associated with the Stage 3 works, along with new network utilities connections in Galway Tyler and Commerce Streets required for the temporary accommodation works. All works relating to network utilities will be undertaken in a manner that takes account of, and includes measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to the Project area. 5.1.15.1

Utility Management Prior to Construction

To minimise the potential for impact on utilities, a comprehensive process will be undertaken to locate utilities using AT utility drawings and engage with the Network Utility Operators (NUOs) to validate the location of their utilities against their own plans. Prior to the commencement of construction, an overview methodology of the utility works outlining the location, protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of each respective utility will be produced and submitted to each NUO for review and approval. This will include confirming any relevant NUO requirements with respect to vibrational horizontal/vertical velocities. A methodology, Method Statement and Job Safety Environmental Analysis (JSEA), will be produced by the Site Engineer. This will be used as an on-site tool and to brief site staff. 5.1.15.2

Utility Management during Construction

The process for relocating and reinstating utilities during construction will include the following: A Dig Permit will be generated by the Site Engineer, which will include all relevant service plans received from utility providers by lodging a B4udig request. The Permit will also be aligned with AT design drawings. Utilities will be physically marked out by the NUO’s nominated locator. If utilities are expected within the excavation, potholing is to be completed until the utility is reached. All utilities will be treated as live until identified. The NUO may appoint a ‘Standover’ if they consider there is a risk to their asset(s) during this exercise. Once exposed, the relevant utility will be identified against Dig Permit plans by the site engineer. If unidentifiable, the relevant NUO will be contacted. The Site Engineer will monitor any excavations daily, and take photos, record and survey exposed utilities for the duration of construction works. This information will be provided to the relevant NUO.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

68 Vibration monitoring will be undertaken as required for works in proximity to existing network utilities. In addition, all Project staff will be appropriately trained in utility safety management by way of the following measures: Prior to any construction works, employees, sub-contractors and visitors (as required) will be inducted onto site as outlined in Section 4.2 of this Plan. Induction briefing will include excavation, utility location and safe work practices. Method statement (MS) and JSEA to be will be completed and briefed to personnel involved in the works. Contingency measures will also be included in these documents. Prestart briefings will be completed on a daily basis with the construction personnel to identify daily site hazards The Dig Permit process will be completed prior to each excavation package. Personnel involved in the works will be briefed on this document prior to the works. The Dig Permit will outline all restrictions and designations that are noted in the AT design plans. Utilities will be marked out on the ground in line with the Dig Permit process. Physical ground monitoring indicators are to be installed as per the GSMCP. 5.1.15.3

Operation and Maintenance of Existing Utilities

Any works to existing network utilities during the Project will be undertaken to ensure the continued operation of network utility operations and the security of supply of the services by NUOs at all times. Where utilities are exposed and may be vulnerable to construction activity, they will be protected as per the utility protection requirements instructed from the NUOs, and protection measures designed by AT for utility services over the lower Queen Street excavation. To ensure that NUOs have access to existing network utilities for maintenance, emergency and urgent repair works during the construction works, the following will be implemented: Specific access plan for each NUO and their respective utility will be established prior to the commencement of construction. In the case of emergency or repair works to network utilities, all site personnel will have access to emergency call lines listed in the Method Statement. Access will be task specific and will be included in the task Method Statement. Nearby utility chambers will be uncovered at all times during the works in order to allow NUOs ongoing access to their utilities. 5.1.15.4

Risk and Emergency Management

The Project Risk Register will include a utilities section. The section will identify each network utility located within the Project area, along with a list of possible scenarios related to that utility. Each scenario will have a risk level, consequence, action and mitigation procedure. An emergency plan will be included in each Task Method Statement that will include a step by step process for emergency management, including with respect to network utilities. The Plan will include emergency contact details for each NUO and locality plans for evacuation points. The Project Zero Harm and Safety Management Plan will contain further details around safe work practices and risk management that would be implemented in the unlikely event of a network utility incident.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

69 5.1.15.5

Engagement with Network Utility Operators

Engagement has been undertaken with the following NUOs who have network utilities located within the Project area: Chorus, Vector Gas, Vector Communications, Vector Power, Watercare (sewer and potable water), Auckland Council (stormwater), Citylink, Kordia and Vodafone (refer to Appendix P). Engagement has involved an initial Project start up meeting with all providers to outline the Project and present AT’s network utility protection and relocation drawings. Engagement with individual NUOs is underway to validate/check AT’s drawing against the operators own plans (refer to Appendix P) and will remain on-going throughout the Project. Future engagement/liaison will include establishing the pre, during and post inspection requirements established for each NUO and an overview methodology of the utility works covering location, protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement that will be submitted to each NUO for review and approval. Redline as-builts will be provided to the NUOs following the completion of the Project. Communication with NUOs is further detailed in Section 8.1.6 of the Project Communication and Consultation Plan.

5.1.16

Condition Surveys

5.1.16.1

Building Condition Surveys

Building condition surveys will be undertaken in accordance with CRL designation Condition 46 and BTC designation Condition 31, along with Condition 133 and Appendix 1 of the resource consents. Specifically, a building condition survey will be undertaken for all buildings where there is potential for damage to buildings or structures (including heritage buildings or structures) arising from construction works, such as excavation, dewatering or vibration effects from construction works. The surveys will be undertaken by an independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, appointed by AT. Building damage criteria will initially be assessed in accordance with Burland, J.B. (1997) “Assessment of Risk of Damage to Buildings due to Tunnelling and Excavation”. Additional factors which may be considered in determining whether a building condition survey will be undertaken include: a b

Age of the building. Construction types.

c d

Foundation types. General building condition.

e f

Proximity to any excavation. Whether the building is earthquake prone.

g

Whether any basements are present in the building.

As a minimum buildings located in proximity to the Project area and listed in Appendix 1 of the BTC designation conditions, Appendices 1 and 2 of the CRL designation conditions and Appendix 1 of water permit R/REG/2014/5432, will be considered for a building condition survey. The condition surveys will be undertaken by a suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors as required by the designation and consent conditions.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

70 5.1.16.2

Ground Surface, Retaining Walls and Services

As required by water permit R/REG/2014/5432, during dewatering activities (defined in the resource consent as bulk excavation and/or the taking of any groundwater from the tunnel excavation or any dewatering prior to excavation) permit conditions require the monitoring of ground settlement monitoring, retaining walls in proximity to the Project area and any potentially affected services. Refer to the GSMCP at Appendix O for further detail on this monitoring.

5.1.17

Waste management

A WARRP has been prepared for the Project. The WARRP sets out the procedures and environmental expectations in relation to waste management. Throughout construction, the Project is striving to send zero waste to landfill. Designing for waste minimisation is a priority to support this aspirational goal. Waste material refers to items removed from worksites and road carriageways, such as surplus or spoil, excavated seal, pipes, rubbish detritus and any other unwanted materials. Appropriate disposal shall be arranged for any surplus or waste material. Where practical, waste streams will be segregated for re-use or recycling, and opportunities to minimise waste will be implemented. If the disposal of hazardous wastes is required, they will be disposed of safely, through an appropriate contractor authorised to handle, transport, process or safely dispose of the waste concerned. Specifically, in relation to waste avoidance and resource recovery during the construction phase, the DSBJV will: Consider how to avoid the creation of waste by optimising the use of the materials available and procured; Consider how materials can be reused or recycled; Consider potential waste generated by the product or related packaging; Consider the environmental and social impacts of the waste; and Consider how far items must be transported for recovery.

5.1.18

Energy Use

AT are committed to minimising the use of fossil fuels and the corresponding release in greenhouse gas emissions (GHG emissions). Where practical, renewable energy sources will be used and methods to reduce energy use and GHG emissions will be implemented such as: Use of power from the national grid rather than on site generators; Use of biofuel; Use of hybrid and/or energy efficient equipment; Use of LED lights; Operator and driver training; and Optimisation of equipment maintenance. During construction, data from energy use will feed into carbon footprint calculations in order to monitor actual energy use and to help measure the effects of innovations and improvements that have been implemented.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

71 Inductions and tool box meetings throughout the Project will highlight the energy use goals and the measures that individuals can take to help achieve the goals. Refer to the Sustainability Rating Management Plan for further information regarding the carbon footprint calculations and the Sustainability Opportunities Register for further examples of energy reduction opportunities under investigation.

5.1.19

Water Use

Water is a resource often used without consideration due to its apparent abundance in New Zealand. However, as with other material use, it should be used with consideration and care as there are environmental costs associated with its delivery and treatment. Water use will be monitored during the Project to track performance and promote considerate use. Where practical water saving opportunities will be implemented such as: Reuse of ground water (provided it is not contaminated) for dust suppression; Capture of rain water for use on site for non-potable requirements (i.e. saw cutting, wheel washing, jet grouting, concrete mixing); and Water efficient workers amenities. Water losses can contribute to significant water use, as such, meter readings will be completed weekly to identify significant increases in water use that are unexplainable. The Project Environmental and Sustainability Inspections will include checks of hoses and water connections for leaks. Refer to the Sustainability Rating Management Plan for further information regarding the metering and modelling of water use and the Sustainability Opportunities Register for further examples of water use reduction opportunities.

5.1.20

Material Use

Due to the very nature of construction, significant volumes of materials will be used. In order to reduce the environmental, social and economic impacts associated with material usage a number of initiatives will be undertaken, including: The use of environmentally certified materials; The use of renewable resources; The use of recycled products (provided they meet specification); and The use of locally sourced products. Material use will be monitored using the ISCA Materials calculator, refer to the Sustainability Rating Management Plan for further information.

5.2

Emergency and incident response

There is the potential for unforeseen events to occur that may impact on the environment and will require emergency response. Prompt and effective emergency preparedness and response reduces losses and the consequences of natural and man-made disasters. The following sections detail how environmental incidents or emergencies will be managed by the DSBJV.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

72

5.2.1

Environment Incident management

An environmental incident is an occurrence which has (or potentially could have had) an ‘adverse’ effect on the environment. An adverse effect is something that causes (or could have caused) environmental harm. An environmental incident can also be a deviation from the Project environmental management system, this CEMP or sub-plans. This means there has been a failure to follow the established process or procedures that help the Project achieve best practice (e.g. failure to report a spill). Environmental incidents include but are not restricted to: Significant (large volume) chemical or oil spill; Excessive discharge of sediment to the stormwater system; Inappropriate material disposal; Vegetation damage; Hazardous substance release to air; Significant ground instability; Network utility incident; or Reoccurring or major exceedances of noise, vibration or air quality limits.

5.2.2

Emergency response

The DSBJV emergency response procedure will be displayed in prominent locations around the site and employees will be trained in its requirements. All relevant Project personnel, subcontractors and relevant emergency agencies will be instructed and rehearsed, as appropriate, in the requirements of the emergency response procedure. The procedure is based on the following: SAFETY FIRST – if it is not safe to mitigate the effects of the incident in accordance with the Project Safety Management Plan, contact immediately emergency services who will attend the site as required. If it is safe to do so: Stop the source of pollution; Relocate the polluting source to an area where it can be contained; Use available site resources to prevent any further migration of the pollution off site; and Use available resources to clean up any contamination. Contact the Environmental and Sustainability Manager (or delegate) who will notify the Project Director and AT Representative who will contact regulatory agencies. The emergency response procedure will incorporate the following components: Emergency contact list; Emergency Reporting Instructions; Emergency Muster Point Location; Emergency Response Co-ordinator Action Plan; and Emergency Personnel and Equipment.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

73

5.2.3

Spill Response

As outlined in Section 5.1.11 of this CEMP, the Project Spill Response Plan outlines the specific procedures to follow in the event of a spill to ensure that any spills will be contained within the site boundary, and minimise any discharge of contaminants to the wider receiving environment. The management of spills at the site will differ depending on the quantity, type of material and location of the spill. As no significant volumes of environmentally hazardous substances apart from the bentonite and jet grouting plants are anticipated, the spill response procedures for the Project have been divided into three separate procedures as follows: General Emergency Spill Response Plan, which covers all areas of the site; Bentonite Plant spill response procedures; and Jet Grout Plant spill response procedures. Spill kits and signage relating to spill response procedures will be located at each vehicle entrance to the site during each stage of work. All workers will be trained in spill management and the Project spill response procedure as part of site inductions. All spill kits will be checked and re-stocked following an environmental incident.

5.2.4

Environmental Incident/Emergency Response forms and register

Should an incident occur, a full environmental investigation will be carried out utilising the Environmental Incident Reporting Process Flowchart (Downer document reference DH-ZH-FL001) and the Incident Reporting, Classification, and Management Standard (Downer document reference DN-ZH-PR001) provided at Appendix Q to this CEMP. Investigations are not undertaken to lay blame but to identify improvements in order to prevent incidents reoccurring. The findings of the investigations will be discussed in Tool box meetings and Environmental Alerts will be generated for wider dissemination where appropriate. Learnings from the investigation carried out following the event will be disseminated to the Project team and discussed at appropriate Project meetings or tool box talks, with the aim of avoiding similar issues or occurrences in the future.

5.3

Communication and Stakeholder Interface

The Project Communication and Consultation Plan outlines the strategy, tools and process to manage communication and engagement between the DSBJV, Project stakeholders and the community throughout construction of the Project. In accordance with CRL designation Condition 15 and BTC designation Condition 16, the plan sets out how the DSBJV will inform the community of Project progress and construction dates, foster good relationships with the community, obtain feedback from stakeholders, and outline how complaints and queries will be responded to. In particular, the plan sets out communication procedures in relation to the following matters for residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the construction works (refer also resource consent Condition 33(d): Consultation prior to the commencement of construction; Notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access; Regular updates on construction progress; Key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

74 Communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the works. The Communication and Consultation plan has been prepared in consultation with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties.

5.3.1

Complaints Management

All complaints will be managed, investigated and resolved (as appropriate) in accordance with the Complaints Management process outlined in Section 12 of the Project Communication and Consultation Plan. In particular: Enquiries and complaints will be dealt with in a responsive manner so that stakeholders feel their concerns are being seriously dealt with and not dismissed. This will assist in building a relationship of trust and reliability between the community and project team. The Communications and Stakeholder Management team will handle the enquiries and complaints that arise on a project. Prior to commencement of construction, a 24 hour toll free telephone number and email address for enquiries, complaints and suggestions/feedback will be established and widely published by AT and the DSBJV. Project notice boards will clearly display Project contact details, including the Project hotline number. If any member of the Project team is approached in the field by someone distressed or concerned about the project, they will notify the Communications Manager immediately When a complaint or enquiry is received, either electronically or via telephone, immediate acknowledgement shall be provided. Where possible, a response will be provided the same day. Where the inquiry demands a more detailed response, this will be provided within two working days. When a complaint or enquiry is received by a member of the wider project team, details of this shall be forwarded to the Communications Manager via a complaints / enquiry form. On receipt of this information, the Manager shall contact the complainant / enquirer directly and follow the protocols outlined above. Details of all enquiries and complaints are to be recorded and maintained in the stakeholder database. The database will have the facility to raise and close out ‘actions’. Each month a record of activity will be printed out, to ensure all actions have indeed been closed out. All complaints shall be responded to in accordance with the relevant sub-plans (as appropriate), which may require the monitoring of an activity by a suitability qualified expert and implementation of mitigation measures. A report detailing complaints and responses will be provided to Auckland Council two monthly or as agreed and to the AT Project Representative. 5.3.1.1

Environmental Complaints Form

All enquiries, issues and environmental management-related complaints will be dealt with as noncompliance report (NCR) or an Opportunity for Improvement (OFI), recorded on the Non Conformance and Opportunity for Improvement Form (ST05 – Downer document reference DN-QAFM006.2) (refer to Appendix R). The forms will record the following information: Name and address of complainant (unless they elect not to provide this information); Identification of the nature of the complaint; Date and time of the complaint and alleged event;

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

75 Weather conditions at the time of the complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality; Known Project construction activities occurring on site at the time of the complaint; Any other activities in the surrounding area unrelated to the Project construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint, such as non-Project construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dust conditions; and Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity and/or the result of any investigation or inquiry carried out in respect to the complaint. Relevant parties, including the complainant, Auckland Council, HNZPT, informed of the results of the complaints inquiry and actions taken. 5.3.1.2

Environmental Complaints Register

A stakeholder database of all queries relating to the Project will be managed by the Communications Manager. It will contain all complaints received in relation to the Project. These complaints will be discussed at regular meetings held between the Project Director, Construction Manager, Communications Manager and the Environmental and Sustainability Manager, along with the AT Project Representative.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

76

6

Monitoring and Reporting

This section describes the procedures for monitoring construction activities undertaken during the Project in order to evaluate compliance with legal requirements, the Project designation and resource consent conditions, the CEMP and sub-plans, along with relevant standards and guidelines.

6.1

Environmental Compliance and Sustainability monitoring

Scheduled monitoring of environmental compliance in accordance with the Project designation and resource consent conditions and sustainability measures implemented will be undertaken throughout the construction phase of the Project to ensure that no adverse impact on the environment occurs and sustainability opportunities are realised. This enables the overall effectiveness of the environmental controls and sustainability measures to be determined and allows areas of non-compliance or opportunities for improvement to be identified so appropriate actions can be taken. The specific monitoring required for each environmental or sustainability element is detailed in the respective sub-plans. The sub-plans outline monitoring requirements for particular environmental disciplines, the frequency of the monitoring to be undertaken and the appropriate responsible person, as required within contract documentation or environmental approvals issued for the Project. In general, monitoring of the environmental and sustainability aspects of the Project will be conducted on a routine basis. Additional monitoring may be required in the event of a complaint or incident, or after a rain event in the case of water quality monitoring, or in the instance of potential cumulative effects. The Environmental and Sustainability Manager is responsible for the implementation of on-site measurements of environmental aspects, including water quality. External specialists may be used, where required, to conduct specialist monitoring, including noise, vibration, air quality, and non insitu water monitoring. The initiation of such monitoring is on an as-needed basis and may be in response to contract requirements, complaints or internal requirements. Environmental and sustainability monitoring results will be reported to relevant parties (i.e. Auckland Council or HNZPT) when required by designation and resource consent conditions.

6.1.1

Collaborative Working

6.1.1.1

Auckland Council Compliance Officers

The DSBJV will adopt a collaborative working process for liaison with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officers. The process will involve a “key contact” from AT - the AT Principal Planner, and a “key contact” from the DSBJV - Environmental and Sustainability Manager (refer to Table 6.1), working with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) and meeting at least monthly unless a different timeframe is agreed with AC. The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP and sub-plans (including any Site Specific Plans) and material changes to these plans, and on any matters of non-compliance and how they have been addressed. The meeting will also serve to: Provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP, DWPs or Site Specific Plans, which are not material changes triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed. Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP, DWP or Site Specific Plan.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

77 Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these. The review process for the CEMP and sub-plans is outlined in Section 7 of this CEMP. Table 6.1:

Key Contacts

Organisation

Title

Name

Auckland Council

Senior Monitoring Inspector Compliance – Resource Consents

Fiona Harte

DSBJV

Environment and Sustainability Manager

Sarah Sutherland

Auckland Transport

Principle Planner CRL (representing consent holder)

Richard Jenkins

The collaborative working process will operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council. The Environmental and Sustainability Manager will be responsible for co-ordinating any changes to the CEMP or sub-plans required as a result of the collaborative working process and communicating these updates or information resulting from the collaborative working process with the Project team.

6.1.2

General site monitoring

Site inspections are a process of assessing a task or work situation through observation, discussion, reinforcement of positive effects, and correction of any negative aspects. A key purpose of the site inspection is to raise awareness of environmental, sustainability safety and operational issues. In addition to formal environmental and sustainability monitoring, the following general site monitoring will be undertaken: Daily – The Environmental and Sustainability Manager will conduct inspections (including subcontractor activities), and any issues will be noted. These inspections are informal visual inspections in order to check compliance with this CEMP. Weekly – Formal site inspections are to be completed by the Environmental and Sustainability Manager. Site specific checklists will be developed to check compliance with resource consent and designation conditions, this CEMP and the sub-plans. Issues will be noted if they present significant environmental and sustainability risks (e.g. noisy works, significant dust generation, settlement tank maintenance). Opportunities for improvement will also be considered. Monthly – The AT Environmental and Sustainability Representatives, along with the Construction Manager will undertake a monthly site visit with the Environmental and Sustainability Manager. The purpose of the visit is to confirm that environmental monitoring programmes and work procedures containing environmental and sustainability controls are being implemented in accordance with the site specific CEMP, sub-plans, work instruction and resource consent and designation conditions.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

78

6.1.3

Monthly Environmental Compliance Record

At the end of each month, the Environmental and Sustainability Manager will submit an Environmental and Sustainability Report to the AT Environmental and Sustainability Representatives. The report will include but not be limited to: A summary of environmental issues and actions during the month to ensure compliance with this CEMP and the sub-plans; A summary of sustainability issues and actions during the month to ensure achievement of the ISCA Excellent Rating; Performance in relation to environmental and sustainability objectives and targets; All designation and resource consent condition compliances, including any exceptional events and performance measures; Any new task-specific approved Environmental Plans in operation on site as required in accordance with conditions of the designations and resource consents; All monitoring and inspections of controls and systems; Non-conformance reports, incident reports or complaints generated by the contractor, the engineer, the client, consultants or other affected parties; All reported incidents of adverse effects and corrective action reports, including any nil returns; and Environmental inductions and awareness training provided.

6.1.4

Monitoring review

The Environmental and Sustainability Manager and Construction Manager or delegate(s) will review the daily inspection forms on a weekly basis to confirm that the checks and subsequent works required are being carried out, and additional inspections are included as per construction progress. A regular meeting will be held on site between the Project Director, Construction Manager, the AT Environmental and Sustainability representatives, and the Environmental and Sustainability Manager to discuss the results of the weekly and monthly site monitoring. On a monthly basis the Environmental and Sustainability Manager will review the monitoring schedule and compliance results from the required Environmental Monitoring as per the resource consent and designation conditions. The monitoring review will assist with identifying opportunities for continual improvement of environmental and sustainability practices. Learnings or findings from Project monitoring reviews will be disseminated to the Project team and discussed at appropriate Project meetings or tool box talks, with the aim of avoiding similar issues or occurrences in the future.

6.2

Corrective action

Corrective action is required on the basis of the occurrence of substandard performance being observed or experienced, resulting in an environmental complaint, incident or emergency or where a significant environmental incident or emergency could have occurred. Corrective or preventative actions identified during environmental and sustainability audits shall be appropriate to the magnitude of the problem and appropriate to the environmental harm encountered. Ultimately the Project Director has responsibility for closing out any corrective or preventative actions resulting from the inspections, audits and external regulatory compliance monitoring.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

79 Additionally, assessment and follow-up reviews on the effectiveness of corrective and preventive actions will be undertaken and the outcomes documented, communicated and implemented. Compliance shall be included as a regular agenda item at management meetings and project meetings. Minutes from each meeting shall record and assign actions to individuals where appropriate. A copy of the following forms related to environmental compliance and corrective action are appended to this CEMP: Environmental Incident Reporting Process Flowchart (Downer document reference DH-ZHFL001) provided at Appendix Q; Incident Reporting, Classification, and Management Standard (Downer document reference DN-ZH-PR001) provided at Appendix Q; SPM06 Controlling Non-Conformance (Downer document reference – DN-QA-PR006) provided at Appendix R; SPM07 Taking Corrective and Preventive Action (Downer document reference – DN-QA-PR007) provided at Appendix R; ST05 Non Conformance and Opportunity for Improvement Form (Downer document reference DN-QA-FM006.2) provided at Appendix R; and ST06 Corrective and Preventative Action Flowchart (Downer document reference – DN-QAFL006.4) provided at Appendix R to this CEMP.

6.3

Document Control and reporting

The Environmental and Sustainability Manager is responsible for ensuring all relevant documentation is submitted and maintained within the Project filing and document control system. Applicable documentation will include but not be limited to: All environmental incidents reports and investigation outcomes; Weekly and fortnightly environmental checklists and reports files by contractors; Formal and informal audit and environmental and sustainability inspection reports; Any laboratory analysis submitted by external consulting groups; Records of environmental and sustainability training; Chain of custody records; and Minutes of meetings.

6.4

Environmental and Sustainability Auditing

Internal Environmental and Sustainability Auditing (by Project staff) is required to determine whether the Project’s environmental and sustainability management system conforms to planned arrangements, is properly implemented and maintained, and to assist the Project team with identification of opportunities for continual improvement of environmental and sustainability practices. Internal audits will be completed on a quarterly basis (or more frequently as specified in the Project Audit Schedule) by the Environmental and Sustainability Manager (or delegate). Findings from the audits will be presented to the Construction Manager and Project Director within two weeks of conducting the audit.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

80 Internal audits will focus on environmental and sustainability matters within a single operational procedure or a group of related operational procedures (e.g. erosion and sediment control procedures, waste management reporting.) External Environmental and Sustainability Audits (by DSBJV Parent Company Staff not involved in the Project or a suitably qualified consultant) will be completed as per the Project Audit Schedule, and at least annually, to assess the effectiveness of the Environmental Management System. Findings from the external audits will be presented to the Construction Manager and Project Director within four weeks of conducting the audit.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

81

7

CEMP Review and Updating

The CEMP will be updated over the course of the Project to reflect material changes associated with changes to construction techniques, the natural environment or due to unresolved complaints. Approval from Auckland Council will be required for any relevant revisions of the CEMP that are of a material nature.

7.1

CEMP Review

A review of the CEMP will be undertaken at least annually by the DSBJV and AT. The review will be organised by the Environmental and Sustainability Manager and all project personnel will be informed of any changes to the CEMP through the regular Project communications processes. The review will take into consideration: Compliance with the designation and resource consent conditions, the CEMP, sub-plans (including site specific plans) and material changes to these plans. Any significant changes to construction activities or methods. Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the Project team. Changes in industry best practice standards. Changes in legal or other requirements (social and environmental legal requirements, consent conditions, AT objectives and relevant policies, plans, standards, specifications and guidelines). Results of inspections, monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction. Comments or recommendations from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and/or sub-plans. Unresolved complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint. Following audits where improvements/changes are suggested. Following performance reporting to senior management where improvements/changes are made. A summary of the review process will be provided annually to AT and Auckland Council, and also made available to Council on request.

7.2

CEMP Updates

The process for updating the CEMP is as follows (refer to CRL designation Condition 23 and BTC designation Condition 22 for further information): Any material change to the CEMP and DWPs must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition. Affected parties and the CLG will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs. The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by AT from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. Affected parties (identified in BTC Condition 14.2(c)(ii)) will be provided the opportunity to provide feedback and input regarding the CEMP and DWP review process. Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by CRL designation Condition 11 and BTC designation Condition 12.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

82 Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes to the DWPs required under the CRL and BTC designations are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply In the event of any dispute or disagreement on changes to the CEMP and sub-plans required by the CRL Britomart to Wyndham Street resource consent conditions, the matter shall be referred to Auckland Transport (as the consent holder) and Auckland Council’s Team Leader Central Monitoring, to determine a resolution process. If a resolution process cannot be agreed, then the matter shall be referred to an independent and appropriate senior qualified person ('referee') agreeable to both parties (refer to resource consent Condition 8 for further detail). A copy of the original CEMP document and subsequent versions will be kept for the Project records, and marked as obsolete. Each new / updated version of the CEMP documentation will be issued with a version number and date to eliminate obsolete CEMP documentation being used. A register of approved changes of the CEMP and sub-plans is located in Appendix S.

Construction Environmental Management Plan

July 2016

Appendix A:

Consent Conditions

BEFORE THE ENVIRONMENT COURT

Decision No. [2015] NZEnvC lot I IN THE MATTER

of 6 appeals under Section 174 of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the Act)

BETWEEN-

TRAM LEASE LIMITED (ENV-20 14—AKL~00005 7) First Appellants SAMSON CORPORATION LIMITED AND STERLING NOMINEES LIMITED

(ENV—2014-AKL-000055) Second Appellant

MEDIAWORKS HOLDINGS LIMITED (ENV-2014-AKL—00005 8) Third Appellant STAMFORD PLAZA AUCKLAND (ENV-2014-AKL-000059) Fourth Appellant THE STAMFORD RESIDENCES’ OWNERS CORPORATION (ENV»2()14-AKL-000062) Fifth Appellant PRECINCT PROPERTIES NEW ZEALAND LIMITED

(ENV—2014—AKL-000063) Sixth Appellant AND

AUCKLAND TRANSPORT Respondent

AND

AUCKLAND COUNCIL Territorial Authority

Court:

Principal Environment Judge L} Newhook Environment Commissioner I Buchanan Environment Commissioner J Hodges

FINAL DECISION IN TRAM LEASE CASE, AND DETERMINATION OF CONSENT ORDERS IN THE OTHER CASES

A.

The appeals are allowed in part subject to amended conditions set out in Annexure A to this determination.

B.

The appeals are otherwise dismissed.

REASONS FOR DECISION Introduction

[1] In 2014 six appeals were filed against Notices of Requirement for Designation issued by Auckland Transport for an underground passenger railway line in central Auckland known as the City Rail Link (“CRL”). The Tram Lease Appeal

[2] The appeal by Tram Lease Limited (“Tram Lease”) was against one of the six Notices of Requirement (NOR6). This appeal was heard in June and July 2015, following which the Court issued decision [2015] NZEnvC 137.

The decision

confirmed the designation subject to the finalising of appropriate conditions.

[3]

In October 2015 the parties to the Train Lease appeal filed agreed amended

conditions, subject to one dispute. The dispute concerned the wording of condition

61.5.

[4]

Auckland Transport and Auckland Council preferred the following wording, i and sought that condition 61.5 be amended as follows:

In relation to the site at 32 Normandy Road the Requiring Authority shall consult with sub-lessees in the presence of the landowner and head lessee when developing site/business Specifi c mitigation plans, unless the sub-

lessee(s) request otherwise. [5]

Auckland Transport submitted that the reason for this preferred wording was

that while it is willing, in principle, to engage with all of the stakeholders on the site jointly, if any sub-lessee(s) wish(es) to deal with the issues separately to the

landowner and head lessee it did not consider that it would be appropriate to bind the sub-lessee(s) to consultation together with those parties. [6]

CJM Investments and Tram Lease preferred different wording.

They

submitted that their preferred wording took into consideration the Court’s directions in the decision that “An appropriate condition is to be prepared allowing for AT to

consult with sub~lessees in the presence of landowner and head lessee, concerning mitigation and to lessen anxieties”. CJM Investments and Tram Lease sought that condition 61.5 be amended as follows:

In relation to the site at Normandy Road, the Requiring Authority shall consult with sub-lessees only in the presence of the landowner and head lessee when developing mitigation plans. [7]

In light of this disagreement the parties requested a determination be made

as to the most appropriate wording for condition 61.5. [8]

The Court has considered the parties’ submissions on the point.

The

wording as proposed by Auckland Transport and Auckland Council is preferred by the Court, purely as a matter of fairness to the sub-lessees. Condition 61.5 is amended to adopt the wording proposed by those two parties. The Consent Orders

[9] The parties have filed draft consent orders resolving the other five appeals. he Court has considered each individual draft order and is satisfied that all parties to

each draft consent order agree to the amendments sought. Accordingly, the Court determines those appeals by consent. Determination

[10]

The six appeals ďŹ led against the Notices of Requirement for Designation by

Auckland Transport for an undergroulld passenger railway line in central Auckland

are determined subject to the amended conditions attached to this determination as Annexure A.

SIGNED at AUCKLAND this For the Court

L,/" L J Newhook

Principal Environment Judge

I0

A

day of

Annexure A

CRL Designation Conditions

21 October 2015

Cily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 1

Contents

Reguiring Authority Designation Conditions — NoR 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6 DEFiNiTiONS GENERAL CONDITIONS Condition 1

Condition 2 '

Condition 3 PRE—CONSTRUCTlON CONDiTiONS Condition 4 ~ Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager Condition 5 — Pre—Construciion Communication and Consultation Plan

Condition 6 — Network Utility Operators Condition 7 — Community Liaison Groups Condition 8 —» Mana Whenua Consuitation

Condition 9 ~— Network Utility Operator Liaison CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Condition 10 — Outline Plan Requirements Condition 11 — independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPs Condition 12 — Availability of Outline Pian(s)

Condition 13 — Monitoring of Construction Conditions Communication and Consultation Condition 14 — Contact Person Condition 15 —~ Communication and Consultation Pian Condition 16 — Communications — Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers Condition 17' ~ Concerns and Complaints Management

Condition 18 — "One Network” Consuitation Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) Condition 19 —— Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring Condition 20 — CEMP Requirements

‘_

‘C

Condition 22 H Review Process for CEMP and DWPs

Oily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 2

Condition 23 — Update of CEMP and DWPs following review 1 Condition 24 — Network Utiiities Transport, Access and Parking Condition 25 — General Transport, Access and Parking Condition 26 — Monitoring of Transport Network Congestion Condition 27 —~ Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Britomart to Mayoral Drive) Condition 28 — Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Karangahape Station Area) Condition 29 —— Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Newton Station Area) Condition 30 — Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (NAL Area) Noise and Vibration Condition 31 — Project Standards — Construction Noise Condition 32 — Project Standards — Blasting Noise Condition 33 — Project Standards — Construction Vibration Condition 34 — Protect Standards -— Construction Vibration (Amenity) Condition 35 — Proiect Standards — MediaWorks Condition 36 — Construction Noise and Vibration DWP

Condition 37 — Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) Condition 38 — Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP) Condition 39 — Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers Condition 40 — Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan — MediaWorks BLiiit HeritagelArchaeology Condition 41 — Historic Character — Built Heritage Condition 42- Historic Character - Archaeology Condition 43 — Heritage Advisory Group and Composition Condition 44 ~« Heritage Advisory Group Function

Condition 45 — Bluesione Wall Management Plan Buiiding Condition Surveys Condition 46 — Process for Building Condition Surveys

‘

‘Urban Design Condition 47 — Urban Design Principles

Cily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 3

Condition 48 — Mitigation Planting Requirements Condition 49 — Engagement with Mana Whenua and the ll/lana Whenua Principles Condition 50 — Specific Area Requirements: Britomart to Aotea Station Condition 51 — Specific Area Requirements: Karangahape Station area Condition 52 — Specific Area Requirements: Newton Station area Condition 53 — Specific Area Requirements: North Auckland Line area Condition 54 — Station Plan Requirements Trees and Vegetation Condition 55 — Trees and Vegetation DWP Public Art Condition 56 — Public Art DWP Contamination Condition 57 ~ Contamination DWP Condition 58 — Contamination Vaiidation Report at Completion of Construction Air Quality Condition 59 — Air Quality DWP Social impact and Business Disruption Condition 60 — Property Management Strategy

Condition 61 — Social impact and Business Disruption DWP Specific Design Requirements

Condition 62 — Specific Design Requirements relating to 152 Vincent Street OPERATIONAL CON D|TiONS Condition 63 — Operational Rail Vibration Condition 64 — Operational Noise ~ ll/lechanicai Ventilation Plant Condition 65 — Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP) Condition 66 -- Operational Noise and Vibration Management — Mediaworks ADVICE NOTES APPENDIX ONE — Buildings for Consideration as to Building Condition Surveys APPENDIX TWO — Heritage Buildings for Consideration as to Building Condition Surveys

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 4

AHek!aneH1ranspoi=tReguiring Authority Designation Conditions — NoR 3 Condition 1

Condition 2 Condition 3 Condition 4 Condition 5 ADVICE NOTES

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 5

Reguiring Authority Designation Conditions — NoR 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6

Condition

. Number

M

NoR

Applies to

1

y i

DEFINETIONS ,

1

The process of providing information about the construction works, and

2

Consult

4

Consumn g

5

C°“5”ltatl°“

proposals for the management and mitigation of them.

Fun 0 P erafionai V.

May inciude a traffic iane that is subject to a reduced speed limit, or one which may have a temporary reduction in the lane width, clue to

5

construction activity

l

receiving for consideration, information from stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties, regarding those effects and

6 1

4 5

traffic Eane

E 1

4 5

Two way access

Access into and out from a site or a road. This access may include restrictions (eg. left in, left out) where these are specified within the relevant conditions.

6

Receivers that undertake activities within spaces that reiy on a particularly low noise and vibration environment. For these designations these spaces are defined as:

1 2 4 5

N t bi N

‘

a':daVi:rat?(;e Receivers

5

0

Public Performance Theatres;

. . . . . . . 0 - Recording Studios, both sound and television (eieelaelingincluding Meciiaworks exce tthe s ecific spaces addressed by Condition 35);

0

.

In relation to sensitive equipment — Medical Facilities and Scientific Laboratories;

0

In relation to the requirement to record witness statements — The Auckland District Court in Albert Street

Receivers that may be disturbed during rest, concentration, communication or prayer. For these designations these include (but are not limited to}: 1

2 4 5

Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers

6

2

Site Specific Construction Noise and

-

Dwellings

0

Offices

-

Schools, including Child Care Centres and tertiary facilities

.

Libraries

.

Hospitats

0

Rest Homes

-

ivlarae and other Cultural Centres

0

Churches

0

Hotels or other accommodation facilities

These include site specific construction noise management plans (SSCNMP), site specific construction vibration pians (SSCVM P), or a combination of both noise and vibration in one plan (SSCNVMP) to

Oily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 6

Condition Number

NoR . Appliesto i

5 5

’

_

'

Vibration Management Plans

1

2 4

C°"‘-“lilo” address the effects from the construction activity on notable or sensitive receivers.

Best practicable option

Has the meaning under the Resource Management Act 1991 and, for the purpose of these conditions, comprises the best practicable option for minimising the effects of any construction activity (including effects on the transport network or heritage values) on the receiver.

Historic Character

This includes heritage buildings, sites and places identified in the New Zealand Historic Places Trust register or in the Auckland Council District Plan (isthmus or Central Area Sections) or as specifically identified in conditions.

5 ‘6

A

1 2 4 5 6

Mana whenua for the purpose of this designation are considered to be the following (in no particular order), who at the time of Notice of Requirement expressed a desire to be involved in the City Rail Link Project: 1 2

4

Mana Whenua

5

6

1 2 4

Material Chan 8 e

5

o

Ngati Maru

0

Ngati Paoa

0

Ngai Tai ki Tamaki

0

Ngati Te Ata

0

Ngati Whatua o Orakei

0

Te Akitai

0

Te Kawerau 0 maki

o

Ngati Tamaoho

Materiai change will include amendment to any base information informing the CEMP or other Plan or any process, procedure or method of the CEMP or other Plan which has the potential to materially increase adverse effects one particular receiver. For clarity, changes to personnel and contact schedules do not constitute a material change.

6

Delivery Work Plans will contain specific objectives and methods for avoiding, remedying or mitigating effects and address the following topics:

1

(a)

Transport, Access and Parking;

2

(b)

Construction noise and vibration;

(c)

Historic Character {including Archaeology);

(d)

Urban Design (including landscape and station plans);

(e)

Trees and vegetation;

(f)

Social impact and Business Disruption;

(g)

Air quality;

(h)

Pubiic Art; and

4 5 5

Elell"e“/ ans

Work

Cily Rail Link Notice of Requiremenl

Page 7

E l

"Condition

Condition

Number. ; Appliesto (i)

Contaminatio.

1 2 4 ” 5

Peak Particle Veiocity

The maximum component peak vibration level (in mm/sl measured in any of three orthogonal axes (vertical, transverse, iongitudinai). 3

§ Mediaworks means any television, radio and/or interactive media

§

Mediaworks

facilities which broadcast from the Mediaworks site (including any successor which conducts the same activities). Mediaworks site means the properties at 2-3 Fiower Street and 44-52 New North Road included within the following:

§

Mediaworks site

Lot 1 DP 84213

NA4OB 1323

Lot 2 DP 49561

NA2063 54

Lot 4 Section 3 Deeds Plan

NA557 190

45lblue) Part Lot 5 Section 3 Deeds Plan

NASS7/144

45 Blue Lot 1 DP 60771

§

, Mediaworks

. .

building

NA15C 727

Mediaworks building means the building located at 3 Flower Street, _ _ ,

directiy adiacent to Nikau Street.

Studio 1 means the main broadcasting studio at the Mediaworks building §

Studio 1

as shown on Diagram 1.

ABBREVlATlCi|'tlS

CEMP

Construction Environmental Management Plan

DWP

Deiivery Work Plan

l\§oR

Notice of Requirement

ONVMP

Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan

gw

Peak Particle Velocity .Site Specific Noise and Vibration Management Plan

SSCNVMP GENERAL CONDITIONS 5-‘ N 4:.

1.1. Except as modifi edby the conditions below and subject to final detailed design, the City Rail Link Project shaii be undertaken in general accordance with the information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notice of Requirement dated 23 August 2012 and supporting documents (as updated by information provided by the Requiring Authority up until the close of the Hearing and during the course of Environment Court

éo‘-a'~u1

proceedings) being:

City Raii Link Notice of Requirement

Page 8

Condition Number

NOR

.-

Appiies to

A ‘I,

’V i_

‘

T

M '

,

C°"°iiti°l'*

(a) Assessment of Environmental Effects report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 Rev B);

(b) Supporting environmental assessment reports (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated August 2012); (c) The Concept Design Report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite ofdocuments, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3); (d) Plan sets: (i)

Land requirement plans (contained in Voiume 1 of the Notice of Requirement suite ofdocuments, dated 15 August 2012 and G|S—4214293—100—1O Rev 5 as

amended for 32 Normanbv Road, dated 14 September 2015); (ii)

Plans contained in the Concept Design Report Appendices (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3):;

(e) Information provided in response to the Section 92 requests and/or in advance of the Council's section 42A report, including the following: (i)

"City Ralf Link Notice of Requirement: Social impact Assessment” prepared by Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd (Beca), dated 19 April 2011 (approved for release 19 April 2013);

(ii) "City Rail Link —Supp|ementary Report: Traffic Modelling of Alternative Construction Scenarios" prepared by Flow Transportation Specialists Ltd, dated 22 May 2013.

(f)

Evidence (including supplementary evidence) provided prior to and at the Council hearing, including but not limited to: (i)

Statement of Evidence by Ian Clark (Transport) dated 2 July 2013;

(ii) "Drawing 0220, Revision B” dated 20 August 2013, being part of the City Rail Link Project: Mt Eden Worksite set by Aurecon, submitted as part of the Second Supplementary Statement of Evidence of William (Bill) Russell Newns for Auckland Transport; (iii) "City Rail Link Notice of Requirement: Outline Plan Process and Environmental Management Plan System (|ndicative)” prepared by Beca Carter Hollings & Ferner Ltd, dated 27 September 2013; (iv) ”City Raii Link: indicative Communication and Consultation Plan" prepared by Auckland Transport, dated September 2013; "Outline Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan” submitted as Attachment A to the Statement of Evidence ofAmelia ioan Linzey (Beca Carter l-iollings & Ferner Ltd), dated 26 September 2013. (g) All material and evidence (including rebuttal evidence) provided by the Requiring Authority in the Environment Court proceedings (ENV~2014—AKL—000057). 1.2

Where there is inconsistency between:

(a) The documents listed above and these conditions, these conditions shall prevail; (b) The information and plans lodged with the requirements and presented at the Council Hearing and during the course of Environment Court proceedings, the most

recent information and plans shall prevail; (C) The indicative management plans and evidence presented at the Council Hearing and the management plans (DWPs, CEM P, etc) required by the conditions of these designations and submitted through the Outline Plan, the requirements of the

managgevment plans shall prevail.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 9

Condition I Number

NOR

"I *

. Appiiesto M 2.1 in accordance with section 184(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA), these designations shaii lapse if not given effect to within $5 _1_Q years from the date on which they are confirmed.

IU

O"iUI-bl\Jl—‘

3.1 As soon as reasonably practicable, and no iater than the point at which any part or parts of the City Rail Link become operational, the Requiring Authority shaii: (a) Review the area and volume of land designated for the City Rail Link; L-U

O'iU'|-D-l\)l—\

(bl identify any areas of designated land that are either no longer necessary for construction of the City Rail Link (if the City Rail Link has been constructed in part), or no longer necessary for the on-going operation and/or maintenance of the City Rail Link or for ongoing mitigation measures; and (c) Give notice in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of those parts of the designation identified in (b) above.

PRBCONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager

-l>

Cl"1UI-l ‘-" Al\3—'-

4.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designation the Requiring Authority shall appoint a Communication and Consultation Manager to implement the Pre—construction Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 5). The Communication and Consultation Manager shall be the main and readily accessible point of contact for persons affected by or interested in the City Rail Link Project until the commencement of the construction phase of the Project, or the contact person under Condition 14 is appointed. 4.2 The Communication and Consultation Manager's contact details (or, if appointed under Condition 14, that contact persons details) shall be listed in the Pre—construction Communication and Consultation Plan and listed on the eHReguiring Authorty website, the City Rail Link Website, and th A

kl

d Council website.

Pre—construction Communication and Consultation Plan

5.1 The objective ofthe Pre~construction Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties prior to the commencement of construction of the City Rail Link. 5.2 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Pre—construction Communication and Consultation Plan. This Plan shall be submitted to Auckland Councils Major infrastructure Projects Team Manager, within 2 months of the Designation being confirmed, for confirmation that the Plan has been prepared in accordance with this condition. U’!

CHUI-lb-l\Jl-*

5.3 The Plan shall be implemented and compiled with within 3 months from the confirmation of the designations until the commencement of the construction of the City Rail Link. 5.4 This Plan shall set out recommendations and requirements (as appiicablel that should be adopted by and/or inform the development of the CEMP and DWPS. 5.5 The Pre~construction Communication and Consultation Pian shall set out how the Requiring Authority wiil: (a) Inform the community of Project progress and likeiy commencement of Construction works and programme; (bl Engage with the community in order to foster good_re_|atio_ns_hips and to provide

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 10

’ Condition ‘ ' ; Number

l _ opportunities for learning about the Project;

' Appiies to

b

(c)

Obtain (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from Stakeholders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties regarding the development ofthe CEMP and DWPs,-

(d) Respond to queries and complaints. information shail include but not be limited to: (i)

Who is responsible for responding;

(ii) How responses will be provided; (iii) The timeframes that the responses will be provided within. (e) Where feedback (in accordance with this condition) is provided, the Pre—constructio'n Communication and Consultation Plan shall articulate how that feedback has informed the development ofthe CEMP and DWPs and where it has not, reasons why it hasn't; (f)

Provide updates on the property acquisition process as well as the management strategy for properties acquired by the Requiring Authority for the construction of

the City Raii Link. 5.6 The Pre~Constru<:tlon Communication and Consultation Plan shall be prepared in

consultation with Stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties including, but not limited to: (a) All property owners and occupiers (including, sublect to Condition 61.5. sub lessees) identified within the designation footprint; (b) All property owners and occupiers adjacent to construction sites (Britomart and Albert Street (NOR 1), Karangahape Road (NOR 4), Newton Station (NOR 5), and the main construction site including grade separation works at Normanby Road and Porters Ave (NOR 6)); (c)

New Zealand Historic Places Trust (NZHPT);

(cl) . Department of Corrections; (e) Ministry oflustice; (f)

Meciiaworks;

(g) Network Utility Operators; (h) Bear Park Early Childhood Centre; (i)

Body Corporate 164980 & Tenham Investments Limited

(j)

Community Liaison Group(s) (refer Condition 7);

5.7 The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Pian shall, as a minimum, include:

(a) A communications framework that details the Requiring Authority's communication strategies, the accountabiiities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters;

(b) Detaiis of theflommunication and Consultation Manager for the pre-construction period (Condition 4 of this designation) including their contact details (phone, email and postai address); (C) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in proximity parties and other interested parties. Such methods shall include but not be limited to: (i)

Newsletters;

(ii) Newspaper advertising;

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 1 1

‘

Condition Number

Condition

NOR Applies to

(iii) Notification and targeted consultation with stakeholdrs, afected parties and affected in proximity parties; and (iv) The use of the project website for public information. (d) The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with the owners of 1 Queen Street (HSBC House) and 21 Queen Street (Zurich House) regarding the development of the City Rail Link design and construction methodology between Britomart Transport Centre and Customs Street (through the Downtown Shopping Centre site). (e) The methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the implementation of mana whenua principles for the project {refer to condition 8 and

48); (i)

The methods for communicating and consulting with the Community Liaison Group(s);

(g) How communication and consultation activity will be recorded; and (h) Methods for recording reasonably foreseeable future planned network utliity works so that these can be considered and incorporated, where appropriate, into the City Rail Link design. 5.8 The Pre-construction Communication and Consuitation Plan will be publicly available once finaiised and for the duration of construction. Network Utility Operators

6.1 Under 5 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) no person may do anything in reiation to the designated land that would prevent or hinder the City Raii Link, without the prior written consent of the Requiring Authority. 6.2 In the period before construction begins on the City Raii Link (or a section thereof), the foiiowing activities undertaken by Network Utility Operators will not prevent or hinder

the City Rail Link, and can be undertaken without seeking the Requiring Authority’s written approval under section 176(1)(b) of the RMA: (a) Maintenance and urgent repair works of existing Network Utiiities; (b) Minor renewal works to existing Network Utilities necessary for the on-going provision or security of supply of Network Utility Operations; O‘iU'I-¥>l\Jl-—>

(c)

Minor works such as new property service connections;

(cl) Upgrades to existing Network Utilities within the same or similar location with the same or similar effects on the City Rail Link designation. 6.3 For the avoidance of doubt, in this condition an ”existing Network Utility” includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) In place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckiand Council (23 August 2012); or (b) Undertaken in accordance with this condition or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process. Community Liaison Groups 7.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shaii, in consultation with the Auckland Council, estabiish at feast one Community Liaison Group in each of the following key construction areas: (a) Britomart and Albert Street (NOR 1) (b) Karangahape Road (NOR 4)

'cno-I4>r\J+-A

(C)

Newton Station (NOR 5)

(d) Main Construction site (NOR 6)

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 12

M

â&#x20AC;&#x2DC; â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;M NOR Condition Number _ Applies to IE

T Condition 7.2 The number of Groups shall be confirmed with the Auckland Councii. 7.3 The membership of the Community Liaison Group(s) shaii include representativeis) of the Requiring Authority and be open to all directly affected and affected in proximity parties to the Project including, but not limited to the following: (a) Representativeisi for and/or directly affected and affected in proximity property owners and occupiers;

(ls) CBD Residents Advisory Group; (c) The Karangahape Road Business Association; (Cl) Eden Terrace Business Association; ) - Heart ofthe City; (f)

Roman Catholic Diocese of Auckland;

(g) St Patrick's Cathedral; and (h) St Benedict's Parish. 7.4 In addition to the requirements in Condition 5, the purpose of the Groups shall be to:

(a) Provide a means for receiving regular updates on Project progress; (is) Monitor the effects of constructing the Project on the community by providing a regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the community. (cl

Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded by the Requiring Authority.

(d} Provide feedback on the development of the CEMP and DWPS. (e) Proposed potential joint initiatives to the Requiring Authority for the Property Management Strategy regarding the interim use of properties including vacant land acquired for the construction of the City Rail Link. 7.5 The Requiring Authority will consult with the Groups in respect of the development of the CEMP and DWPS.

7.5 The Requiring Authority will appoint one or more persons appropriately qualified in community consultation as the Community Consultation Advisor{s) to: (a) Provide administrative assistance to the Groups; (bi Ensure the Groups are working effectively (including the development ofa Code of Conduct) and appropriate procedures for each Group; and (c) Act as a community consultation advisor to the Group. 7.7 The Requiring Authority will use its best endeavours to ensure that the Groups meet at

least annualiy until the commencement of construction and then at least once every three months or as otherwise required once construction commences.

7.8 Once construction has commenced the Requiring Authority will provide an update at

least every three months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Groups on compiiance with the designation conditions and the CEMP and DWP and any material changes to these plans.

7.9 The Requiring Authority shall provide reasonable administrative support for the Groups inciuding organising meetings at a local venue, inviting all members of the Groups, as well

as the taking and dissemination of meeting minutes. 7.10The Groups shail continue for the duration of the construction phase of the Project and for six months following completion of the Project. Mana Whenua Consultation

8.1 Within three months of the confirmation of the designations the Requiring Authority shall establish a kaitiaki or mana whenua__forum to provide for an on-going role in the design

City Raii Linl< Notice of Requirement

Page 13

Condition =

—

NoR

T

Number . Appiies to 4 5

5

at

K M

C°'lditi°“'

‘

and construction of the»CRL Project. 8.2 The frequency at which the forum meets shall be agreed between the Requiring

Authority and mana whenua. 8.3 The role of the mana whenua forum may inciude the following: (3) Developing practical measures to give effect to the principles in the Urban Design DWP (refer to Condition 49}; (b) Input into, where practicable, the design of the stations (refer to Condition 54}; (c)

input into the preparation of the CEMP and DWPS;

(d) Working collaboratively with the Requiring Authority around built heritage and archaeological matters; (e) Undertaking kaitiakitanga responsibilities associated with the City Rail Link Project, including monitoring, assisting with discovery procedures, and providing matauranga

Maori input in the relevant stages of the Project; and (f)

Providing a forum for consultation with mana whenua regarding the names for the City Raii Link stations, noting that there may be formal statutory processes outside the project (such as the New Zealand Geographic Board) which may be involved in any decision making on station names.

8.4 The mana whenua forum may provide written advice to the Requiring Authority in relation to any of the above matters. The Requiring Authority must consider this advice

and the means by which any suggestions may be incorporated in the City Rail Link project. Network Utility Operator Liaison 9.1 The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall: (a) Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the development of the further design for the City Rail Link to provide for the ongoing operation and access

to network Utiiity operations;

(b) Undertake communication and consultation with Network Utility Operators as soon as reasonably practicable, and at least once prior to construction timing being confirmed and construction methodoiogy, and duration being known; and (c) Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the preparation and impiementation of the CEMP (Condition 24) and DWPs in relation to management of adverse effects on Network Utility Operations.

LO

G‘IU'1-hl\Jl- A

9.2 A summary ofthe communication and consultation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and Network Utility Operators prior to construction commencing shall be provided as part of the Outline Plan. 9.3 The Requiring Authority shall undertake on—going communication and consultation with

Network Utility operators throughout the duration of construction, including in relation to changes envisaged by Conditions 22 and 23 affecting Network Utiiity Operations to ascertain whether or not any changes or updates to the CEMP Network Utilities section are required to address unforeseen effects. CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS l—\ N u1".J=.

Outiine Plan Requirements

10.1The Requiring Authority shall submit an Outline Plan to the Auckland Council for the construction of the City Rail Link in accordance with section 176A of the RMA. The Outline Plan shall include: (a) The Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 15);

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 14

;

I

Condition 7 Number

Condition

NoR Applies to

(b) Th Cosruction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP); (c) Delivery Work Plans (DWPs); (d) Site Specific Construction Noise/Vibration Management Plans (SSCNVMPS) and Notabie Receiver Management Plans; and (e} Any other information required by the conditions ofthis designation associated with the construction of the City Rail Link. 10.2The plans listed in Condition 10.1 above must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affecteci in proximity parties, and any recommendations received as part of the independent Peer Review Panel process (where applicable), along with a clear expianation of where any affected party comments or peer review recommendations have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. 10.3The Requiring Authority may choose to give effect to the designation conditions associated with the construction of the City Rail Link: (a) Either at the same time or in parts; (b) By submitting one or more: (i)

Communication and Consuitation Plans;

(ii)

CEM P;

(iii) DWPS; and (iv) SSCNVMPS, SSCNMPS and SSCVMPS

10.4These plans should clearly show how the part integrates with adjacent City Rail Link construction works and interrelated activities. This particularly applies where the Urban Design DWP is submitted as a number of plans. 10.5 Eariy engagement will be undertaken with Auckland Council in relation to preparation and submission of the Outline Plan to establish a programme for the Outline Plan process to ensure achievable timeframes for both parties. 10.6All works shall be carried out in accordance with the Outline Plan(s) required by this condition. independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPS 11.1Prior to submitting the CEMP; aneE—DWPs, SSCNlvIPs and SSCVMPS (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) to Auckland Councii for the construction of

the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall engage suitably qualified independent speciaiists agreed to by Auckland Council to form an Independent Peer Review Panel. The purpose of the independent Peer Review Panel is to undertake a peer review of the CEMP; and-«t-heDWPs, SSCNMPS and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance

with Condition 39L and provide recommendations on whether changes are required to those plans in order to meet the objective and other requirements of these conditions.

11

11.2The CEMP; enel~DWPs, SSCNMPS and SSCVM Ps (other than those prepared in accordance Ci‘\U'I- 2-l\JI—‘

with Condition 39: must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in

the CEMP‘ and-DWPS, SSCNIVIPS and SSCVMPs (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39i provided to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part of this condition. l1.3The CEMP; anei—DWPis, SSCNMPS and SSCVMPS (other than those prepared in accordance with Condition 39) submitted to Auckland Council shall demonstrate how the

City Rail Link Nolioe of Requirement

Page 15

Condition 5 Number

— '

‘ Appiies to ,p

9

recommendations from the independent peer reviewers have been incorporated, and, where they have not, the reasons why not. 11.4ln reviewing an Outline Pian submitted in accordance with these designation conditions, Auckland Council shall take into consideration the independent specialist peer review undertaken in accordance with this condition and any additional information provided to Auckland Council by affected parties. Availability of Outline P|an(s) 12.1 For the duration of construction the following plans and any material changes to these plans shaii be made available for public viewing on the Project web site: (a)

12

CEMP;

(bl DWPs (including SSCNViViPs, SSCNlVlPs and SSCVMPS); and O1U"|-l‘-l\)—-‘

(c) Communication and Consultation Plan. 12.2A copy of these Plans will also be held and made available for viewing at each construction site. Monitoring of Construction Conditions 13.1The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent

Monitoring officer(s) shalt establish and impiement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to clay construction processes, including monitoring compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs (inciuciing SSCNVMPS, SSCNMPS and SSCVIVEPS} and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the City Rail Link. 13.2This collaborative working process shall: (3) Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following compietion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still

required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council; (b) Have a "key contact" person representing the Requiring Authority and a ”key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s); 13 O'lLfl 4>l\Ji—\

(c) The "key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthiy unless a different timeframe is agreed with the Auckiand Council Consent Monitoring officer(s). The purpose of the meeting is to report on compliance with the designation conditions and with the CEM P, DWPS and material changes to these pians and on any matters of noncompliance and how they have been addressed; (d) Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shail provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 7 of this designation) at ieast once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 7 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months.

13.3The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a) Assist as necessary the Auckiand Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that: (i)

The works authorised under these designations are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEM P, DWPs (including SSCNVlViPs, SSCNIVIPS and SSCVMPS) and any material changes to these plans;

(ii) The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the

CEMP and DWPS (including SSCI\iVMPs, SSC_l\il\/l_P_s and SSCVIVEPS) and any

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page is

l

Condition Number

Condition

NoR Applies to

A

materal chges to thee plan; (b) Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Pian, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 10 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed; (c) Advise where changes to construction works foilowing a conďŹ rmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP (including SSCNVMPS, SSCNMPS and SSCVMPs); (cl) Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and adequacy of the measures

adopted to respond to these.

i i

Communication and Consultation

14

I

1

Contact Person

2

14.1The Requiring Authority shall make a contact person available 24 hours seven days a week for the duration of construction for public enquiries on the construction works.

4 5 6

Communication and Consultation Plan 15.1The objective of the Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in proximity parties during the construction of the City Rail Link. 15.2The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Communication and Consuitation Plan which shall be impiemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the City Rail Link.

15.3The Communication and Consuitation Plan shall set out how the Requiring Authority will: (a) inform the community of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that coulci affect them;

(b) Provide early information on key Project milestones; 1 2 15

4 5

5

(C) Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in proximity parties regarding the development (as part of the review process provided by Condition 22)

and impiementation of the CEMP or DWPS (inciuding SSCNVMPs, SSNMPs and SSC\/MP5); and (d) Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: (i)

Who is responsible for responding;

(ii)

How responses will be provided;

(iii) The timeframes that responses will be provided within. 15.4The Communication and Consultation Plan shall as a minimum include: (a) A communications framework that details the Requiring Authority's communication strategies, the accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc), and any other relevant communication matters; (b) The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project inciudingtheir contact detaiis (phone, emaii and postal address);

City Rail Link Nollce of Requirement

Page 17

Condition Number

NOR

M

l

' W‘

Applies to _

C°“di“°"

(c) The methods for identifying, communicating ad consulting with persons affectedby the project including but not limited to: (i)

Aii property owners and occupiers within the designation footprint

(ii) Ail property owners and occupiers adjacent to construction sites (Britomart and Aibert Street (NoR 1), Karangahape Road (NoR 4), Newton Station (NoR 5), Main Construction site and the works at Normanby Road and Porters Ave (NoR 6)) (iii) New Zealanci Historic Places Trust (NZHPT) (iv) Department of Corrections (including the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road) (v) Ministry ofiustice (including but not limited to) confirming the details of the contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and to provide appropriate details (including but not restricted to timing, duration, scale, noise effects, vibration effects, access restrictions, and disruption to utilities) in respect to any works impacting the operation of the Auckland District Court at 65-71 Albert Street, Auckland. Communication and consultation of such details should be provided to the Ministry of Justice Auckland Property Programme Manager at ieast 9 months prior to the commencement of such works.

(vi) Media Works (vii) Community Liaison Group(s) {refer Condition 7); (viii)Bear Park Early Childhood Centre; (ix) Body Corporate 164980 and Tenham Investments Ltd; (X) Network Utility Operators, including the processzb 0

To be implemented to capture and trigger where communication and consultation is required in relation to any materiai changes affecting the Network Utilities;

o

For the Requiring Authority to give approval (where appropriate) to Network Utility Operators as required by section 176(1)(b) of the RMA during the construction period;

-

For obtaining any supplementary authorisations (inciuding but not iimited to resource consents (including those required under a Nationai Environmental Standard) and easements);

0

For inspection and final approval of works by Network Utility Operators; and

0

For implementing conditions 9, 22, 23, and 24 of this designation in so far as

they affect Network Utility Operations.

(cl) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be notified of the commencement of construction activities and works, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints;

(e) How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVM Ps, SSCNMPS and SSCVIVtPs), including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback; (f)

Methods for communicating in advance temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts to directly affected and in proximity parties, bus (public and private) operators, taxi operators, bus users, and the general public;

(g) Methods for communicating in advance to surrounding communities (including sensitive noise and vibration receivers) which must be notified at least 24 hours

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 18

‘Number

’ A advance where construction activities are predicted to: '

* Applies to

(i)

Exceed the noise iimits (refer Condition 31); or

(ii) Exceed a vibration limit (refer Conditions 33 and 34); or (iii) Be within 200m ofa biast site (refer Condition 32). Further provisions for Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers are contained in Condition 16. (h) Methods for communicating in advance proposed hours of construction activities outside of normal working hours and on weekends and public holidays, to surrounding communities, and methods to record and deal with concerns raised about such hours; (i)

Methods for communicating and consulting with rnana whenua for the duration of construction and implementation of maria whenua principles for the project (refer to Conditions 8 and 49);

(i)

Methods for communicating and consulting with the Auckland Council Parks Department regarding works to be undertaken to any trees on public land (streets, squares, etc.) located within the City Rail Link surface designation footprint, including how trees not being removed, or in close proximity to the surface designation footprint where works are occurring, will be protected;

(k) Methods for communicating and consulting in advance of construction works with emergency services (Police, Fire, Ambulance) on the location, timing and duration of construction works, and particularly in relation to temporary road lane reductions and/or closures and the aiternative routes or detours to be used, with specific detail around the management of the Fire and Ambulance from their central stations on Pitt Street;

(E)

A fist of Stakehoiders, directly affected and affected in proximity parties to the construction works who will be communicated with;

(m) How communication and consultation activity relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and

(n) Methods for communicating and consulting with the Department of Corrections (including the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road), to confirm the details of the contact person required under Condition 14 of this designation, and in respect of any works impacting on access or works in proximity to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility and the Boston Road Community Corrections site; including temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and iayouts which may impact on access to and from the Facility and the motorway network. 15.SThe Communication and Consuitation Plan shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross—references to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPs, SSCNMPS and SSCVMPs). 15.6Tne Communication and Consuitation Plan shall include a summary of the communication and consuitation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and parties as required by the Pre—construction Communication and Consultation Pian. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties. The Communication and Consuitation Plan shail be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updated Communication and Consultation Plan shall be provided to the "key contacts” (see Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent lvionitoring officer for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken. Any further action recommended as a result of this review shall be undertaken by the Communication and Consultation Manager for the City Rail Link and confirmation of

compietion provided back to the Auckland Councii Consent Monitoring officer.

City Raii Link Notice of Requirement

Page 19

Condition Number

M

NOR

—

T

Applies to 15.7lt, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process, a material change to the Communication and Consultation Plan is made, those parties affected by the change shall be notified within 1 month of the material change occurring. Communications — Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers

16.1A SSCNVIVEP shall be prepared for all Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers (refer Condition 39). As part of the SSCNVMP (and further to Condition 15 of this designation), the Requiring Authority shall undertake communication and consultation, as soon as reasonably practicable (and at ieast once following confirmation of construction timing and methodology), with any Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers located within 200 metres of biasting, or within 100 metres (either horizontally or verticaily) of the designation footprint for other construction activities. Communication and consuitation with these parties shouid focus on a collaborative approach to manage the adverse effects from construction noise and vibration while works are undertaken in the vicinity.

16 chm-l=I—\

16.2The Requiring Authority shall undertake on-going communication and consultation with notable noise and vibration receivers throughout the duration of construction occurring in the vicinity. This communication shall be reported back to the "key contacts” (see Condition 13) and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer for their review and confirmation of any further action to be undertaken. The Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving this information from the Requiring Authority. Concerns and Complaints Management 17.1Upon receiving a concern or compiaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shali: (a)

Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of

the aileged event(s); (b) Acknowiedge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt; (c)

Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan, which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, impiernentation of mitigation measures, and, in the case of noise and / or vibration, preparation of a site specific noise and / or vibration management plan (in accordance with Conditions 37 and 38},-

I7.2A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring

Authority. This record shall include:

17

(a) The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they eiect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint; GWU'1-ihl\-li-‘

(b) Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, inciuding wind direction and cloud cover ifthe complaint relates to noise or air quaiity; (c)

Known City Rail Link construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or compiaint;

(ci) Any other activities in the area unreiated to the City Rail Link construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non~Clty Rail Link construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally; (e) Remediai actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of' these, including monitoring L

of the activity.

17.3This record shall be maintained on site, be avaiiable for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council

12

City Rail Link Nolice of Requirement

Page 20

Condition 1

NoR _ -

Number f;Appliesto f

l

—

.

Condilib“ r

Consent Monitoring officer, and to the "key contacts” (see Condition 13). 17.4Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint the Auckiand Council Compliance Monitoring Officer must determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 22 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer shall advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint. "One Network" Consuitation

18.1The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall work collaboratively with the New Zealand Transport Agency (NZTA) during the preparation of the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP (Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29, and 30) in relation to confirming the

18

management of adverse transport effects on the road network. A record of this consuitation and outcomes shall be included in the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP. The O\U"|-bl—‘

Requiring Authority shail consuit with the NZTA throughout the duration of construction on any changes or updates to the Traffic, Access and Parking DWP which relate to the management of the road network.

Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPS)

Preparation, Compiiance and Monitoring 19.1The objective of the CEMP and DWPS is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the City Raii Link construction. 19.2A|i works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 23. 19.3The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the City Rail Link.

19 O'iU'|-IE-i\Jl—-‘

19.4The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions. 19.5The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs. 19.6Where mitigation measures are required to be implemented by the Requiring Authority in relation to the construction of City Rail Link, it shall meet reasonable and direct costs of

implementing such mitigation measures. CEMP Requirements

20.1ln order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP must provide for the following:

(a) In reiation to NoR 2, the use of one Tunnel Boring Machine (unless the effects of using more than one Tunnel Boring Machine are not materially different from those associated with the use of one Tunnel Boring Machine);

20 OTU1-Pl\Jl—'*

(b) Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, teiephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager; (c) Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environment management and monitoring;

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 21

Condition Number

NoR

i

L CA i

Appiies to .

r

C ' ' _

'

‘condition ’l ’

’ ’ _

management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport

other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects; and (e) Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 13, 15 and 17. 20.2The CEMP shall inciude details of:

(a) The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address); (1)) The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority] Constructor / Auckland Council requirements; (c)

Environmental incident and emergency management procedures;

(d) Environmental complaint's management procedures (see also Condition 17); (e) An outiine of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction; (f)

Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period;

(g) Means of ensuring the safety of the general public; and (ii) Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects. 20.3Subject to any aitemative agreement with the iandowner(s) of HSBC House and Zurich House, the Requiring Authority shall prepare specific construction methodologies for the works adjacent to 1 Queen Street and 21 Queen Street detailing how they will be undertaken to avoid compromising the structural integrity of the existing structures on the site including their foundation systems. The specific construction methodologies shall be prepared in consuitation with the owner(s) of these properties. A record of this liaison and outcomes shall be included in the CEMP as part ofthe Outline Plan. This summary must provide a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated into the CEMP, and the reasons why not. This summary must be provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part ofthe Outline Plan process. CEMP Construction Works Requirements

21.1ln order to give effect to the objective in Condition 19.1, the CEMP shall include the foilowing details and requirements in relation to all areas within the surface designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and

construction machinery are to be used or stored: (a) Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction

vehicie ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas; (b) Methods for managing the controi of silt and sediment within the construction area; (c) 21 CWU1-bl-4

Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures;

(d) Measures to adopt to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal / storage of rubbish and storage unloading of construction materials (including equipment). All storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works shall take place within the boundaries ofthe designation;

(e) Measures to ensure all temporary boundary/ security fences associated with the construction of the City Rail Link are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible; (t)

For the duration of construction affecting Lower Queen Street or Queen Elizabeth ll _ Square, construction fences and / or hoardings shall be placed no closer than 3

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 22

_

Condition, Number

NoR

K

It

7

I Applies to y

7

Z l

K

T

'

T

C°"°lifi °"

metres from the north frontage (building frontage onto Queen Elizabeth II Square) of 21 Queen Street in the vicinity of the entrance to the ground level retail space and the main pedestrian entrance to the building. {g} The location and specification ofany temporary acoustic fences and visuai barriers,

and where practicable, opportunities for mana whenua (see Condition 8) and community art or other decorative measures along with viewing screens to be

incorporated into these without compromising the purpose for which these are erected; (h) How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and, where practicable and without compromising their purpose how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated to enhance public amenity and connection to the project; (i)

The location of any temporary buildings {including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets);

(3')

Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas;

(k) Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances; (I)

That onsite stockpiling of spoil or fill at Downtown and Lower Albert Street construction yards be minimised where practicable;

(ml That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable; and (n) Methods for management of vacant areas once construction is completed in accordance with the Urban Design DWP. 21.2Unless expressly agreed in writing landowner of the Downtown Shopping Centre [at 7 Queen Streetlz;

with the

la) the Downtown construction yard; [including QEl-l Square, Downtown Shopping Centre and Lower Albert Street), shall be progressively released from occupation for construction purposes where the area or any part of the area is no longer required

for construction of the section of CRL between Brltomart and Wyndham Street; and: lb} following completion of the section of the CRL between the Downtown Shopping Centre and Wyndham Street and reinstatement of Albert Street, Lower Albert Street shalt not be occupied for construction purposes for any section of CRL south of Wyndham Street. Review Process for CEMP and DWPs

22.1The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the City Rail Link project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either

Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration: (a) Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs (including SSCNVMPS,

22

SSCNlViPs and SSCVMPS) and material changes to these plans; O‘lUl-Pk}!- ‘

(b) Any changes to construction methods; (c)

Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the City Rail Link project;

i d)

Changes in industry best practice standards;

(e) Changes in legal or other requirements;

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 23

Condition : Number

‘

NOR

. Applies to

Condition

_ (fl

Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;

(g) Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs (inciuding SSCNVMPS, SSCNMP5 and SSCVMPS); and

(h) Any unresoived complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17.

22.2A summary of the review process shail be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annuaily to the Auckland Council, and made avaiiable to the Auckland Council upon request. Update of CEMP and DWPS following Review

23.1Fol|owing the CEMP and DWPS review process described in Condition 22, the CEMP may require updating. 23.2Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition. 23.3 Affected parties will be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs (including SSCNVMPS, SSCNMPS and SSCVMPS). 23.4The CEMP and DWPs must cleariy document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why

23 GNU"!-hi\}l—‘

not.

23.5Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an independent peer review as required by Condition 11. 23.6Foilowing that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. if any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outiine pians shall apply. Network Utilities 24.1To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities Operations during the construction of

the City Rail Link, the following shall be included in the CEMP.

24.2The purpose ofthis section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the enabling works and construction of the City Rail Link adequately take account of, and include measures to

address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing network utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the City Raii Link.

24.3 For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an ”existing Network Utility” inciudes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was:

24 CJWUT-hat-‘

(a) In piace at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckiand Councii (23 August 2012); or (bi Undertaken in accordance with condition 6 ofthis designation or the section 176(1)(b} RIVIA process. 24.4The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and

shalt be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the City Rail Link. The CEMP shall include as a minimum:

(a) Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that

will be used to liaise with ail Network Utility Operators who have existing network

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 24

Condition Number

Not!

I

i

Appiies to

â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;

L

l

i '

.

7

1

CĂŠndition A _

utilities that traverse, or are in ciose proximity to, the designation;

(in) Measures to be used to accurateiy identify the iocation of existing Network Utiiities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities; (:2) Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: (i)

Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in proximity to existing Network Utilities;

(ii) Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations; (:31) Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility Operations and the security of supply of the services by Network Utility Operators at all times; (e) Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during

construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at ail times during the construction ofthe City Rail Link; (f)

Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Raii Link;

(g) A risk anaiysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the City Rail Link;

(h) Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabiiisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities; (i) (j)

Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utiiities; Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities;

(k) The process for providing asâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;bui|t drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utiiities to the City Rail Link to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings; (I)

Measures to ensure that network utility services are not interrupted to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility as a result of City Rail Link works. The requiring authority shall advise the Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, of any works on network utilities in the vicinity ofthe Mt Eden Corrections Facility which may impact on utility service provision to the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at

least 14 days prior to those works occurring to allow the Department of Corrections (and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road) to arrange suitabie contingencies. Communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections, and the entity contracted to administer and run the facility at 1 Lauder Road, shall be recorded in accordance with condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsibie for ensuring that

construction works do not interrupt network utility services to the,_|\_y/it Eden

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 25

Condition

NOR

A

K‘

Number - : Applies to 5.

' _

_

‘

C°“ditl°“ ,

Corrections Faciiity, unless by prior arrangement with Department of Corrections and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road. (in) A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEM P. 24.5if the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operator's network utility operation, unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties

and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons ifthe recommendation is not accepted. Transport, Access and Parking General Transport, Access and Parking 2S.1A Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects of

construction of the City Rail Link, or any part of it, on the transport network.

2S.2The objective of the Transport, Access and Parking DWP is to so far as is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved by: (a) Managing the road transport network for the duration of construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion; (b) Maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and (c) Providing on—going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible. 2S.3To achieve the above objective, the following shall be included in the Transport, Access and Parking DWP: la) The road routes which are to be used by construction related vehicles, particularly trucks to transport construction related materials, equipment, spoil, including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion,

and to the greatest extent possible, avoid adverse effects on residential zoned land and education facilities;

25

(13) Transport route options for the movement of construction vehicles carrying spoil, O‘1U'|-l -I4

bulk construction materials or machinery shall be identified and details provided as to why these routes are considered appropriate routes. in determining appropriate routes, construction vehicles carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery shall as far as practicably possible only use roads that: (i)

Form part ofthe regionai arterial network;

(ii) Are overweight / over dimensioned routes; (iii) Or other routes (specified below) where no other practical option is available. (c) For the purposes of this condition the following routes {that at the time this designation was confirmed were not part of the regional arterial network and / or

overweight / over dimensioned) shall be used where practicable for the movement of construction vehicies carrying spoil, bulk construction materials or machinery: (i)

Ngahura Road, for trucks heading to/from Eden Terrace construction site;

(ii) Dundonald Street and Basque Road, for trucks heading to/from the Newton Station construction sites;

(iii) Pitt Street (between Hobson Street and Hopetoun Street), Beresford Square,

Mercury Lane, Canada Street and Upper Queen Street (between Canada §trevetW My

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 26

3 Condition ; ‘Number

condition

NOR

E Appliesto I

and Karangahape Road), for trucks heading to/from Karangahape Station construction sites;

(iv) Wellesley Street (between Nelson Street and east of Albert Street), Cook Street (between Mayoral Drive and Hobson Street) and Mayoral Drive (between Wellesley Street and Cook Street) for trucks heading to/from Aotea Station construction sites;

(v)

Nelson Street (north of Wellesley Street), Hobson Street (north of Cook Street) and Lower Albert Street, for trucks heading to/from the Albert Street and Downtown construction sites.

id)

Where other routes are necessary (other than those routes identified above), the Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall identify any residentiai zoned land and

education facilities and shall provide details on how adverse effects from these vehicle movements are to be mitigated through such measures as: (i)

Communication and consultation (in accordance with Condition 15 of this designation) with these properties in advance of the vehicie movements occurring;

(ii) Restricting vehicle movements on Monday to Friday to between 9.30am and 4pm, and on Saturday to between 9am and 2pm.

lei

Proposed temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, aiternative routes and temporary detours, including how these have been selected and will be managed to mitigate congestion as far as practicably possible and how advance notice will be provided;

(fl

How disruption to the use of private property will be mitigated through: (i)

Ensuring pedestrian and cycle access to private property is retained at all times;

(ii) Providing vehicle access to private property as far as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure;

and (iii) How the loss ofany private car parking will be mitigated through alternative car

parking arrangements.

is} Where an affected party unexpectedly finds their vehicle blocked in as a result of a temporary closure, the Requiring Authority shall (within reasonable limits) offer alternative transport such as a taxi, rental car, or other alternative.

Note.’ For the purposes of designation Conditions 25, 27, 28, 29 and 30 ”temporary closure” is defined as the following.‘ (i)

in place for less than six hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult on the closure at least 24 hours in advance, but is not required to offer or

provide alternative parking arrangements, though it may choose to ofier this on a case by case basis in consultation with the affected party; and (ii) In place for between six and 72 hours, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult on the closure at least 72 hours in advance, and will offer and provide where agreed with the affected party alternative parking arrangements. The alternative parking arrangement should be as close to the site afiected as is reasonably practicable. How disruption to use of the road network will be mitigated for emergency services, pubiic transport, bus users, taxi operators, freight and other related vehicles,

pedestrians and cyclists through: (i)

Prioritising, as far as practicably possible, pedestrian and public transport at

City Rail Link Notice of Requiremenl

Page 27

iI

I iI l

Condition Number

NoR

I T

Appliesto'

—

T

.

M

*

CONCWON

inesectins where construction works are occurring;

(ii) Reiocating bus stops and taxi stands to locations which, as far as practicably possible, minimise disruption; and (iii) Identifying alternate heavy haul routes where these are affected by construction works. (i)

Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan that detail how emergency services, landowners, occupiers, public transport users, bus and taxi operators, and the general public are to be consulted with in relation to the management of the adverse effects on the transport network.

(j)

The alternative (to road) transport options that are available (including the option of rail use at the main construction site adjacent the North Auckland Rail Line) and that have been considered and assessed for the transportation of spoil. This wilt include as applicabiez (i)

Benefits that could be provided by alternative options;

(ii) Potential adverse effects associated with alternative options; (iii) Where an alternative option is proposed, methods for managing potential adverse effects; and

(Ev) Reasons for either adopting or not adopting alternative transport options. Monitoring of Transport Network Congestion

26.1To achieve the objective of Condition 25.2(a), the Requiring Authority will undertake monitoring of the transport network m and implement additional mitigation measures as required to manage congestion to achieve the best practicable option. of the monitoring is to monitor congestion on the _ 26.2The purpose transport network by measuring average delays for traffic travelling along specified routes. The evaluation times wili be: (a) The average travei times over the weekday two hour morningeeevening peak penod;and (b) The average travel times over the weekday two hour evening peak period; and

{Q The average weekday ijnter-peak travel times between 9am to noon. noon to 2pm and2to4Qm. 25

26.3The Requiring Authority shail carry out continuous monitoring &#fi 1

: -e --

e-

.

e-.-=:----.

'

...|

--=--

=

==..-;

nn.n:'.'=

:_.=

although it is acknowledged that there may be occasional malfunctions.

congestion incident occurs (such as an accident), the monitoring during the affected w will be considered period '

unrepresentative.

26.5%ée% Monitoring shali commence six months prior to construction of the City Rail Link tgwiil estabiish a baseiine of existing transport congestion. 26.6The monitoring will establish whether the City Rail Link construction works have increased traffic deiays as follows:

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 28

Condition) Number

I NOR Appliesto. T y

Condition () Either by more than 10 minutes (from the sarveysmonitoring previously undertaken in accordance with this condition)

(bi

Or if the suweyedtravel times are more than three minutes or 30% greater than the forecast modeiled increases along that route (according to the most recent traffic model test of that scenario, undertaken prior to the start of construction. The rnodelied time is to be based on the Auckland City Centre SATURN traffic model or a different traffic model approved by Aaeklarmi-Transport the Reguiring Authority).

(c) The 30% above shall only apply for an increase predicted to be over four minutes. 26.7lf the ‘_t[§tv_eisu-rveyeel times exceed the above criteria on any one of the specified routes, then additional mitigation shall be implemented by the Requiring Authority in its role as the Road Controlling Authority (under its statutory obligation). The additional mitigation could include but is not limited to advertising alternative routes, removing on street car parking or implementing operational measures, such as lane reconfigurations or signal phasing, to increase capacity on the surrounding network where reasonably possible at

that time. 26.8The purpose of additionai mitigation measures is to mitigate the increases in traffic delays, reducing these to below the levels identified in Condition 26.6 as far as is reasonably achievable. 26.9For the purposes of this condition, the foilowing are the specified routes:

lal

Wellesiey Street (between Victoria Street and Princes Street)

lb) Victoria Street (between Wellesley Street and Princes Street)

(cl

Customs Street/Fanshawe Street (between Nelson Street and Tangihua Street)

id) Quay Street/Lower Hobson Street (between Fanshawe Street/Hobson Street and Tangihua Street)

(6!) Nelson Street/Hobson Street (between Pitt Street and Fanshawe Street) if) Queen Street (between Mayoral Drive and Customs Street) (g) New North Road/Symonds Street (between Dominion Road and Newton Road) Mount Eden Road (between Normanby Road and Symonds Street) Khyber Pass Road between the southern motorway ramps and Symonds Street if this route is to be used by construction related trucks Newton Road between the northwestern motorway ramps and Symonds Street

26.10 The specified routes shall exclude whichever east—west route has its intersection with A Albert Street closed at the time of the surveys. Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Britomart to Mayoral Drive) 27.1To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measures shall be implemented: (a) A vehicle access lane at least 3m wide shall be provided along the eastern side of V Albert Street between Customs Street and Victoria Street to provide access to properties (except that while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is ciosed, this access lane is only to be provided between Customs Street and Durham Street); 27

(b) A vehicle access lane at least 3m wide shall be provided along the western side of Albert Street between Customs Street and Victoria Street to provide access to properties, except that:

(i)

Whiie the Albert Street/Customs Street intersection is ciosed, this access lane is only to be provided between Victoria Street and Wolfe Street; and

iii) White the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is closed, this access lane is only to be provided between Kingston Street and Customs Street.

(c) The east—west / west—eastv__connect_i_o_n_(twofully operational traffic lanes in each M

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 29

Condition 5

[Number

'

‘NoR

.C°"ditl9'i

; Appiiesto

direction) is to be maintained in each direction at two of the Customs Street, Victoria

Street and Wellesiey Street intersections with Aibert Street during the period when the third of those intersections is otherwise fully closed; (d) The left turn movement from Customs Street (from the east) into Albert Street, and the left turn from Customs Street (from the west) into Albert Street, shall be retained while the Albert Street / Customs Street intersection is fully closed; (e) The left turn from Durham Street into Queen Street shall be reopened while the Aibert Street/Victoria Street intersection is fully closed;

if} Two way access shall be provided on the single service lane along the western side of Aibert Street between 87 Albert Street and Kingston Street while the Albert Street/Victoria Street intersection is fully closed; (g) Vehicular Agccess into and egress from: Q)

Mills Lane to and from either Albert Street or Swanson Street; and

iii)

The Stamford Plaza Auckland main entrance and forecourt area is to be provided at ali times and for the avoidance of doubt cannot be temporarily closed during construction:

(h) Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times; (i)

Providing footpaths of at least 1.5m in width along either side of Aibert Street;

(j)

At a minimum two safe crossing passageways (which are "fully accessible" with a minimum width of 1.5m wide and well lit), need to be provided in the vicinity of

Swanson Street and Wyndham Street, in addition to pedestrian crossings at the intersections of Victoria Street and Customs Street; and

(k) Ensuring that construction traffic does not use Swanson Street, Wolf Street or Federal Street north of Swanson Street;

27.2The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be impiemented and shaii also include the following: (a) How construction works will be undertaken to mitigate congestion on Albert Street, Wellesley Street, Victoria Street, Customs Street, and Quay Street including retaining east~west traffic movements across Albert Street on Customs Street, Victoria Street

and Weilesley Street;

(b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, and the aiternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including: (i)

How these have been selected and wili be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network;

(ii) How the Albert Street/Wyndham Street intersection will be reopened as soon as practically possible; (c)

How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the designation with access onto Gaiway Street, Tyier Street, Queen Elizabeth Square,

Customs Street, Aibert Street, Victoria Street and Weliesley Street wiil be mitigated through:

(i)

Providing vehicie access to private property as practicably possible at all times;

(ii) Retaining local vehicle access to properties iocated along Aibert Street (which may inciude only ieft in, ieft out access ); (iii) Retaining access for loading and unloading of goods located along the service lane on the eastern side of Albert Street, between Victoria Street and Wellesley Street; and; (iv) Providing an on street ioading bay on Customs Street, Lower«Albert Street or

Lower Queen Street to provide servicing to 21 Queen Street iflaccess during

Cily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 30

I

Condition Number

'

Condition

NOR

Applies to

construction cannot be provided to the existing loading bay area for 21 Queen Street, accessed from Lower Albert Street; (cl) How disruption to the use of the local road network will be mitigated for private bus users, pedestrians and cyclists through: (i)

Providing, where practicable, for the continued operation of private bus operators from hotels and other pick up / drop off iocations in the city centre area (cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for consulting with private bus operators shall be included in the CEMP and Traffic, Access and Parking DWP); and

(ii) Retaining pedestrian and cycle access through Lower Queen Street and / or Queen Eiizabeth Square to provide access to and from the Ferry terminal and Customs Street; and (e) How disruption to pedestrians and cyclists requiring the ability to cross from east to west (and vice versa) across Albert Street between Victoria Street and Customs Street can be mitigated through providing, where practicable, safe pedestrian and cyclist passageways across the construction works on Albert Street. Transport Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Karangahape Station Area} 28.1To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measure shaii be implemented: (a) Retaining one lane of traffic in each direction on Pitt Street (unless otherwise agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer); and (b) Spoii trucks shall not use East Street where practicable and onâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;street parking at the Southern end of East Street will be retained. 28.2 The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be implemented and shaii also include the following: (a) How construction of the shafts providing access to the Station can be undertaken to mitigate congestion on Pitt Street, Karangahape Road, and Mercury Lane; (b) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures on Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and the western end of Beresford Street, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been seiected and wit! be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network;

28

(c)

How disruption to the use of private property located immediately adjacent the surface designation with access onto Beresford Street, Pitt Street, Mercury Lane, and East Street will be mitigated through: (i)

Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times, particularly those businesses located at the eastern end of Beresford Street and the northern end of Mercury Lane;

(ii) Providing vehicle access to private property, which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction), as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonabie advanceof the closure;

(iii) Providing local vehicle access to properties located along Beresford Street and

Samoa House Lane (which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction);

(iv) Aiternative parking arrangements or other offers for resoiving the temporary ioss of car parking during construction for the Hopetoun Alpha Building.

Transport, Access and Parking: Specific Requirements (Newton Station Area)

â&#x20AC;&#x2122;

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 31

A

Condition T was Number

rApp|iesi:o

Condition

29.1To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the Trffic, Access and Parking DWP shall include the foilowing: (a) How construction of the shafts providing access to the Newton Station, although constructed wholly on private land, can be undertaken to mitigate construction related congestion on Symonds St, the Symonds Street/ Mt Eden Road / New North

Road intersection, Dundonald Street, and the western end of Basque Road;

lb) The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures on Symonds St in the vicinity of the intersection of Symonds Street] Mt Eden Road and New North Road , Dundonaid Street, and the western end of Basque Road, and the aiternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicabie, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network; (c)

How disruption to the use of private property located immediateiy adjacent the surface designation with access onto Symonds Street, Dundonald Street, and the

western end of Basque Road will be mitigated through: (i)

Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times, particulariy for those businesses and residences located aiong Symonds Street and Dundonald Street;

(ii) Providing vehicie access to private property, which may include only a turn in and a turn out in the same direction), as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consuited with in reasonable advance ofthe closure. How the loss of public pay and display parking located at the Auckland Transport Symonds Street Public Car Park will be mitigated through alternative parking arrangements. The Requiring Authority may be abie to arrange such aiternative car parking at the Burleigh Street car park.

(d) The effects of the temporary use of the Symonds Street car park as a construction site are to be mitigated by the Requiring Authority by active parking management and enforcement, within 400m of the car park, to maximise short term parking within this area Transport and Property Access: Additional Requirements {NAL Area) 30.1To achieve the objective in Condition 25, the following measures shall be implemented: (a) The retention of at ieast two traffic lanes (one in either direction) on Mt Eden Road during the construction of the replacement Mt Eden Road Bridge;

30

6

(b) During the closure of the Normanby Road ievel crossing to construct the grade separated crossing, the Mt Eden Road and Normanby Road intersection shall be signaiised and a second traffic lane shail be provided on the Boston Road approach to its intersection with Mt Eden Road intersection. Additionally, the no parking restrictions on Boston Road shall be extended along the length of Boston Road and considered for any adjacent iocal roads to facilitate through traffic; (c) A temporary pedestrian crossing (over the rail iine) at Normanby Road is to be provided for the period of the temporary closure ofthe Normanby Road connection; (cl) Access wiil be maintained to Nikau Street at all times by at least one lane (minimum 3m), and two lanes on Nikau St between Flower and Korari Streets. Access to sites within Fiower Street and Korari Street is to be retained, from Nikau Street or New North Road, at ail times; Q) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure twoâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;wav access is maintained at all times for vehicles to aii accessways to the Mediaworks site including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicies;

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 32

Condition

Number .

NOR

.

Appiies to

_

'_

C°"d“i°“

(e) (fl Providing for traffic to turn right out of Ruru Street to reduce any congestion (particularly at peak times) resulting from not being able to travel via Nikau Street to the traffic lights at Flower Street and New North Road; (t)—(g) Providing accessibility aiong Mt Eden and Normanby Roads as a priority for, where practicabie: pubiic transport (buses), emergency services, access to properties for pedestrians, and cyclists;

(—g) (3) Construction works will be undertaken to ensure two—way access is maintained at all times for at! vehicles accessing the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at Lauder Road (inciuding staff and visitors’ cars, service vehicles, prison vans, emergency vehicies

and buses), communication and consultation with the Department of Corrections,

and the entity contracted by Department of Corrections to administer and run the Mt

Eden Corrections facility at 1 Lauder Road, on this matter shall be recorded in accordance with Condition 15) of this designation. The Requiring Authority shall be responsible for ensuring that the construction works do not restrict 24-hour two—way access for ali vehicles accessing the Mt Eden Corrections Facility at Lauder Road; (la) (1) Construction works wiil be undertaken to ensure two—way access is maintained at all times for vehicles accessing the premises at 51-63 Normanby Road, including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles. The measures shall: (i)

Ensure safe and reasonable access to and from the site, to Austroads standards;

(ii) Not result in the loss of any on site parking; (iii) incorporate a crossing width sufficient not to reduce the range of vehicles required to access the site, relative to the existing situation;

(iv) it is noted that the site is used occasionaliy by large trucks of up to 18m. These vehicles are to be provided for in the design of the access (i.e. the vehicle crossing and the access onto the site); (v) Following completion ofthe grade separation of Normanby Road safe and reasonable access will be provided to and from the property at 5163 Normanby Road to meet the relevant Austroads and NZS2890.1 standards or the applicable standard required by the road controlling authority. (i)fl) Construction works wiil be undertaken to ensure pedestrian and twoaway vehicle access is maintained _at all times t_ofer—vehieles accessing the premises at 32

Normanby Road, including staff and visitors cars, trucks and service vehicles. The measures shall:

(i)

Ensure safe and reasonabie access to and from the site, to Austroads standards;

(ii) incorporate a crossing width sufficient not to reduce the range of vehicles required to access the site, relative to the existing situation;

mg,‘

..

E‘

.

I.

.I.n_2Q

F

..I

the Requiring Authority require part of the site at 32 Normanby Road that is currently used for 40 car parking spaces for the construction of the City Rail Link

34 alternative car parking spaces will be provided at 14-22 Boston Road (in

accordance with Plan DRG 0052 Rev 2.0 and DRW 0058 Rev 5.0). The Requiring Authority shail provide safe pedestrian access across the North Auckland Line

and into the site for customers and staff, visiting or employed at the site in accordance with Condition 30.1(c) until the grade separation works are completed and permanent access is reinstated to the site.

(-j—) (H A;c0mp[etion of the grade separation of Normanby Road safe and reasonable pedestrian and vehicle access to and from the site and 34 on site car

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 33

‘

Condition , Number

i\loR

Applies to

‘

I

l

l - ’ g

.

.

C°“dltl°.“ M

_

parking spaces will be provided @

.

_

,

the property at 32 Normanby Road._lg

the case of pedestrian and vehicle access and parking arrangements, this will he in accordance with Plan DRG 0058 Rev 5.0, and —te—meet the following requirements: Q1

The ramp access will meet relevant Austroadspanel NZS2890.J.-2 and the Auckland Council District Plan: isthmus Section design standards;

ml The 34 car parking spaces will be provided across the site and the adjoining l<iwiRal| property. The spaces will be compliant with the appropriate Auckland Council District Plan: isthmus Section parking standards for dimension and manoeuvring; iii

The design, structures and barriers associated with the ramp and pedestrian access to the site will be subiect to the urban design process of Condition 47;

M il_v1 Provision for landscape planting both on the site and on the I<iwiRail land in the area shown on DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 and if appropriate beyond the site (in

accordance with Condition 47.2). Indicative widths of landscaping on DRG 0058 Rev 5.0 are lm for the section shown alongside the railway and 0.5m for the section on the southern side of the ramp. ill _The KiwiRail land required by condition (kl above for car parking spaces, landscaping and the ramp access will be provided by the Requiring Authority until such time as

the vehicle access ramp is no longer required by the landowner. If the vehicle access ramp is no longer required to provide access to the property it shall be removed by the Requiring Authority at its cost within 3 months unless otherwise agreed with the landowner. (ml Construction of the grade separation works at Normanby Road on the parcels of land identified on the CRL NoR6 Sheet 2 as parcels 242, 243, 244, 245, 246, 393. 394, 399, 400 and 401 shall not commence until the KiwiRail land is available and written confirmation of this has been provided by the Requiring Authority to Auckland

Council. 30.2 The Traffic, Access and Parking DWP shall demonstrate how these measures will be implemented and shall also include the following: (a) How construction works can be undertaken to mitigate congestion on New North Road, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters

Avenue, Mt Eden Road, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street, and the road network in general in this area including: lb) Which routes are to be used by construction trucks to remove spoil from the construction yard including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion;

(C) Which routes are to be used by construction related traffic (especially trucks) to deliver construction materials and other related goods and services to the

construction yard including how the use of these routes by these vehicles will be managed to mitigate congestion;

(cl) The grade separation of Porters Ave so that it is undertaken at a time when vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists can be managed and accommodated on Dominion Road, Mt Eden Road and Normanby Road to an extent which mitigates where practicable, delays to travel journeys from congestion on these roads resulting from City Rail Link construction works;

(e) The grade separation of Normanby Road so that it is undertaken at a time when vehicles, pedestrians, and cyclists can be managed and accommodated on Dominioh

Road, Mt Eden Road and Porters Avenue, to an extent whichgmigtiga_t_es_where

Cily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 34

condition _

NoR

Condition

A

Number — f Appiies to

practicabie, delays to travei journeys from congestion on these roads resulting from City Rail Link construction works;

(ii

Any reduction in the number of fully operational traffic lanes associated with the closure of Porters Avenue and Normanby Road, and the reduction in the number of vehicie lanes on the Mount Eden Road bridge, is to be undertaken on only one of these three routes at a time;

The timing and sequencing of temporary road lane reductions and / or closures at the Symonds Street / New North Road / Mt Eden Road intersection, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden

Road in the vicinity of the bridge over the rail line, Normanby Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street in the vicinity of the rail crossing, and the alternative routes and temporary detours to be used, including how these have been selected and will be managed to, where practicable, mitigate congestion on the surrounding road network;

How disruption to the use of property located immediately adjacent to the surface designation with access onto New North Road, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Ngahura Street, Porters Avenue, Mt Eden Road, Normanby

Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street wili be mitigated through: (i)

Providing pedestrian and cycle access to private property at all times;

(ii) Providing local vehicle access and pedestrian access at all times to properties located along Flower Street (between Nikau Street and Shaddock Street) and Shaddock Street (between Flower Street and its dead end to the east), which are not located within the designation footprint, except for temporary ciosures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance ofthe closure; (iii) Retaining local Vehicle and pedestrian access to properties located outside the designation footprint along Haultain Street, Fenton Street, Porters Avenue, Ngahura Street, Ruru Street, Korari Street, Flower Street, Nikau Street, Mt Eden

Road, Boston Road, Nugent Street, and Normanby Road at all times except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure; and (iv) Full accessibility to those parts of Porters Avenue not affected by, but in the vicinity of, the construction works; and

iii

How disruption to the use of Mt Eden Rail Station will be mitigated through providing, where practicable, access during construction works associated with the

repiacement of Mt Eden Road Bridge. Noise and Vibration Project Standards - Construction Noise

31.1Construction noise shaii comply with the following Project Standards (unless otherwise provided for in a SSCNMP which is approved under Condition 37, 39 or 40): 1 31

4 5

Receiver Type

6 Occupied commercial and industrial buildings (including offices)

Monday to

Sundays and

Saturday

Public Holidays

0700 — 2200

75 dB LA”

0700 — 2200

75 dB LAW

At an other times 2200 —- 0700

75 dB LAW

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 35

Condition

_ Number

NOR

.

A Applies to

'

-

Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers

(excluding offices)

I

M

C°"‘fl tl°"

75 dB LAW

65 dB LAeq1

60 dB LAM,

90 dB LAFITIHX

80 dB LAFmax2

75 dB l-AFmax

Early Childhood Education Centres (whilst occupied during normal opening hours)

35 dB LA” in sleeping areas

Bear Park Early Childhood Education Centre at 32 Akiraho Street (whilst

35 dB LAeq in sleeping area_s

0C€Ul3lEd during n0Fm3l

65 dB LAeq in outdoor playing areas

opening hours}

Notes:

1. 50clB Lneq for NOR S and NoR 6; and 2. 7SdB LAFWX for NOR 5 and NOR 6.

31.2Construction noise shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of NZS 6803:1999

Project Standards - Blasting Noiseoverpressure and Vibration For the avoidance of doubt this condition only applies to No}? 6 where blasting is required. 32.} Prior to commencement of production blasts lie. blasting that is undertaken as part ofthe construction process), trial biasts lie. preliminary blasts that occur prior to production blasts for the purpose of data acquisition], shall be undertaken to demonstrate how adverse effects will be managed and how compliance with Conditions 32.2, 32.3 and 32.4 will be achieved in production blasting. Trial biasts will determine site—specific attenuation characteristics, air overpressure ievels and maximum instantaneous charge

weight (MIC) threshoids. Outcomes shail be documented in a Trial Blasting Report. This Trial Blasting Report shall be used for subsequent design of production blasting.

if 32

6

32.2Air overpressure from the blast events shalt not exceed 120 dB Lzpeak at the facade of any

ii

occupied building measures and assessed in accordance with the provisions of the Australian Standard AS 218722006 Explosives —Storage and use —— Use of explosives.

32.3Air overpressure from blast events shall not exceed 133dB Lzpeak at the facade of any unoccupied building measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of Australian Standard AS 21812-2006 Explosives —Storage and use ~ Use of explosives. 32.4Uniess a SSCNVMP is approved under Conditions 38, 39 or 40 which includes an alternative biasting vibration standard:

la) Vibration from blast events shall not exceed 10mm/s PPV for 95% of blast events and 15mm/s for100°n blast events when measured at the foundation of any building that

will be occupied during the blast event when measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of DlN 41S0—3:1999.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 36

Condition Number

_ ’NoR

7

2

Appliesto . -

Condition 33 when measured at the foundation of any building when measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of Condition 33. 32%

1% the purposes of 317132 and 34=2§2_.3_, a building is deemed to be occupied ifthere are persons inside only during the blast event (ie. if the occupants of a dwelling are out {eg. at work) during the blast event then the dwelling is deemed to be unoccupied). 39:4

@Blasts must be performed at set times during the daytime only, between 9am and 5pm, Monday to Saturday only. 32:5

icompreiiensive vibration and air overpressure level predictions must be performed prior to every blast event. 3276 3_2_.§3_Blasting wiiim not be carried out where overpressure levels are predicted to be above the Project Standards in 32.1 and 32.2 at any building. Blasting shall not be carried out where vibration ievels are predicted to be above the project standards in Condition 32.4 at any building. 324

_3__2._9These criteria may be varied only by a Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) that has been approved under Condition 37. Proiect Standards - Construction Vibration 33.1Construction vibration (including blasting) shall comply with the following Project Standards for building damage (unless otherwise provided for in a SSCVMP which is approved under Condition 38, 39 or 40)

PPV at the foundation at a frequency of

1—1OH2

(mm/5)

1 33

10-50 Hz

(mm/5)

PPV at horlzontai

PPV at horizontal plane

°f highest f'°°'

(mm/s)

p1:a“ef‘l’f h_'3 est 9” 40

10

so-100 Hz

(mm/s)

(mm/5)

20

20 — 40

40 — so

Residentiai/

5

5 — 15

15 H 20

15

5

Historic or

3

3—8

8 ~ 10

8

2.5

2

CommerciaE/

4

inciustriai

5

5

Long—term (continuous) vibration

Short—term (transient) vibration?‘

Type of Structure

Schooi

sensitive

structures Note:

1.

Standard DIN 4150-31999 defines short—term (transient) vibration as ”vibration which does not occur often enough to cause structural fatigue and which does

not produce resonance in the structure being evaluated”. Long—term (continuous) vibration is defined as all other vibration types not covered by the

short~term vibration definition. 33.2Construction vibration (including blasting) shall be measured in accordance with German Standard DIN 11150-321999.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirernenl

Page 37

Condition: Number

'

NOR

l

‘N

I

C°“°W°"

, Appiiesto

Project Standards — Construction Vibration (Amenity) 34.1Between the hours of 10pm and 7am vibration generated by construction activities (exciuding blasting) shall not exceed: (3) a Peak Particle Veiocity (PPV) of 0.3mm/s when measured at any part of the fioor of any bedroom; (b) a noise level of 35 dB (Aeq(15,.,i,,) when measured in any bedroom. 34.2 Between the hours of 7am and 10pm vibration generated by construction activities (excluding blasting) shall not exceed: 34

CJ‘IU'i-I ‘-5l\Jl-1

(a) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 1mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for residentiaily occupied habitable rooms, bedrooms in temporary accommodation and medical facilities; and (b) A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 2mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for retaii and office spaces (including work areas and meeting rooms); 34.3 The limits in 34.1 and 34.2 shail only be investigated and applied upon the receipt of a cornpiaint from any buiiding occupant. They shall not be appiied where there is no concern from the occupant ofthe buiiding. 34.4 Where the limits in 34.1 and 34.2 are found (through measurement) to be exceeded then a SSCVMP shall be prepared for that receiver (Condition 38). Project Standards — Mediaworks 35.1 The noise and vibration limits set out in Conditions 35.2 and 35.3 shail apply only during Sensitive Times. For the purposes of Mediaworks, Sensitive Times are defined as follows: (a) During scheduled live broadcasting (b) During emergency/breaking news live broadcasting (c) During scheduied recording sessions

35

if the limits are complied within Studio 1, the noise and vibration levels in all other Studios will be acceptable. For the avoidance of doubt, la)—(c) above include sound checks as well as actual broadcastflecording time. 35.2 Noise Limits — Studios The noise level (whether air borne or reradiated from ground vibration) from all construction sources as received inside Studio 1 shall not exceed 3g5dB Mag (5 min, and 3_3_¥ dB meq(1Sec).

construction component of the total noise ' ' ' ' ' ' ' . . However for ug to two ' periods of tunneiling, each no more than 15 consecutive days, the noise limits may be up to 5 decibels higher (ie. 35dB Laeqfsmini and 38 dB LAeq{1secl) during Sensitive Times, other than during the Live Broadcasting Periods as follows:

Lag) Weekdays: 06000900 hours

1200-1230 hours 1730-1930 hours

2230—2330 hours (b) Christmas holiday season (Saturday prior to Christmas Day to Sunday following New Years Day inclusive) and weekends:

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 38

Condition , Number

’

NoR

'

Applies to

3

U

_

L

C°'“3iti°"

1730-1900 hours The Requiring Authority must give Mediaworks at least 12 days notice of the commencement of each such period.

35.2A Rockbreaking shail not be used for tunnel excavation within 100m ofthe Mediaworks site during Sensitive Times unless compiiance with the noise limits in Condition 35.2 can be demonstrated in accordance with the methodology set out in the SSCNVMP.

35.3 Vibration Limits — Studios For the protection of studio camera image quality, the construction vibration level linciuding biastingi as received inside Studio 1 shall not exceed 0.1mm/s PPV. This limit may be elevated by agreement of both the Requiring Authority and lviediaworks where image quality is found to be unaffected.

35%

35.4 Noise level measurements inside thestueiiestudio 1 shall be undertaken at_a position that is representative to the level received within 2m from, and at a similar

3576

height to, the microphone of. the main presenter(s).

35.5 Noise ievel measurements inside the-studiestudio 1 shall be undertaken with all doors to the studio closed. 357? 35.6 For the protection of amenity, the construction vibration level as received in inside office areas, meeting rooms and technical suits shall not exceed 1mm/s PPV (as

received on the floor of the receiving room) when those spaces are in use.

35.7 For the prevention of building damage, the construction vibration ievel shall not exceed the limits in Condition 33 at all times, 35.8 For the protection of sensitive equipment, the construction vibration {including blasting! ievei shall not exceed 200mg (2m/52) between S—50OHz. Levels are to be measured on the floor supporting the Sensitive Equipment.

All attended noise and vibration m asurements shall be undertaken by a suitably quaiified and experienced expert.

35.10

For the avoidance of doubt, the Mediaworks conditions (Conditions 35, 40 and 56) oniy apply for so iong as television, radio and/or interactive media facilities broadcast from the Mediaworks site.

35.11

Biasting shail not occur during Mediaworks Sensitive Times (as defined in Condition 35.1}. Blasting shall occur at times to be agreed with MediaWorl<s and as documented in the SSCNVM P.

Construction Noise and Vibration DWP

For the avoidance of doubt, this condition is applicable to the management of construction noise and vibration on all receivers, including sensitive and notable receivers.

35 U1-bifl i-3

36.1A Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shalt be prepared and implemented. The

objective of theconstruction Noise and Vibration DWP is to provide airamewerle for the

City Raii Link Notice of Requirement

Page 39

iI

i

Condition Number

â&#x20AC;&#x2122;

Condition

NOR

A y

Appiies to Z

development and impiementation of identfied best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from construction. 36.2The Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall:

la) Adopt the noise and vibration standards for construction set out in Conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34 of these designations;

(b)

Be generally consistent with the draft Construction Noise and Vibration management plan submitted as part of the Notice of Requirement documentation (dated 23 August 2013); and

(C)

Identify methods to achieve best practicable option for mitigating adverse effects in

36.3To achieve this objective, the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall include:

(a) The roles and responsibilities of the noise and vibration personnel in the contractor team with regard to managing and monitoring adverse noise and vibration effects;

(bi That piling and road cutting will be restricted to between the hours of7am to 7pm, Monday to Saturday;

(c) Construction machinery and equipment to be used and their operating noise and vibration levels;

(Ci)

identification of construction activities that are likely to create adverse noise and vibration effects, the location of these in the construction site areas, and the distance to comply with the Project Criteria in Conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34;

iei The timing of construction activities that are likely to create an adverse noise and vibration effect;

if) The iocation of sensitive noise and vibration receivers; is} A record of communication and consultation with sensitive noise and vibration

receivers. The record must include a clear explanation of where any comments from sensitive receivers have not been incorporated in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, and the reasons why not. This information must be inciuded in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11;

(hi (ll

Specific measures to address the concerns raised by those sensitive receivers; Specific training procedures for construction personnel including: (i)

The project noise and vibration performance standards for construction (conditions 31, 32, 33 and 34);

(ii) information about noise and vibration sources within the construction area and the locations of sensitive noise and vibration receivers; and (iii) Construction machinery operation instructions relating to mitigating noise and vibration;

Methods and measures to mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects including, but not limited to, structurai mitigation such as barriers and enciosures, the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction, use of low noise and vibration machinery, temporary relocation of affected receivers or any other measures or offer agreed to by the Requiring Authority and the affected receiver;

(kl

The proposed methods for monitoring construction noise and vibration to be undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works including: (i)

Updating the predicted noise and vibration contours based on the final design

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 40

* ‘ Condition‘ > Number

NOR

I

-

l

Appliesto

.

Cbnditifi n

and construction activities; (ii) Confirm which buildings are to be subject to a pre and post building condition survey in accordance with Condition 46. This includes consideration of those buiidings in Appendix One and Two to these conditions; (iii) The timing and location for monitoring of buildings during construction is required (Note that the flow charts contained in Appendices B and C of Appendix J of the technical noise and vibration report provided as part of the Notice of Requirement should be used as a guide);

(iv) Identifying appropriate monitoring locations for receivers of construction noise and vibration;

(v)

Procedures for working with the Communication and Consultation Manager to respond to complaints received on construction noise and vibration, including methods to monitor and identify noise and vibration sources;

(vi) Procedures for monitoring construction noise and vibration and reporting to the Auckland Councii Consent Monitoring officer; and (vii) Procedures for how works wiil be undertaken should they be required as a result of the building condition surveys; ll}

Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how iandowners and occupiers are to be communicated with around noise and vibration effects.

Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) For the avoidance of doubt, this condition does not apply to Media Works.

37.1The objective of a SSCNMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on a receiver resulting from construction noise that does not

comply with the Project Noise Standards.

37.2Furti1er to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCNMP shall be

prepared for any receiver or activity for which air overpressure is either predicted or measured to exceed the limits in Condition 32, or where construction noise is either predicted or measured to exceed the Project Noise Standards in Condition 31, except where the exceedance ofthe standards in Condition 31 is less than 5 decibels and does not exceed :

(a) 0700-2200: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive weeks in any 2 months (b) 2200-0700: 1 period of up to 2 consecutive nights in any 10 days 37 CTiLl"-Pl\)—~\

37.3 For predicted exceedances of less than 5 decibels (refer 37.2) monitoring shali be undertaken to confirm the actual noise levels. If exceedance is shown to be more than 5 decibels, or the period exceeds those detaiied, then a SSCNMP will be prepared. M in addition to the SSCNMPS prepared in accordance with Condition 37.2, and notwithstanding Condition 37.1, the Requiring Authority shall prepare SSCNMPs specifying the best practicable option for management, methods and measures to mitigate all noise effects for the properties iocated at:

Q) 1 Queen Street (Lot1 DP 165403); (Q) 21 Queen Street (Lot 1 DP 67723); lg)

29 Customs Street West (Lot 7 UP 77037)

Li) 188 Quay Street (Lot 5 DP 63972 and Lot 1 DP 78340}; and

Le) 23-29 Aibert Street (Lot 1 DP 116724). 37.4§3Fi=ieSSCNMP§ will identify: (a) The extent tvdwhich noise wilimy exceed the Project Noise Standards in Cyondition

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 41

Condition Number

Condition

NoR Applies to

31 or the overpessure limits in Condition 32; (b) The timing and duration of tiaea_r1\g exceedance; (C) Details of the type of activity causing thegflj exceedance; (d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the SSCNMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Councii as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11; (e) The methods and measures to mitigate noise effects, inciuding but not limited to,

potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, alternative ventilation,

facade sound insulation improvements, building condition surveys in the case of

overpressure generated by blast events, or other offers made by the Requiring Authority and whether these have been agreed to by the affected receiver;

(f)

The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best practicable option.

37.5§ The SSCNMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNMP confirmed by % the Reguiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan. Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plan (SSCVMP) For the avoidance of doubt, this condition does not apply to Media Works. 38.1The objective of a SSCVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate_ adverse effects on a receiver resulting from vibration that does not comply with the Project Vibration Standards. 38.2Further to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP in Condition 36, a SSCVMP shall be prepared: (a) For any unoccupied building, structure or infrastructure for which construction vibration is either predicted or measured to exceed the Project Vibration Standards in Condition 33; (b) Where a complaint or concern is raised and the vibration level exceeds the amenity levels of Condition 34.2(a) and 34.2(b); {c)

In response to other concerns or complaints where required (refer Condition 17):;

j_dj For the properties iisted in Condition 37.4. 38

38.3Where the amenity iimits in Conditions 34.2(a) and 34.2(b) are exceeded: (a) Best practicabie management of vibration must be applied; and U‘AU'|-I3-i\Jl-A

(b) The vibration activity shall be scheduled to avoid disturbance. If this is not practicable then reasonable respite periods shall be provided to reduce vibration exposure. 38.4The limits in condition 33 may be relaxed by a SSCVMP but only for a building, structure or infrastructure that has been assessed by a suitably quaiified and experienced structural engineer and where it has been deemed to be Capable of withstanding higher vibration levels without sustaining building or structural damage, and where appropriate vibration and building condition monitoring regimes are in place. 38.53l3heSSCVlViP§ will identify: (a) The timing and duration of the-any exceeclance; (b) Details ofthe type of activity giving rise to theany exceedance; (c) Site Specific vibration criteria that addresses the issue(s) of concern (i.e. building

damage, amenity an_d_§ensitive equipment). Site Specific cr‘i7_teri7a"shal7l’b_e determined

Cily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 42

Condition Number

NOR

.

.

Appliesto j

C°“d“5i°“

by a suitably qualified independent vibration expert; (d) The summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the receiver.

The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the SSCVMP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11;

(e) The methods and measures to mitigate vibration effects, including but not limited to,

investigating alternative low—vibration construction methods, undertaking high-

vibration works outside sensitive times, vibration barriers, building condition surveys,

potential to offer temporary relocation of affected receivers, or other offers made by the Requiring Authority and agreed to by the affected receivers; if} The reasons why the management and mitigation measures and methods reflect best practicable option. 38.6The SSCVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCVMP confirmed by m;@ Reguiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan. Notable Receivers

Notable Noise and Vibration Receivers For the avoidance of doubt, Conditions 39.5 and 39.6 do not apply to Media Works. 39.1Further to Condition 36, the Requiring Authority and its contractor, in conjunction with a

suitably qualified expert, shall work collaboratively with each notable receiver during the preparation of a SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on each Notable Receiver.

39.2ln addition to the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared for each identified Notable Receiver. The objective of the SSCNVMP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects on each Notable Receiver. 39.3The Requiring Authority shall consult with the notable receiver throughout the duration of construction and update the SSCNVMP as required to achieve the objective in 39.2. 39.4The SSCNVMP shall include:

(a) The levei at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver will unreasonably interfere with its operation. This will enable development of the site specific criteria. In the case of Mediaworks this is set out in Condition 40;

39 O50‘!-I‘:-f\JI»-‘

(13) Construction activities and equipment which are likely to create adverse noise and vibration effects and the location and timing of these in relation to the notable receiver;

(c) The methods and measures associated with the worksite including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of low noise and vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction; (d) The methods and measures associated with the notable receiver building or operation including, but not limited to, potential for isoiation of sensitive areas and equipment, dampening of reradiating surfaces and temporary relocation of affected receivers that are proposed to minimise adverse noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver;

(e) Details about the methods to be adopted by the Requiring Authority to minimise construction noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver and the anticipated effectiveness of those methods;

if)

A summary of the communication and consultation undertaken with the notable

Cily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 43

Condition Number

M M

NOR Applies to

Condition

receiver. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated, and the reasons why not iyn

..

..-.-....

I..

!._._

I

..

(g) Offers made by the Requiring Authority to the notabie receiver to mitigate effects and the response by the operators, such as relocation, and whether those offers were accepted or not by the notable receiver; 39.5if the parties cannot agree on any of the matters above they shall each appoint a suitably quaiified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint an independent and suitably quaiified third expert who shall certify the following matters to be included in the SSCNVMP:

la) The level at which noise and vibration effects on the notable receiver unreasonably interfere with its operation (the certified noise and vibration limit);

(in) The mitigation methods and measures within the worksite (at source) including, but not limited to, structurai mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, use of Eow noise and vibration machinery and the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction; (c)

The mitigation methods and measures at the notabie receiver including but not

limited to: isolation of sensitive areas and equipment; dampening of reradiating surfaces; any response to such offers; and temporary relocation of affected receivers;

(d) Whether or not the mitigation methods and measures reflect best practicable management; and (e) Whether or not the residual effects are likely to cause significant disruption to the activities of the notable receiver. 39.6Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shaii not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP through the Outline Pian process foilowing any agreement reached with the notable receiver and/or through the above certification process without the consent of the notable receiver. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by Auelelanei Transpertthe Reguiring Authority as part of the Outline Plan process. Construction Noise and Vibration Management Plan â&#x20AC;&#x201D; Mediaworks Further to Condition 36, a SSCNVMP shall be prepared for Mediaworks implementing the project standards in Condition 35. 40.1 The iviediaworks SSCNVMP shall identify high noise or vibration plant and machinery, and list the relevant items that require testing in accordance with Condition 40.4 and

4052.

40.2 Prior to any demolition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall 40

undertake a noise survey to determine the Transmission Loss (TL) performance of the Mediaworks buiiding enveiope. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of Sensitive Times. 40.3 Prior to any demoiition or construction commencing, the Requiring Authority shall undertake a vibration survey to determine the transfer function of the iviediaworks building structure from ground vibration outside the building to reradiated noise in Studio 1. This testing shall only be undertaken outside of Sensitive Times. 40.4 All high noise piant and machinery to be used at a location where it is predicted to generate noise levels in excess of 3 dB below the limits specified in Condition 35.2 within

w¢ngB)shal| be tested _ away) prior to use, to determine its Sound Power Level (Lw) at a sufficient distance from

City Raii Link Notice of Requirement

Page 44

Condition Number

Non

Applies to

Condition

I

the Mediaworks building to ensure compliance. These measured i.,,,s shall be used to predict the noise levei at the Mediaworks building facadelsl from proposed construction scenarios. The facade TE. (refer Condition 40.2) shall then be applied to predict the noise leveis in the relevant rooms. 40.5 Ali high noise plant and machinery may not be used w+t—hin—100m until Condition 40.4 is satisfied takin into account the cumulative noise levels from active sources on the site.

40.6 The Requiring Authority and its contractor, in coniunction with a suitablv qualified expert, shall work collaboratively with Mediaworks during the preparation of a SSCNVMP to confirm the extent and management of adverse effects on Mediaworks. 49:6

40.7 The SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the number of monitors, the instrument location, any adjustments necessary ifa proxy position is required and any other procedures or requirements that are necessary. The data shall be available in real time to the Reguiring Authority , Auckiand Council and Mediaworks. 4931

40.8 Prior to the use of any high vibration equipment to be used at a location where it is

predicted to generate vibration leveis greater than 75% of the PPV vibration limits in limits in

equipment), the Requiring Authority shai! undertake vibration measurements ati sufficient distance from the Mediaworks building to ensure compliance, appiying the transfer function required by Condition 40.3 to assess reradiated noiseotfisiteina

shail be used to determine minimum set~back distances from the building to avoid potential exceedances of the vibration Eimits in Conditions 3‘5:<.2L35.3, 35.9, 35.18 and

outcomes affecting construction operations shall be set out in the SSCNVMP. 4943

40.9 The noise and vibration leveis from construction shall be monitored to determine '

compliance with conditions 3_5._2,_35.3, 35.6, 35.7 3578 and 35.§9 continuously by

automated noise and vibration monitors located at positions that will represent the noise and vibration level in the relevant spaces and for the reievant noise and vibration limits. The SSCNVMP shall set out the requirements for monitoring, the instrument

location, any adjustments necessary if a proxy position is required and any other procedures or requirements that are necessary including methods to exclude extraneous sources. The data shall be available in real time to the Reguiring AuthorityAuel<4and 5 , Auckland Council and Mecliaworks. 49.43‘

Monitoring to determine compliance or otherwise with Condition 35.9}! relating to 40.10 office amenity shall only be undertaken in response to complaints from Mediaworks. The measurements must be attended by a suitably qualified person. 49-19

40.11 The SSCNVMP shali set out corrective action measures that must be adopted in situations where iaethany of the noise and vibration iimits in Conditions 35.2, 35.3, 35.6 35.7; and 35.8—anel35é3 are exceeded and where the noise andgor vibration levels are

unacceptabie to Mediaworks. The corrective action measures must include the

City Rail Link Nolice oi Requirement

Page 45

Condition 7 Number

i\io'R

A Applies to following: (a) immediate cessation of the work{s) that is giving rise to the exceedance; (b) A procedure to require the implementation of whatever measures are necessary to reduce the noise or vibration leveis; (c) A monitoring procedure to determine compliance (once the remediation works are complete); (d) A requirement to ensure that the work(s) responsibie for the exceedance are not recommenced during Sensitive Times; (e) A complaints procedure that is capable of effecting the immediate cessation of works inciuding making a point of contact directly availabie 24 hours, seven days a week. -4-9.—1—1 40.12

if there is a disagreement between the Requiring Authority and ivlediaworks as to the content of the SSCNVMP, they shall each appoint a suitabiy qualified and independent expert, who snail iointly appoint an independent and suitably qualified third expert who shall certify the matters set out in Condition 40.11 and any other

matters in dispute in the SSCNVM . 395. 1' .; l.. E H 40.13

Following the above process the SSCNVMP shall be submitted for the review of Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall not be entitled to make any changes to the SSCNVMP through the Outline Pian process following any agreement reached with Mediaworks and/or through the above certification process without the consent of Mediaworks. The works shall then be undertaken in accordance with the SSCNVMP confirmed by the Requiring Authority as part of the Outiine Plan process.

Built Heritage/Archaeology Historic Character — Built Heritage 41.1The Historic Character DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built heritage and archaeoiogy that may result from associated works prior to, during, and after the construction ofthe City Rail Link or any part of it. 41.2The objective of the Buiit Heritage section is to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on built heritage as far as reasonably practicable. To achieve the above objective, the following shall, as a minimum, be included in the built heritage section ofthe Historic Character DWP: (a) Preparation of a Buiiding Record and Salvage Strategy that outlines a suitable set of procedures for the removai, storage and for later refitting and reuse of eiernents of

heritage buildings and/or structures identified for demolition including the Griffiths Building, Beresford Toilets, Biuestone Toilets, and the rear annex to the building at

41

2239.27 Symonds Street. O\lJ‘i-I E-i\Jl-4

(b) The proposed methods for monitoring building damage that is to be undertaken by a suitabiy qualified person for the duration of construction works. This includes confirming which Built Heritage buildings and structures are to be subject to a pre and post building condition survey through:

(i)

Using the updated predicted vibration contours undertaken in Condition 36;

(ii)

Reviewing those buildings in Appendix 2 to these conditions in accordance with Condition 46.1;

(iii) Reviewing buildings within the designation footprint {including above sub—strata designation) or located in ciose proximity to identify buildings which have been

recognised as having heritage value as a resuit of schedulin’gVun_dger the Historic

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 46

Condition Number

Condition

NOR Applies to

Piaces Ac 1993 or in the Auckland Unitary Plan. (c) identification and methodology for recording of Built Heritage directiy affected by the construction, or associated pre— and post—construction works (i.e. within the surface designation footprint), which cannot be retained and / or adaptively re—used /partiaiiy retained. For the avoidance of doubt, the following buildings and structures may be demolished: (i)

Bluestone Toilets (SCDP Category B);

(ii) Beresford Toilets; (iii) Rear annex to building at 229-231 Symonds Street; and (iv) Griffiths Building. (cl) identification and methodology for recording Built Heritage directly affected by the construction, or associated pre- and post—construction, which are to be:

(i)

Adaptively reused;

(ii) Partially retained in design and construction; or (iii) Built heritage elements have been integrated into other elements ofthe City Rail.

(iv) in particular, the Requiring Authority shall explore the adaptive re—use of the buildings at 51-53 Victoria Street West (known as Martha's Corner building) with complete demolition oniy considered as a last resort. As guidance, an appropriate levei of adaptive re—use could include retention of the facade on all street frontages or the utiiisation and incorporation of elements of the building into the design: (e) How Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be protected during construction through the use of screening or other protective measures to mitigate adverse construction effects;

(f)

How mitigation or rectification of damage to Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be addressed; and

(g) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust, and maria whenua {see condition 15) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects reiating to Built Heritage. Historic Character - Archaeology 42.1A Historic Character DWP shaii be prepared to manage the adverse effects on built heritage and archaeology that may result during construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. li2.2The objective of the Archaeology section of the Historic Character DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on archaeologicai remains during construction, as far as reasonably practicable. 42.3To achieve the above objective the following matters shall be included in the Archaeology section of the Historic Character DWP:

42 OWUT-bl—|

(a) Constructor roles and responsibilities, stand-down periods and reporting requirements are to be clearly identified; (b) How procedures for archaeological investigations and monitoring of preiiminary earthworks are to be implemented in areas where there is potential for archaeological remains to be discovered; (c)

Procedures for the discovery of, including accidental discovery of archaeological

Cily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 47

Condition Number

'l\loR

A

7

’

I

Applies to

C°"d“i°"?

remains including: (i)

The ceasing of all physical construction works in the immediate vicinity of the discovery;

(ii) Practices for deaiing with the uncovering of cultural or archaeological remains and the parties to be notified (including, but not limited to, appropriate iwi authorities, the Auckland Council Consents Monitoring officer, the New Zealand

Historic Places Trust, and the New Zealand Poiice (if koiwi (human skeletal remains) are discovered);

(iii) Procedures to be undertaken before physical works in the area of discovery can start again, including any iwi protocols, recording of sites and material, recovery of any artefacts, and consultation to be undertaken with iwi, Auckland Council

Consent Monitoring officer and Heritage Unit, and with the New Zealand Historic Piaces Trust; and (iv) Procedures for recording any archaeological remains or evidence before it is modified or destroyed, including opportunities for the conservation and preservation of artefacts and ecofacts (biological material) that are discovered. Consideration shall be given to the incorporation of in—situ material or artefacts into the design of stations and / or public places associated with the City Rail Link project. Consideration shali also be given to the provision for ’post—excavation’ assessment analysis and publication of material within 24 months of completion of construction. (v) Provision for ’post—excavation’ archiving, assessment and analysis of the archaeoiogical records and materials; publication of results of that work within

24 months of completion of construction assessment analysis and publication of material within 24 months of completion of construction. (d) Training procedures for aii contractors are to be undertaken in advance of construction, regarding the possible presence ofcultural or archaeological sites or material, what these sites or material may look like, and the relevant provisions of the Historic Places Act 1993 if any sites or material are discovered; (e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which details how the Auckland Council Heritage Department, the New Zealand

Historic Places Trust, mana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects reiating to archaeology.

Heritage Advisory Group and Composition

43

1

43.1The Requiring Authority must engage, at its expense, a panel of suitably qualified and experienced heritage experts to discharge the functions required by conditions 44 and 45. The Heritage Advisory Group will consist of three independent experts, whose members wiil not be directors or employees of the Requiring Authority, the New Zealand Historic Places Trust or the consent authority. The Heritage Advisory Group will comprise one nominee from the Requiring Authority, one nominee from the consent authority, and a third nominee appointed jointly by the Requiring Authority‘s and consent authority's nominees. 43.2Before establishing the Heritage Advisory Group the Requiring Authority shall seek the opinion of NZHPT on the appointment of the Heritage Advisory Group. 43.3The Heritage Advisory Group may determine its own processes and procedures for

conducting its meetings and performing its functions as it sees fit, including methods for ensuring any disagreements between panel members are resolved, and must meet as necessary to fulfii its functions. All costs associated with the royleand function of the

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 48

4 Condition NOR Number â&#x20AC;&#x2DC; Appliesto

Condition

Heritage Advisory Group and appropriate administrative support must be paid by the Requiring Authority. If any member of the Heritage Advisory Group is unable to continue

in the role for whatever reason, then a replacement member must be appointed using the process set out in this condition. Heritage Advisory Group Function 44.1The functions of the Heritage Advisory Group are to review the assessmentof the aiternatives and option selected by the Requiring Authority to manage the adverse effects on the heritage values ofthe Biuestone wall and the Martha's Corner building. 44.2ln relation to Biuestone Wall, the Heritage Advisory Group will:

(a) Certify that the method selected by the Requiring Authority under Condition 45 will have the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall compared to other reasonably practicable methods; or (b) Prepare a report as to why the method selected by the Requiring Authority under Condition 45 will not have the least impact on the heritage value of the Biuestone wall and set out details as to an alternative recommended reasonably practicable method.

44

44-.3in relation to Martha's Corner, the Heritage Advisory Group will: (a)

Certify that the heritage outcomes for Martha's Corner adhere to the intent of Condition 41; or

(b) Prepare a report as to why the method selected by the Requiring Authority will not adhere to the intent of Condition 41 and set out details as to the recommended reasonably practicable method. 44.4The Requiring Authority must provide Auckland Council with the Heritage Advisory Group's certification or report, and if applicable the reasons the Requiring Authority has not selected the method recommended by the Heritage Advisory Group. Bluestone Wall Management Plan

45.1A Biuestone Wall Management Plan shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone wall during theconstruction of the City Rail Link. 45.2The objective of this Plan is to minimise adverse effects on the heritage values of the Bluestone waii during the construction of the City Rail Link by adopting the best practicable option. 45

45.3To achieve the above objective, the following shalt be included in the Bluestone Wall Management Pian: (a) Identification of the key heritage values of the wall; (b) Assessment of the alternative construction methods to ensure that construction of the City Raii Link has the least impact on the heritage value of the Bluestone wall, within the practical constraints of constructing the project; and (c) The optionâ&#x20AC;&#x2DC; selected by the Requiring Authority. 45.4The Bluestone Management Plan shall be prepared in consultation with the NZH PT and the Heritage Advisory Group (set out in Condition 43).

Building Condition Surveys

Process for Building Condition Surveys 46.1Prior to construction, as a minimum those buildings listed in Appendix One and Appendix Two or identified pursuant to Condition 41.2(b) will be considered for a building condition

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 49

Condition Number

Condition

NOR Applies to

survey. A building condition survey will be undertaken where it is assessed that there is potential for damage to buiidings or structures arising from construction as determined by an independent suitabiy qualified person appointed by the Reguiring Authority based on the criteria beiow unless the relevant industry criteria appiied at the time or heightened building sensitivity or other inherent building vulnerability requires it. Building damage criteria will initially be assessed in accordance with Burland, LB. (1997) ”Assessment of Risk of Damage to Buildings due to Tunneliing and Excavation". Additional factors which may be considered in determining whether a building condition survey will be undertaken include:

(a) Age of the building; (b) Construction types; id Foundation types;

id) iei if) is}

Generai buiiding condition; Proximity to any excavation; Whether the building is earthquake prone; and Whether any basements are present in the building.

46.2Where prior to construction it is determined that a Building Condition Survey is required in accordance with Condition 46.1, or if measurements exceed the criteria in Condition 33:

(Bl

The Requiring Authority shall employ a suitably qualified person to undertake the building condition surveys and that person shall be identified in the CEMP;

lb}

The Requiring Authority shall provide the building condition survey report to the reievant property owner within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken, and additionaily it shall notify and provide the Auckiand Council Consent Monitoring officer a copy ofthe completed survey report;

(C) The Requiring Authority shall contact owners of those buildings and structures where a Building Condition Survey is to be undertaken to confirm the timing and methodology for undertaking a pre—construction condition assessment;

The Requiring Authority shall record all contact, correspondence and communication

with owners and this shall be available on request for the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officer;

Should agreement from owners to enter property and undertake a condition assessment not be obtained within 3 months from first contact, then the Requiring Authority shail not be required under these designation conditions to undertake these assessments;

(fl

The Requiring Authority shall undertake a visual inspection during "active construction" if requested by the building owner where a pre—construction condition assessment has been undertaken.

is) The Requiring Authority shall develop a system of monitoring the condition of

existing buildings which is commensurate with the type of the existing building and

the proximity of the CRL works. The purpose of monitoring is to assess whether or not active construction is compromising the structural integrity of the building.

(hi

The Requiring Authority shall, during the Building Condition Survey, determine whether the building is classified as Commercial / industrial / School or a Historic or sensitive structure in terms of Condition 33.

46.3 During construction:

(8)

The Requiring Authority shall impiernent procedures that will appropriately respond

to the information received fromthe monitoring system. Where _necessar_yIt_his may_

City Raii Link Nolica of Requirement

Page 50

‘ ' NoR Condition ' Appliestolgi Number

condition y

I

include the temporary cessation of works in close proximity to the relevant building until such time as measures are implemented to avoid further damage or compromise ofthe structural integrity of the building. (b) Any damage to buildings or structures shall be recorded and repaired by the Requiring Authority and costs associated with the repair wiil met by the Requiring Authority. 46.4 Following construction: (a) The Requiring Authority shall, within 12 months of the commencement of operation of the City Rail Link, contact owners of those buiidings and structures where a Building Condition Survey was undertaken to confirm the need for undertaking a post-construction condition assessment;

(b) Where a posbconstruction building condition survey confirms that the building has deteriorated as the result of construction or operation works reiating to the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall, at its own cost, rectify the damage; and

46.5 Where the Requiring Authority is required to undertake building repairs in accordance with Conditions 46.3(b} or 46.4lbl, such repairs shall be undertaken as soon as reasonably practicable and in consultation with the owner of the building. Urban Design

Urban Design Principles 47.1 The objective of the Urban Design DWP is to enable the integration of the CRL’s permanent works into the surrounding landscape and urban design context. 47.2An Urban Design DWP shaii be developed to ensure that the areas within the designation footprint used during the construction of the City Rail Link are to be restored and the permanent works associated with the CRL are developed in accordance with urban design principles. The following Principles from the Urban Design Framework submitted as part of the Notice of Requirement documents will be used to inform the Urban Design and Landscape Plan: (a) Mana Wnenua Principies — see Condition 49; (b) Movement and Connections — (i) Existing Networks — Structures of the CRL should not interrupt or adversely change the function of existing public open space, street networks and

47

infrastru cture. O1U'|»#i——1

(ii) Entrance Location — Station entrances should be clearly identifiable and conveniently located in relation to existing and anticipated main pedestrian routes and destinations. (iii) intuitive Orientation — The location and nature of structures resulting from the CRL (station entrances in particular) should facilitate intuitive orientation and

support a legible street network. (iv) Way Finding — Coherent signage should be utilised to aid intuitive orientation and way finding. (v) Mode Integration — Spatial integration with bus stops as well as kiss and ride shouicl be facilitated where possible without imposing on the quality of public realm.

(vi) Bicycle Parking w Appropriate numbersof safe bicycle storage or parking should

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 51

M

Condition ‘y Number

NOR

I

H M

l

A Appliesto -

I

M

M

M

’c°“‘“fi°"'

be provided in each station environment. (vii) Street Crossings — Safe pedestrian street crossings shall be provided inithe immediate vicinity of station entrances to the extent practicable. The provision of level street crossings is preferable over any grade separated solutions. (viii) Footpaths — Footpaths surrounding stations need to be adequate to provide for

pedestrians entering and exiting the stations. (ix) Grade separated rail crossings — Structures associated with grade separated rail crossings need to be carefully and sensitively designed and in accordance with crime prevention through environmental design principles to ensure appropriate amenity and safety are retained or achieved. Measures to achieve this may include: a_.

Utiiising permeable balustrades on overbridges;

Q

Maximising the width of the footpath at grade in street reserves;

Q

Orientating any steps parallel to overbridges;

Q

Providing appropriate ievels of lighting (in accordance with the Auckland Transport Street Lighting Policy (Appendix 1) for "Pathways in high risk, high brightness areas”); and

3';

Treatment of the sides of ramps and footpaths to enhance visual amenity.

(5)

Grade separated rail crossings — Permeable balustracies on overbridges should be required not only for crime prevention purposes but to enable views into the neighbouring sites. For clarity all balustrades comprised within Normanby Road grade separation works (as defined in condition 30.1(l) shail be permeable inciuding without limitation the ramp to be constructed into the site at 32 Normanby Road.

V (c) Public Reaim and Landscape~ (i) Existing Streetscape m Structures of the CRL should be designed to respect and contribute positively to the form and function of existing public open space. (ii) Universal Access — Station environments should promote universal access (e.g. footpath ramps and smooth ground surfaces).

(iii) Safe Environments —Structures resulting from the CRL should promote safe environments. The station entrances should release patrons into safe public spaces that are weli lit at night, overlooked by other users (e.g. residents or

workers) and have sufficiently wide and unobstructed footpaths. (iv) Reinstated Surfaces — The design and construction of reinstated streetscapes should be coherent with the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in the area. (V) Station Piazas — The design and construction of station plazas should be coherent with the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in the area. (vi) Public Art — integration of art and design should foster local identity and character and reflect and/or interpret local characteristics including natural

heritage and Mana Whenua cultural narratives, history, art and particuiar traits

of the local community. (vii) Landscape Planting— Plant species used in station environments and/or as part of landscape plantings should consider the opportunity to acknowledge the area's pre—human ecology as and where appropriate. This may include species which connect strongiy with Mana Whenua cultural narratives.

(viii) Entrances within the Road Reserve - Designs for station entrances within the

Cily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 52

Condition Number

'

l\loR

Appliesto _‘ -n

Condition

I

road resrve should be designed to consider the impacts upon other modes of

traffic, including the expected pedestrian patronage. (ix) Utiiity Structures ~ Above ground utility structures (e.g. vents, access services) should be designed to minimise any negative effect on public realm. Where possibie these structures shouid be integrated with other buildings. jg) Where landscape planting is affected by construction works on private properties, replanting and/or mitigation of any such landscaping shali be

undertaken in consultation with those landowners, and in recognition of wider mitigation works required for those properties (eg. vehicle parking and access reguirements).

47.3The Urban Design DWP shall show how these principles have been used to guide and influence the design of permanent works associated with the CRL, and how the design has responded or otherwise to these principles and initiatives. 47.4The work to restore those areas within the designation footprint used during construction

of the City Rail Link will occur as part of construction or within six months of the City Rail Link being operational.

Auckland Council Urban Design Panel 47.5The Requiring Authority shall request the Auckland Council to refer the Urban Design (if any) at that time) DWP to the Auckland Urban Design Panel {or other equivalent entity ' and invite the Auckland Urban Design Panel to comment on:

la) The degree to which the Urban Design DWP has appropriately responded to the principies listed in 47.2 and 49.1; (b) The degree to which station plans have appropriately responded to the principles listed in Condition 54.1. 47.6As part of the Urban Design DWP submitted, the Requiring Authority shall: (3) Provide a record of feedback received from the Auckland Urban Design Panel (or equivaient entity at that time); (b) Provide detaii of how the Urban Design DWP has responded to any feedback received from the Auckiand Urban Design Panel {or equivalent entity at that time) and, where they have not, the reasons why; (c}_ Provide detail regarding the degree to which the community stakeholder, affected party and affected in proximity party feedback has been considered and where applicable incorporated into design. Where feedback has not been incorporated, the Requiring Authority shall provide comment as to reasons why the feedback has not been incorporated; (d) The information set out in (a), (b) and (c) above must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part of the Outiine Pian. Mitigation Planting Requirements 48.1The Urban Design DWP shall inciude any replacement planting proposed to mitigate the adverse effects of tree and vegetation removal from within the designation footprint. l_t is acknowledged that the mitigation of effects of tree ‘and vegetation removai will be considered in response to the urban design principles of Condition 47.

48 OWU1-I2-l—‘

48.2Any landscaping included under the Urban Design DWP shall be implemented in accordance with this plan within the first pianting season foliowing the City Rail Link being operationai. if the weather in that planting season is unsuitable for planting, as

determined by the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer (in <_;ons_uit_ation with the

City Raii Link Notice of Requirement

Page 53

Condition)"

A Number

'

l\loR'

’

Appiies to i

‘

Auckland Council Parks Department), the landscaping shall instead be implemented at the first practicable opportunity thereafter. The next practicable opportunity shall be agreed by the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer. 48.3The landscaping will be maintained by the Requiring Authority for a period of 5 years for specimen trees and 3 years for all other landscape planting. Engagement with Mana Whenua and the Mana Whenua Principles 49.1The Urban Design DWP shall include:

!

(a) How mana whenua (see Condition 8) have been engaged with during its development in relation to the implementation and interpretation ofthe Principles set out under Condition 47, and particularly in relation to the mana whenua

principies set out below: (i)

ivlana / Rangatiratanga - As the original local authorities of Tamaki Makaurau,

lwi require high level Treaty based relationships with all key stakeholders including the Reguiring Authority m and Auckland Council which recognise their Tangata Whenua status in order to fulfil their roles as kaitiaki. Such partnership relationships can then inform engagement with AT/ Council at all levels including direct involvement with design consortia. Relationships are required at governance and senior management levels. Such relationships are a precursor to actualising the other 6 principles.

(ii) Whakapapa — Names and genealogical connections— reviving names revives mana through iwi connections to specific ancestors and events / narratives

associated with them. An lwi inventory of names associated with a given site can be developed so that the most appropriate names are identified to develop design, interpretation and artistic responses.

(iii) Tohu — Acknowledging the wider significant lwi cultural land marks associated with the CRL route and their ability to inform the design of the station precincts, 49 UHU1-I‘:-5-‘

entrances and exits. In particular exploring opportunities to maximise view shafts to such tohu / landmarks as a way of both enhancing cultural landscape connections and as way finding / location devices.

(iv) Taiao — Expioring opportunities to bring natural landscape elements back into urban /modified areas e.g. specific native trees, water / puna wai (springs) H promoting bird, insect and aquatic life to create meaningful urban eco systems which connect with former habitats, mahinga kai {food gathering areas) and living sites. (v) lviauri tu — Ensuring emphasis on maintaining or enhancing environmental health / life essence of the wider site — in particular focusing on the quality of wall water (puna / springs), whenua / soil and air. in particular any puna or underground waterways encountered should be carefully treated with Mana Whenua assistance to ensure their mauri is respected and enhanced where possible. it is also important to minimise the disturbance to Papatuanuku through carefuily planned ground works. (vi) ivlahi toi — Harnessing the Creative dimension through drawing on names and local tohu to develop strategies to creatively re—inscribe lwi narratives into architecture, interior design, landscape, urban design and public art.

(vii) Ahi kaa — need to explore opportunities to facilitate living presences for iwi/ hapu to resume ahi—kaa and kaitiaki roles in and around the CRL route and new station precincts; and (b) A summary of the engagement with mana whenua (see Condition 15) and identification of where design has incorporated the mana whenua principles and

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 54

:

!

Condition Number

Condition

NOR Appiies to

other mana whenua aspirations. The summary must include a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated and the reasons why not. The summary must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan. Specific Area Requirements: Britomart to Aotea Station 50.1For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include how the following are to be restored foilowing completion of the City Rail Link construction works: (a) Queen Elizabeth Square and lower Queen Street between Quay Street and Customs Street;

lb} Albert Street between Quay Street and Victoria Street; and 50

{c) Albert Street between Victoria Street and Mayoral Drive including those part of Victoria and Wellesley Streets, the Council owned land on the southeast corner of

Albert and Wellesley Streets which is to be used as a construction area, affected by surface construction works . 50.2The restoration pian for this designation shall demonstrate how street upgrades and public reairn improvements have been considered when Albert Street and Mayorai Drive are reinstated. This should include as a minimum how the design and construction utilises material palettes, pianting schedules and street furniture that are coherent with the surrounding streetsca pe character. Specific Area Requirements: Karangahape Station area this designation the Urban Design DWP shall include restoration plans (showing how 51.1For A the foilowing are to be restored foiiowing completion of the City Rail Link construction works): (a) Beresford Square and Street including where surface works have occurred within Pitt Street; and

51

lb} Mercury Lane. S1.2The restoration pian for this designation shall demonstrate how street upgrades and public realm improvements have been considered when Beresford Street, Pitt Street and Mercury Lane are reinstated. This should include as a minimum: (a) How the design and construction utilises materiai palettes, planting schedules and street furniture that are coherent with the surrounding streetscape character. lb) Methods for street upgrades and public realm improvements. Specific Area Requirements: Newton Station area

52

52.1For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall inciude restoration plans {showing how the following are to be restored following completion of the City Rail Link construction works) for those areas used for surface construction works within the designation footprint, including the construction yard located on the northeast corner of Mt Eden Road and Symonds Street. Specific Area Requirements: North Auckland Line area 53.1For this designation the Urban Design DWP shall inciude the following:

53

(a) Restoration Plans showing how the worksite area wiii be maintained during the construction period. (b)

Restoration Plans showing how the foilowing are to be restored after construction completion: (i)

The replacement of Mt Eden Road Bridge;

(ii) The area used for the grade separation of Porters Avenue;

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 55

i I I. i

‘Condition Number

NOR

I

Applies to

9 _

I l

P S

CONCWO"

7

(iii) The area used for the grade separation of Normanby Road; and (iv) The replacement of the pedestrian connection, to be provided over the railway, between Ngahura Street and Fenton Street, including a connection to the Mount

Eden Station. Station Plan Requirements 5==i.1The Urban Design DWP shall include a Station Plan/s (report and design plan/s as required) and include the following: (a) The design details showing both the above ground and below ground elements of the station/s; (b) How the above ground and below ground design of the stations has taken into account the following principles: (E) Overarching — stations should achieve a successful and memorable transport experience.

(ii) Function — stations will provide safe, functional and clear transport solutions. (iii) Performance — stations will provide a credible, sustainable design outcome that

responds to ciimate, site and social economics. (iv) Personality — stations will provide an expression that contributes to their context and local identity and will respond to an appropriate network wide identity.

(v)

Existing and New Building Structures.

(vi) Buiit Heritage: 0

Where buiit heritage is required for City Rail Link station requirements, adaptive reuse strategies should be considered to preserve the building's role in estabiishing the streetscape and urban character.

0

The development of new buildings and structures should minimise impact on, and disturbance of, Built heritage iisted by the New Zealand Historic Places Trust or the Auckland Council District Plan that play a significant role in establishing the streetscape and urban character of the local area.

54

(vii) Bulk, Scale and Massing: 0

Bulk, scale and massing of structures resulting from the City Rail Link (station buildings in particular) should be sympathetic with the surrounding built urban form.

0

Aotea Station building frontages should correspond with the road reserve boundary unless a specific station plaza area is intended.

o

Karangahape Road station buiidingls) should be sensitively designed so as to contribute positively and to complement the good public realm and urban form qualities that currently exist in this area of Karangahape Road, Pitt Street and the upper end of Beresford Street.

0

The redeveiopment of land acquired for the Newton Station provides the opportunity for a continuous active building frontage to correspond with the road reserve boundary, providing:

I I

This does not conflict with the operation requirements of the station; or

Unless a specific station plaza area is intended.

(Vlli)ACtlV€ Frontage —Structures resulting from the City Rail Link should present an active frontage towards public spaces like streets, squares, pedestrian walkways or station plaza areas provided that this doesn't confiict with the operation requirements of the station. :

City Raii Link Notice of Requirement

Page 56

Condition ._.Numbe_r.

I

Non’

‘Condition

Applies to

Where no active frontage is prooed, an explanaton of the reasons shall be outlined in the Urban Design DWP. (ix) Weather Protection — Where practicable, station entrances should provide some weather protection along their frontage (e.g. verandahs, awnings, canopies etc.) and these shouid be considered as part of the design. (x) Adaptability ~The design of structures resulting from the City Raii Link should be able to adapt to change over time (eg. change of uses, innovations in technology

etc.) where reasonably practicable and anticipate opportunities (e.g. additional entrances) that may become possibie in the future. The station design should not inhibit wider deveiopment opportunities (e.g. above or around station entrances). (xi) Identity — The design of the station entrances should provide an expression that reflects their respective context and locai cultural identity. They could reflect, respond and/or interpret local characteristics like natural or lvlana Whenua heritage, history, art, particular traits ofthe local community and unique architectural and urban forms of the area. (xii) Construction Quality ~The design and construction of structures resulting from the City Rail Link (station buildings in particular) should be ofa quality that lasts over time. Materials should be selected that are highly durable, elegant and vandal resistant where they come into contact with patrons. (xiii)iVlana Whenua Principles ~ see Condition 49.

(C) How these principles have been used to guide and influence the design, and how the design has responded, or otherwise, to these principles and initiatives; and

id)

A summary ofthe engagement with mana whenua (see Condition 15) and identification ofwhere design has incorporated the mana whenua principles and other mana whenua aspirations into station design. The summary must include a ciear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated and the reasons why not. The summary must be included in the Urban Design DWP submitted to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan.

Trees and Vegetation Trees and Vegetation DWP

55.1A Trees and Vegetation DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects from the removal oftrees and vegetation during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 55.2The objective of the Trees and Vegetation DWP is to avoid the removal of scheduled trees as far as practicable. Where trees are identified for removai in surface works the Requiring Authority wiil remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on trees and vegetation. 55

55.3To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Trees and Vegetation DWP and implemented as required: O‘IU'l-bl—‘

(3)

Confirmation of the trees to be removed due to surface construction works and whether it is appropriate and feasible to relocate or store these trees for replanting. The removal of schedule trees which form a significant group shouid only be

undertaken as a East resort; A list of trees, which due to being located in proximity to construction works, have root systems and / or foliage within and / or overhanging the surface designation footprint, and the methods to be used, where practicable, to protect these trees

City Rail Link Nolioe of Requirement

Page 57

Condition Number

â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Condition

NoR Applies to. T

from construction works; (c) Cross references to the Urban Design DWP and the proposed mitigation of any tree/ vegetation removal through replanting trees at a 1:1 ratio, re-instatement of the area, and other methods. In preparing the Trees and Vegetation DWP, the Requiring Authority shall seek input from the Auckland Council Parks Department with regard to tree species / vegetation selection, tree pit construction where deemed necessary, and the positioning of replacement trees and from directly affected land owners with regards to preferences for any replacement planting for vegetation / trees removed from private property or for any replacement planting on private property;

Other methods to be used to monitor and report on the management of the adverse effects from tree / vegetation removal; and (e) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the Auckland Council Parks Department, rnana whenua (see condition 8) are consulted, and communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of trees and vegetation. Public Art Public Art DWP 56.1A Public Art DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on public art located within or in ciose proximity to the designation footprint. 56.2The objective of the Public Art DWP is to enable: (a) The appropriate removal and / or relocation of one piece of public art directly affected by the construction ofthe City Rail Link; lb) The protection of two pieces of public art that are located on public land in close proximity to the City Rail Link construction works.

55

A

1

56.3To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Public Art DWP and implemented as required: T (a) The process that will be undertaken to remove the public art work known as "Enduring Fires" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located within Queen Elizabeth Square), including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council and Ngati Whatua ki Tamaki or Ngati Whatua o Orakei as to its removal, storage, reâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;establishment or relocation and / or replacement (as part ofthe restoration works associated with the City Rail Link construction); lb) The process that wili be undertaken to protect or remove the public art work known as "Maori Warrior" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located on the pavement of Quay Street adjacent to 1 Queen Street), including the consuitation undertaken with the Auckland Council as to its protection during construction or whether it should be removed, stored, relocated and / or replaced (as part ofthe

restoration works associated with the City Rail Link construction);

(c) The process to protect the public art known as "Matahorua Anchor and Tainui Anchor" (at the time of the Notice of Requirement process located at the northern end of the Bledisloe Building on Wellesley Street) from construction works to the west, including the consultation undertaken with the Auckland Council as to its protection.

S6.4if one does not already exist, an asset management plan shall be prepared by the Requiring Authority in collaboration with Auckland Council for any of the above listed public art works as part of any protection or removal process. S6.5Shoulcl the above public art works be removed from these sites prior and separate to the City Rail Link project, this condition will not need to be complied with.

City Rail Link Nolioe of Requirement

Page 58

Condition

l

NOR"

V Number - Appliesto

’ V _ '

C°"d“5i°“’ ’

Contaminated Land Contamination DWP

57.1A Contamination DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects relating to contaminated land during the construction of the City Rail Link or any part of it. 57.2The objective of the Contamination DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on human health which may result from the disturbance of contaminated materials during construction. 57.3To achieve the above objective the following shaii be included in the Contamination DWP and implemented as required: (a) A health and safety pian that addresses: (il

Worker safety in reiation to hazardous substances; and

(ii) Worker training with regard to handling hazardous substances, identifying potentially contaminated soil / material, and notification procedures for discovery of contamination;

(b) Procedures for how erosion and sediment control, storm water, dust, and odour control measures wiil manage the removal of contaminated soil / material,(c) Procedures for contaminated soil classification, management and disposal of contaminated soil / material;

57 O'\U'|-bl—‘

(d) Where any trenches/excavations during civil works are to be sealed as a result of contamination and how this is to be recorded; {e} How and which work areas are to be restricted to authorised personnel only and procedures to limit the presence of ignition sources in these areas (e.g. no smoking within or adjacent to construction area, no welding or open flames near areas with high concentrations of hydrocarbon contamination); (fl

Procedures for the monitoring and management of the removal of contaminated soil / material by a suitably qualified environmental specialist;

{g} How the placement of re—used contaminated soil / rnateriai will be recorded and tracked;

(h) Where areas for stockpiling and storing contaminated soil / materiai will be estabiished on the construction site and the procedures for managing the containment of the contaminated soil / material in these areas; (i)

Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan ' which detail how the general public are to be communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to the removal of contaminated soil / material.

Contamination Validation Report at Completion of Construction

58 GHU1-l=-l—‘

1

S8.1At the completion of construction works a validation report will be prepared in accordance with any Ministry for the Environment guidelines and submitted to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer documenting the management of soil and evidence of appropriate disposal. The validation report shall include a record of all analytical resuits, volumes, tip dockets, and any incidents or complaints and how these were addressed. The validation report shail also identify any areas which need ongoing monitoring and management by the Requiring Authority.

Air Quality DWP 59..’tAn Air Quality DWP shail be prepared to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on

Cily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 59

( i

.

7 Condition 1 Number

NOR

Applies to

I

Condition

air quaiity during te constrution of the iyRail Link or any part of it. 59.2The objective of the Air Quality DWP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid dust andiodour nuisance being caused by construction works and to remedy any such effects should they occur. 59.3'i'o achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Air Quaiity DWP and

implemented as required:

(8)

The procedures to be implemented for the continuous monitoring of Totai Suspended Particulate (TSP) concentrations and meteorology inciuding, but not iimited to, the establishment of two monitoring sites (to the north and south of the

site);

(b)

Identification of the sensitive locations, and the specific methods for monitoring, including trigger limits to determine whether further action (such as implementation of the mitigation measures discussed below or other mitigation measures) is required;

it) Procedures for responding to maifunctions with construction machinery or works

causing accidentai dust discharges including, but not limited to, the requirement to remedy any malfunction within 24 hours;

id)

Procedures for monitoring weather conditions and the requirement that water spray is used on soil stockpiles, any nonâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;paved construction areas, and the wheels of trucks

where dust may disperse beyond the site;

Procedures for establishing when the covering of trucks wili be required; Procedures for determining when hard surfaced areas in construction yards and active construction areas should be cleaned including, but not limited to, the requirement that such areas be cleaned whenever dust generation occurs due to traffic on these surfaces;

is) Procedures for responding to discharges of odour (including in the event of

excavation of contaminated sites) including, but not limited to, the requirement to

address discharge of objectionable odour by immediately ceasing the activity causing the discharge; Procedures for equipment inspection (lnciuding timeframes for regular inspections), maintenance, monitoring and recording, including baghouses, pressure relief valves and high level alarms to mitigate dust emissions; Procedures for, where practicable, limiting dust and odour nuisance and the methods

for monitoring these procedures inciuding identification of contingency measures to address identified and verified adverse effects on sensitive receptors. Contingency measures may include options such as: (i)

Cleaning of air filtration intakes; or

(ii) Cieaning of other buildings and infrastructure; and

(i) (R)

Procedures for responding to any compiaints received and the timeframes for response to complaints and reporting;

Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the communities in the vicinity of construction works are to be communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to air quality.

Social; mpact and Business Disruptions Property Management Strategy

60.1The Requiring Authority will prepare a Property Management Strategy and shall submit the Strategy to Auckiand Council within 3 months of the Designation being confirmed for

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 60

Condition

» NOR Condition . Number _Appiiesto

confirmation tht the Strategy has been prepared in accordance with this condition. 60.2The purpose of the Strategy is to set out how the Requiring Authority will ensure the properties acquired for the City Rail Link are appropriately managed so they do not deteriorate and adversely affect adjoining properties and the surrounding area. The Strategy shall identify measures and methods to ensure the properties are managed in a manner that: (a) Does not significantly change the character, intensity and scale of the effects of the ’ existing use of the iand; lb) Maintains the condition of the property at that which existed at the time of purchase by the Requiring Authority; (c) Contributes to the functioning of the area within which the property is located; id) Maintains occupancy as far as reasonably practicabie; and (e) Provides confidence to occupants, adjoining property owners, and the community that the properties are managed responsibly pending construction. Social impact and Business Disruption DWP 61.1The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Social impact and Business Disruption DWP. The objective of the Social impact and Business Disruption DWP is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities so far as reasonably practicable. 61.2To achieve this objective the Requiring Authority shall engage a suitably qualified specia|ist(s) to prepare a Social impact and Business Disruption DWP to address the _ foiiowing specific issues: (a) How disruption to access (including pedestrian, cycle, passenger transport and service/private vehicles) for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities wiii, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated; (b) How the disruption effects that result or are likely to result in the loss of customers to businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated; 61 U'$U'l->-i——1

(c) How the ioss and/or relocation of community facilities and the loss or change to catchments associated with these facilities as a result of the property acquisition process particularly to the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church and the temporary loss of car parking at Hopetoun Alpha will be mitigated; and (d) How loss of amenity for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities wiii be or has been mitigated through the CEMP and other DWPS.

61.3The Social impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be prepared in consultation with the community, community facility operators, business owners, affected parties and affected a in proximity parties to:

(a) Understand client and visitor behaviour and requirements and operational requirements of community facilities and businesses; (b) Identify the scale of disruption and adverse effects likeiy to result to businesses, residents and community services/faciiities as a result of construction of the City Rail Link; (c) Assess access and servicing requirements and in particular any special needs of residents, community facilities and businesses; and

(d) To deveiop methods to address matters outlined in (b) and (c) above, including:

City Rail Link Notice of Requiremenl

Page 61

Condition Number I

'

â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;

More

Applies to â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;

(1)

Condition

The measures to maximise opportunities for pedestrian and service access to businesses, residents and sociai services/faciiities that will be maintained during construction, within the practical requirements of the Transport, Access and Parking conditions (Conditions 25 to 30) and the Transport, Access and Parking DWP;

(ii) The measures to mitigate potential severance and loss of business visibility issues by way~finding and supporting signage for pedestrian detours required during construction; (iii) The measures to promote a safe environment, taking a crime prevention through environmental design approach; (iv) Other measures to assist businesses and social services/facilities to maintain client/customer accessibility, including but not limited to client/customer information on temporary parking or parking options for access;

(v) Other measures to assist residents, businesses and social services/facilities to provide for service delivery requirements; (vi) The process (if any) for reâ&#x20AC;&#x201D;establishment and promotion of normal business operation following construction; (vii) if appropriate and reasonable, requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation (including information to communities using these services and facilities to advise of relocations); and (viii)The measures to remedy and mitigate the disruption impacts to the community as a result of any closure and/or relocation of community services and facilities required by the Project. 61.4The Sociai Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall include: (a) A summary of the findings and recommendations of the Social Impact Assessment report (2013); (in) A record of the consultation undertaken with the community inciuding specific access and operational requirements of individual businesses and residents including, if reievant, consultation on the necessity for, and the feasibility of, options and

requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation);

(c) An implementation plan of the methods to mitigate the disruption effects (as deveioped in 61.3 above); (d) Reference to any site/business specific mitigation plans that exist (though these may not be included in the DWP); (e) Cross reference to detail on how the CEMP and DWPs have responded to the issues of resident, business and social service/facility accessibility and amenity; (f)

Detaiis of ongoing consultation with the iocal community through the Community Liaison Groups to provide updates and information relating to the timing for project works and acquisition;

(g) Details of best endeavours steps undertaken with regard to acquisition and/or reiocation of the Chinese Community Centre and Life Centre Church under the Public Works Act 1981; and (h) The process for resolution of any disputes or complaints in relation to the management / mitigation of social impacts (including business disruption impacts). 61.5ln relation to the site at 32 Normanby Road, the Requiring Authority shall consult with sub~|essees in the presence of the landowner and head lessee when developing site/business specific mitigation plans, unless the sub-lesseeis) request otherwise.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 62

Condition

. Number

NOR

Applies to L

Condition

I

6§..—5 61.6 The Social impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the City Rail Link and for up to 12 months foiiowlng the completion of the Project if required. 6-1-6 61.7 Suitably qualified independent speciaiists for the social impact and business disruption mitigation (whose appointment shall be agreed by the Council) shali peer review the Sociai impact and Business Disruption DWP pursuant to Condition 11. éaelfig The Requiring Authority shall prepare an annual report on the identification, monitoring, evaluation and management of the effects outlined in the Social Impact and

Business Disruption DWP together with a summary of matters raised by the community, and how these have been responded to. The report shall be presented to the Community Liaison Groups. Specific Design Requirements 62

2

62.1The operationai tunnel will avoid running under the building footprint of the property at 152 Vincent Street.

OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS

Operationai Rail Vibration 63.1The Requiring Authority shall confirm that operational rail vibration and reradiated noise ievels comply with the following Project Criteria at any noise or vibration sensitive receiver existing at the time of lodgement of the CRL NoR: Vibration Criteria

Building Type

Reradiated Noise Criteria (dB LA5,,,a, re: 20 pPa)

PPV (mm/s)

‘1

63

2 4 5 6

Commercial uses with primarily daytime usel

0.2

40

Residences and buildings where people normally sieep

0.15

35

Auditoria/Theatresl

0.1

30

TV/Recording Studios

0.06

25

Note:

1.

Such as offices, businesses, churches, schools, universities and iibraries.

2.

This includes Albert Street District Court.

63.2For any noise or vibration sensitive building types that are not provided for in the table above, the upper limit for vibration and reradiated noise shail not exceed 0.3 mm/s PPV and 50 dB LASWX respectively. 63.3For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations.

63.4When assessing operational rail vibration and reradiated noise, compiiance with Conditions 63.1 and 63.2 shall be achieved for 95%ef at ieast 95% of any 20 consecutive e& train pass—by ’events’.

Operational Noise — Mechanical Ventilation Plant 64.10perational noise from mechanical ventilation plant servicing the underground rail

sections of the City Rail Link shalt be measuredvand assessed in accordance with the

Oily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 63

6

condition Number

was

Applies to 5 ‘

s

4

.

following Project Criteria:

0

dB LAW

Location

Period

Auckland Central Area

7.00am to 11:00pm

65

11:00pm to 7:00am

60

7.00am to 10:00pm

60

10:00pm to 7:00am

55

Auckland Isthmus Area

dB LAW,

2 75

75

64.2Measurements shall be undertaken in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6801:2008 “Acoustics — Measurement of environmentai sound” and assessed in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6802:2008 "Acoustics - Environmental Noise”. 64.3 For the avoidance of doubt this does not apply to the North Auckland Line and Britomart Designations.

Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP) 65.1To manage the adverse effects from the maintenance and operation of the City Rail Link, the Requiring Authority shall, prior to the operation ofthe CRL, prepare an Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan, (ONVMP) to the satisfaction of Auckland Council's

Compiiance Monitoring Manager. The objective of the ONVMP shall be to ensure that the tracks, rolling stock and associated infrastructure (including ventilation and other mechanical plant) are maintained and operated in accordance with maintenance standards as outlined in the Requiring Authority's maintenance programme for the City Rail Link, so that operational noise and vibration levels received at noise sensitive receiver locations, and vibration levels comply with Conditions 63 and 64. . 65.2The ONVMP shall set out procedures for: (a) The maintenance of roiling stock to minimise noise and vibration emissions including, but not limited to, the management of wheel roughness and fiats, braking systems, cooling systems, suspension systems and any other significant source associated with the operation of locomotives;

65 U‘!-P-|\l}—‘

;

lb) The maintenance of tracks to minimise noise and vibration emissions, including, but not iimited to, the management of curve squeal, rail roughness, joint constructions and any other significant source associated with the use of the tracks; (c) The impiernentation of mitigation measures associated with the operation and maintenance of the City Rail Link, forthe operational iife ofthe City Rail Link; (oi) The management of noise from the operation of the line, including, but not Eimited to, the use of audible warning devices and acceleration / deceieration controls (where relevant); and (e) The management of noise and maintenance of noisegenerating equipment from stations and associated ventilation and mechanical plant infrastructure inciuding, but not limited to, PA systems, fans and ventilation noise and audibie warning devices. 65.3The ONVMP shall be adhered to at all times. it may be updated or amended at any time with the approval of Auckland Councii’s Compliance Monitoring Manager.

6S.4For the avoidance of doubtrthis does not apply to the North Aucklayndutigne and Britomart

City Raii Link Notice of Requirement

Page 64

Condfitiontf

.Nurnber_

Nan

Condition

' Applies to Designations.

Operational Noise and Vibration Management — Mediaworks 66.1At ieast six months prior to the opening of the CRL, the Requiring Authority shail provide a report from a suitably qualified noise and vibration expert to Auckland Council's Compiiance Monitoring Manager and to Meciiaworks. The report shall confirm the

trackform mitigation applied to the project has been designed to ensure that operational noise will not exceed the levels as set out in Condition 63. an

‘Q

P

;.

66.2The Requiring Authority shall implement continuous vibration monitoring on the tunnei

structure on the East Link Down Main line within 20m of the closest point ofthe CRL tunnel to Studio 1 to determine compliance with Condition 63 during the operation of the CRL [but only for so iong as Mediaworks remains located at the Mediaworks site). The monitoring regime shall: (a) Be based on PPV measurements; (in) Ensure that measurement equipment and signal chain complies with the manufacturers guidelines for accuracy and calibration;

{cl Capture every train pass—by on the line which may be triggered by vibration Eevei radio frequency tag, interrupted beam or any other practicable triggering method;

id) Ensure the retention of the PPV data for every train pass—by on the line; 66

6

(e) Ensure the transmission of PPV data for every train pass~by to the Requiring Authority at an interval not exceeding 48 hours between data uploads to enable records to be viewed and interrogated as required without requiring access to the monitoring location;

(fl Ensure that the Requiring Authority, Auckland Counci|’s Compliance Monitoring Manager and Mediaworks are alerted to PPV values exceeding a value at the tunnei monitoring location that corresponds to 90% of the Eimits specified in Condition 63.1 for TV/Recording Studios to enable the Requiring Authority to instigate preventative maintenance oftracks and rolling stock with the aim of avoiding exceedences of the

noise and vibration limits at the Mediaworks buiiding.

The ONVMP required by Condition 65 shall set out the method for determining the transfer function between the tunnel monitoring location and the floor of Studio 1, and what the vibration trigger level is (based on measurements on the tunnel structure) for investigation and corrective action measures relative to Condition 66.2(f) above. The transfer function shall be accurately determined prior to the railway becoming

operational using the tunnel monitoring location and the floor of Studio 1.

66.3C0nditi0n §§62 shalt be complied with at tiiivlediaworks building for the life of the CRL.

66.4l\toise shall be measured in accordance with the requirements of NZS6801:2008 Acoustics — Measurement of Environmental Sound. Vibration shall be measured in accordance with the requirements of German Standard DIN 4150—3:1999 Structural vibration — Effects of vibration on structures.

Cily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 65

Condition Number

I I ’ ’

NoR

Appiies to

.

c°"dm°“

66.5[n the event of any exceedance of any noise or vibration limit in Condition 63 during Sensitive Times (as defined in Condition 35.1) measures to reduce the noise or vibration below the relevant limit in Condition 63 shall be implemented as soon as reasonably practicabie. ADVICE NOTES

The Requiring Authority wiil require an Authority under the Historic Places Act 1993 to destroy, damage or modify any archaeological site. This Authority is required in advance of earthworks commencing in the area where the archaeological site is located. It is expected that there will be staged Section 12 Authority applied for to cover the earthworks

AN1

programme.

0\Ll"|-I}-l -A

In the event of unanticipated archaeological sites or koiwi being uncovered the Requiring Authority shall cease activity in the vicinity until it has the relevant approvals, and consulted with the Historic Places Trust and relevant iwi interests.

AN2

The Requiring Authority will need to acquire the relevant property interests in land subject to the designation before it undertakes any works on that land pursuant to the designation. That may inciude a formal Public Works Act 1981 land acquisition process. It is acknowledged that property rights issues are separate from resource management effects issues and that the resoiution of property issues may be subject to confidentiality agreements between the Requiring Authority and the relevant landowners.

AN3

Prior to construction if Network Utility Operators are carrying out works that do not require prior written consent ofthe Requiring Authority in accordance with condition 6 of this designation, they must carry out those works in accordance with the Corridor Access Request (CAR) Process (as set out in Part 4 of the National Code of Practice for Utiiity Operators’ Access to Transport Corridors 2011) where that process applies to the works being carried out. Under section 176 of the RMA no person may do anything in relationto the land subject to the designation that would prevent or hinder the Rail Link without the written approval of the Requiring Authority.

AN4

O1U'|-l3’\1-*O‘i'U|-Fhl\J—‘O'3U1-l>\J—‘-

Some of the iand is subject to existing designations. Nothing in these designation conditions negates the need for the Requiring Authority to adhere to the provisions of section 177 of the RMA.

ANS U1-Pf\Jl—‘

Some of the land is subject to existing designations. Nothing in these designation conditions negates the need for the Requiring Authority to adhere to the provisions of section 177 of the AN6

AN7

6

RMA.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Requiring Authority shall obtain the written consent of the Minister of Corrections in accordance with section 177 of the RMA for any work authorised by the City Raii Link designation on the Mt Eden Corrections Facility site at 1 Lauder Road.

1

Modifications to Britomart Transport Centre to connect the City Rail Link tracks into the rail network are separate to this designation and are covered under the Britomart Transport designation.

6

the North Auckland Rail Line designation are separate to this designation and are covered

Works required to connect the City Rail Link to the North Auckland Rail Line occurring within under the North Auckland Line Rail designation.

Cily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 66

5

Appendix One to Designation Conditions (NOR 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) Condition 36 of this designation requires as part ofthe CEMP process the confirmation of where and when buiiding condition surveys wiii be undertaken in relation to vibration and settiement. Note that those buiidings classed in the ”heritage” category are covered under the Appendix Two below. in accordance with condition 46, at a minimum buiiding condition surveys shail be considered for thefollowing buildings:. A ’ 1

8-12 Aibert Street

Quay West Hotel

2

17 Albert Street

3

22-26 Albert Street

Cohesive Technoiogy House 4 The Stamford

4

74 Albert Street

Chifley Suites

5

76-84 Albert Street

City Gardens Apartments

6

103,105,107 Aibert Street

Manhattan Apartments

7

109-125 Aibert Street

Sky City - GrandHotel & Convention Centre

8

106-108 Aibert Street

Elliot Tower (Proposed)

9

128 Albert Street

Crown Plaza

10

103 Vincent Street

YWCA Accommodation

11

109 Vincent Street

The Rodney Apartments

13

135 Vincent Street

Dynasty Gardens Hotel

14

150 Vincent Street

The City Lodge

15

156 Vincent Street

Eclipse Apartments

16

71-87 Mayoral Drive

Rendezvous Grand Hotel

17

29,39,41 Pitt Street

Hopetoun Delta Apartments

18

22-28 Beresford_Square

The Beresford

19

259-281 Karangahape Road

Retail and Residential building

20

14 East Street

ResidentiadlMBuilding

21

9 A-C Mercury Lane

Residential Building

22

18 East Street

Residential Buiiding

23

153 Newton Road

Beatnik

24

10 Flower Street

Eden Terrace Apartments

25

1 Akirahyo Street

26

21 Queen Street

Zurich House (Anzo Towerl"

27

7 Aibert Street

Retail and Office building

9-11 Aibert Street

Foo4d“Alley

23-29 Albert Street

ANZ Centre

12-26 Swanson Street

Affco House Carpark

58 Albert Street

APN NZ Complex

—

28 ‘

_

Property Known As

,~r~=Lo .>

31

M

H

in

1

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 67

M

Address

Property Known As

32

63 Albert Street

AMI House

33

65-69 Albert Street

Auckland District Court

34

38 Wyndham Street

Wyndham Towers

635

92-96 Albert Street

Former Telecom Tower

36

85 Albert Street

Retail and Office building

37

87-89 Albert Street

Albert Plaza

38

99 Albert Street

AA Building

39

135 Albert Street

ASB Building

41

â&#x20AC;?44-52 Wellesiey Street West

Wellesley Centre

42

67-101 Vincent Street

Auckland Police Station

43

22 Dundonald Street

Soundcraft Ltd

44

3 Fiower Street

TV3 Building

45

32 Normanby Road

Commercial Building

46

3 Eniield Street

Horse and Trap

47

101 Mount Eden Road

Hometune

48

1 Ngahura Street

Auckland Boxing Association

49

1 Queen Street

HSBC House

50

125 Queen Street

New World Supermarket tenancy

S1

148 Quay Street

Tenham investments and Body Corporate 184960

52

29 Customs Street West V

AMP Centre .

53

15-19 East Street

S4

32 Akiraho Street

Bear Park Early Childhood Centre

City Rail Link Nolioe of Requirement

Page 68

Appendix Two to Designation Conditions (NoR 1, 2, 4, 5 and 6) Condition 41 of this designation requires as part of the CEMP process the confirmation of where and when building condition surveys will be undertaken in relation to Built Heritage (including those affected as a result of excavation). in accordance with condition 46, at a minimum building condition surveys shall be considered for the following buildings: Property Known As A

Address T ;,

k

1

12 H 32 Customs Street

Customs House

2

2 Queen Street

Endeans Building

3

12 Queen Street

4

3 Albert Street

West Plaza

S

13 Albert Street Auckland Central

Yates Building

35 Albert Street Auckland Central

Price Buchanan Building

Former CPO — Britomart Transport Centre

6 7 8

Central

9

41 Albert Street

10

46 Albert Street

11

49 Albert Street Auckland Central

12

53 Albert Street Auckland Centrai

13

55 Albert Street

14

57 Albert Street

15

61 Albert Street Auckland Central

Shakespeare Hotel and Brewery

16

76 to 78 Albert Street Auckland Central

Bluestone Wall + toilets under wall

17

83 to 85 Albert Street Auckland Central

18

102 Albert Street

19

26; 34 — 36 Wyndham Street

Former Gas Co Building

9 — 11 Durham Street

Bluestone Store

it

:20

New Zealand Herald

W

21

—

22

N

5153 Victoria Street West

23

B1—6S Victoria Street West

'2£l

66 Victoria Street West

25

68 Victoria Street West

W

24 Wellesley Street West

vv N

Martha's Corner

London Dairy J Bleclisloe House

Archibald and Sons Warehouse] T & G Building

City Rail Link Notice of Requiremeni

Page 69

Property i(no_m_m As

Griffiths Holdings Building

28

42 Wetiesley Street

29

33 Wyndham Street Aotea Square

30

Aotea

1

Centre (rear

section)

31

11 Mayoral Drive

32

105 Vincent Street

33

133 Vincent Street

34

53 Pitt Street

Former Pubiic Auckiand Chinese Presbyterian Church »

mJulEette's Former Central Ambulance Station

5BPfit

[H35

65 Pitt Street

36 70

37 38 39

78 Pitt Street

Wesleyan Bicentennial Hail

40

1 Beresford Square Auckland Central

Former Pitt Street Fire Station

41

.

16 — 18 Beresford Square Pitt Street Buildings (O’Malley‘s

42

211-235 Karangahape Road

43

238 Karangahape Road

Georgeucourt Building

44

1 Cross Street

George Court Factory"Bui|ding

45

243 Karangahape Road

Nava! and Family Plotei

46

246-254 Karangahape Road

Hallenstein Brothers Building

47

251 — 253 Karangahape Road

48

256 Karafi gahape Road

Cornefl

Q Mercury Theatre

entrance

— Norman

Ng Building

49

‘

50

258-266 Karangahape Road

51

268 Karangahape Road

52

259—261.Karangahape Road

53

i

270 Karangahape Road

54

283 Karangahape Road

56

151 Newton Ref

S

206-208 Symonds Street

3‘

ss 6.

m 7 7 Samoa House

Betail/Recording Studio Cheapskates/Penny Farthing Bike

Shop French Café

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page7O

Address

59

215 Symonds Street

60

221 Symonds Street

61

224 Symonds Street

62

227 Symonde Street

63

231 Symonds Street Retail

64

233 Syrnonds Street

-

A Property Known As

Edinburgh Castle Building Former Post Office

65 66

237 Symonds Street

67

239-241 Symonds Street

68

243 Symoncis Street

69

245 Symoncis Street

70

249 Symoncfs Street

71

253 SymoncEs Street

"72

1u13 Mt Eden Road

73

15-17 Mt Eden Road

74

21 New North Road

75

14 New North Road

76

St Patrick’; Square 43 Wyndham Street

M

_ Villa Dalmacija St Pamcws Cathedral

77

59 Alex Evans Street

St Benedict’s Church

78

1 — 9 St Benedicts Street

St Benedict's Presbytery

79

6 St Benedicts Street

Residential

80 81

43 Wyndham Street & Hobson Street

Beresford Square

St Pamcws Presbytery Forrester’s Hall

City Rail Link Nollce or Requirement

Page 73

Proposed Draft Notice of Requirement Conditions â&#x20AC;&#x201D; NOR 3 Condition

Number

NOR Applies _

1

to

.

-

g

.

Proposed Draft Condition

1.1 Except as modified by the conditions below, the City Rail Link Project shailbe undertaken in general accordance with the information provided by the Requiring Authority in the Notice of Requirement dated 23 August 2012 and supporting documents being: (a) Assessment of Environmental Effects report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012 Rev B); (b) Supporting environmental assessment reports (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated August 2012); (c) The Concept Design Report (contained in Volume 2 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3); (cl) Pian sets: (E)

Land requirement plans (contained in Volume 1 of the Notice of Requirement suite of documents, dated 15 August 2012);

(ii) Pians contained in the Concept Design Report Appendices (contained in Volume 3 of the Notice of Requirement suite ofdocurnents, dated 13 August 2012 Rev 3). 1.2. Where there is inconsistency between the documents listed above and these conditions, these conditions shall prevail. 2

2.1 In accordance with section 184(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA), this designation shail lapse if not given effect to within sag years from the date on which it is confirmed.

3

3.1 The Requiring Authority shall, as soon as reasonably practicable, but no later than at

completion of detailed design:

3

(a) Review the area and volume of land of NoR 3 required to protect the structural integrity of the two tunnels (including the relevant considerations at Condition

5-5};

3

(b) Identify any areas of designated iand that are no longer necessary to protect the structurai integrity, safety or operation of the two tunnels; and (C) Then give notice in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of those parts of the designation identified in (b) above. 4.1 Under 5 176(1)(b) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) no person may do anything in relation to the designated land that would prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, without the prior written consent of the Requiring Authority.

4

4.2 In the periods pre, during and post construction ofthe City Rail Link, the following activities undertaken by Network Utility Operators will not prevent or hinder the City Rail Link, and can be undertaken without seeking the Requiring Authority's written approval under section 176(1)(b) of the RMA:

3

(a) Maintenance and urgent repair works of existing Network Utilities; (b) Minor renewai works to existing Network Utilities necessary for the ongoing provision or security of supply of Network Utility Operations; (c)

â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;

Minor works such as new property service connections;

(at) Upgrades to existing Network Utilities within the same or similar location with the same or similar effects on the City Rail Link designation.

City Rail Link Nolice of Requirement

Page 72

i I x.

I Condition;

Number

i\loR

T "Applies

if

Proposed Draft Condition

A

'50â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;.

infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a) En place at the time the notice of requirement for the City Rail Link was served on Auckland Council (23 August 2012); or A (b) Undertaken in accordance with this condition or section 176(1)(b) RMA process. 5.1 This designation does not authorise any CRL works but restricts development from proceeding without the approval of the Requiring Authority where that development would result in an adverse effect on the CRL in terms ofsafety, operation or

construction. 5.2 The Requiring Authority wiii work with developers in a collaborative manner and may require alterations or changes to development proposals for the purpose in 5.1. 5.3 The Requiring Authority may require alterations or changes to any proposal for deveioprnent including but not limited to construction of basements and foundations where such works disturb the ground in a way that is likely to result in loading changes and result in deformations or produce other risks to the integrity of the CRL structures. 5.4 Reasons shall be given by the Requiring Authority for these changes to demonstrate they are reasonably necessary to provide for safety, construction or operation of the CRL, 5.5 Any proposal for physical works or activities within the designation shall be provided to the Requiring Authority and will be assessed on the following: {a}

Building height, size, mass and proximity to the CRL structures;

(b) Foundation and basement designs; (cl Geotechnical conditions; (d) Separation between the CRL structures and the proposed development; (e) Nature of the activities including methods and staging of construction; (f)

The predicted ioading change on the CRL structures resulting from the development; and

(g) Any other relevant information necessary to determine the likelihood and extent of any adverse effect that may occur as a result of the proposed development. These factors will also be relevant considerations in the drawback of the designation as provided for in Condition 3.1. 5.6 That assessment shall be peer reviewed by an independent certified engineer, paid for by the Requiring Authority, and the findings supplied to the landowner] deveioper and the Auckiand Councii for information. Advice Notes relating to the Designation

This is a designation for protection purposes only. it protects the City Rail Link

infrastructure to be constructed, operated and maintained in a separate designation

located beneath this designation. The use of the land within this designation is subject to the agreement of the Requiring Authority to protect the subterranean works below. Any person proposing to undertake physical works within this designation is required to contact the Requiring Authority and obtain its approval in accordance with provisions set out in section 176(1){b) of the Resource Management Act 1991.

AN1

M

If Network Utility Operators are carrying out works that do not require prior written must carry out those works in accordance with the Corridor Access Request (CAR) Process

City Rail Link Notice of Requiremenl

Page 73

Proposed Dragft Condition (as set out in Part 4 of the National Codeo Practice for Utility Operatorsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Access to Transport Corridors 2011) where that process applies to the works being carried out.

City Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 74

Diagram 1

,

. gr

"

man:-1 .L3'§UJ.S

-' .:

'"

HIKAU SIREU

_

m.e-----

‘““‘“"""“*‘"'

MEEHAWORKS 5 EX§sTING LAYOUT | LI=.vEe.1 E some 1:1 no 3 AI

3 FLOwERs1HEEr | Lava. 1-s1 M'r.EDEN 1 Auow./mu

Cily Rail Link Notice of Requirement

Page 75

Attachment 1

Britomart Transport Centre Designation 314 Conditions Purpose: This designation provides for the construction, operation and maintenance of a transport centre and the provision of a rail system. The centre comprises an underground Railway Station, attendant facilities and public access to the station through the main portal of the former Chief Post Office and at other access points. Above-ground features of the centre include the glazed annex to the Chief Post Office building, a series of skylights, ventilation stacks and other servicing plant and equipment. The following conditions apply to the construction of modifications associated with the ongoing operation and maintenance of the transport centre described as the Britomart Transport Centre for the area identified on Figure 1 below:

Figure 1: Area of Britomart Transport Centre Designation 314 to which the following conditions relate.

Contents Designation Conditions DEFINITIONS GENERAL CONDITIONS Condition 1 – Information the Project shall be undertaken in general accordance with Condition 2 – Lapse period Condition 3 – Review of the designation upon completion of the Project Condition 4 – Chief Post Office Building to be vacated – construction works restrictions PRE-CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Condition 5 – Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager Condition 6 – Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan Condition 7 – Network Utility Operators Condition 8 – Community Liaison Groups Condition 9 – Mana Whenua Consultation Condition 10 – Network Utility Operator Liaison CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Condition 11 – Outline Plan Requirements Condition 12 – Independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPs Condition 13 – Availability of Outline Plan(s) Condition 14 – Monitoring of Construction Conditions Communication and Consultation Condition 15 – Contact Person Condition 16 – Communication and Consultation Plan Condition 17 – Concerns and Complaints Management Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) Condition 18 – Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring Condition 19 – CEMP Requirements Condition 20 – CEMP Construction Works Requirements Condition 21 – Review Process for CEMP and DWPs Condition 22 – Update of CEMP and DWPs following review NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 2

Condition 23 – Network Utilities Transport, Access and Parking Condition 24 – General Transport, Access and Parking Noise and Vibration Condition 25 – Project Standards – Construction Noise Condition 26 – Project Standards – Construction Vibration Condition 27 – Project Standards – Construction Vibration (Amenity) Condition 28 – Construction Noise and Vibration DWP Built Heritage/Archaeology Condition 29 – Historic Heritage – Built Heritage DWP Condition 30– Historic Heritage – Archaeology DWP Building Condition Surveys Condition 31 – Process for Building Condition Surveys Public Art Condition 32 – Public Art DWP Social Impact and Business Disruption Condition 33 – Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP Air Quality Condition 33A – Air Quality DWP Urban Design Condition 33B – Urban Design DWP Interim Vibration Testing Condition 33C – Interim Vibration Testing Track Form Design DWP Condition 33D – Track Form Design DWP OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS Condition 34 – Operational Rail Vibration Condition 35 – Operational Noise – Mechanical Ventilation Plant Condition 36 – Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP)

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 3

ADVICE NOTES APPENDIX 1 – Heritage Buildings for Building Condition Surveys (condition 31) APPENDIX 2 – Location plan showing sites for traffic monitoring (condition 24) APPENDIX 3 – Diagram of the Chief Postal Office Building indicating the foundations supporting the masonry façade and the building’s highest floor (condition 26.3)

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 4

Designation Conditions Condition Number

Condition

DEFINITIONS

Consultation

The process of providing information about the construction works, and receiving for consideration, information from stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties, regarding those effects and proposals for the management and mitigation of them.

Fully operational traffic lane

May include a traffic lane that is subject to a reduced speed limit, or one which may have a temporary reduction in the lane width, due to construction activity.

Two way access

Access into and out from a site or a road. This access may include restrictions (eg left in, left out) where these are specified within the relevant conditions.

Consult Consulting

Receivers that may be disturbed during rest, concentration, communication or prayer. These include (but are not limited to):  Dwellings  Offices  Schools, including Child Care Centres and tertiary facilities Sensitive Noise  Libraries and Vibration Receivers  Hospitals  Rest Homes  Marae and other Cultural Centres  Churches  Hotels or other accommodation facilities. Has the meaning under the Resource Management Act 1991 and, for the purpose of these conditions, comprises the best practicable Best practicable option for minimising the effects of any construction activity option (including effects on the transport network or heritage values) on the receiver. Historic Heritage

Includes heritage buildings, sites and places identified in the New Zealand Heritage List or in the Auckland Council District Plan (Central Area Section) or specifically identified in these conditions.

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 5

Condition Number

Condition

Mana whenua for the purpose of this designation are considered to be the following (in no particular order), who at the time of NoR expressed a desire to be involved in the City Rail Link Project: 

Ngati Maru



Ngati Paoa



Ngai Tai ki Tamaki



Ngati Te Ata



Ngati Whatua o Orakei



Te Akitai



Te Kawerau o maki



Ngati Tamaoho

Mana Whenua

Material change

Includes any amendment to information informing the CEMP or other Plan (including but not limited to methods, processes, procedures or details) which has the potential materially to increase adverse effects on a particular receiver. For clarity, changes to personnel and contact schedules do not constitute a material change.

The maximum component peak vibration level (in mm/s) Peak Particle measured in any of three orthogonal axes (vertical, transverse, Velocity (PPV) longitudinal). Delivery Work Plans will contain specific objectives and methods for avoiding, remedying or mitigating effects and address the following topics: (a) Transport, Access and Parking (Condition 24); (b) Construction Noise and Vibration (Condition 28); Delivery Plans

Work (c)

Historic Heritage – Built Heritage (Condition 29)

(d) Historic Heritage – Archaeology (Condition 30) (e) Public Art (Condition 32); (f)

Social Impact and Business Disruption (Condition 33);

(g) Air quality (Condition 33A); (h) Urban Design (condition 33B); and

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 6

Condition Number

Condition

(i)

Track Form Design (Condition 33D)

The Project

The construction works and temporary accommodation of Station Plaza as described in section 3 of the NoR AEE.

Railway Station

Means the Britomart Train Station and includes platforms, rail lines, attendant facilities and all public accesses.

Track Form

The elements between the rails and the tunnel track bed.

ABBREVIATIONS AEE

Assessment of Environmental Effects

CEMP

Construction Environmental Management Plan

CPO

Chief Post Office

DWP

Delivery Work Plan

HNZPT

Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga

NoR

Notice of Requirement

ONVMP

Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan

PPV

Peak Particle Velocity

RMS

Root Mean Square

GENERAL CONDITIONS 1.1.

1

Except as modified by the conditions below and subject to final detailed design, the Project shall be undertaken in general accordance with the information provided by the Requiring Authority in the NoR dated May 2015 and supporting documents (as updated by information provided by the Requiring Authority up until the close of the Hearing) being: (a)

AEE dated May 2015 (Volume 1);

(b)

The Design and Construction Report dated May 2015 (Volume 2);

(c)

Supporting environmental assessment reports dated May 2015 (Volumes 2 and 3);

(d)

Plan sets:

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 7

Condition Number

Condition

1.2.

Land requirement plan dated May 2015 in Appendix O (Volume 3).

(ii)

Plans contained in Appendix O (Volume 3).

Where there is inconsistency between: (a)

The documents provided by the Requiring Authority listed above and these conditions, these conditions shall prevail.

(b)

The information and plans lodged with the requirements and presented at the Council Hearing, the most recent information and plans shall prevail.

(c)

The evidence presented at the Council Hearing and the management plans (DWPs, CEMP, etc) required by the conditions of this designation and submitted through the Outline Plan, the requirements of the management plans shall prevail.

2.1

In accordance with section 184(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA), the designation shall lapse if not given effect to within 10 years from the date on which it is confirmed.

3.1

As soon as reasonably practicable following the completion of the works enabled under this designation, the Requiring Authority shall:

2

(a)

Review the area of land designated for the Britomart Transport Centre.

(b)

Identify any areas of designated land that are either no longer necessary for construction activities associated with the Project, or no longer necessary for the on-going operation and/or maintenance of the Britomart Transport Centre or for on-going mitigation measures, specifically the area identified as Construction Support Area B in lower Queen Street.

(c)

Give notice in accordance with Section 182 of the RMA for the removal of those parts of the designation identified in (b) above.

3

4

(i)

3.2

The Station Plaza Accommodation shall be removed within one year of completion of the Project works.

4.1

The following construction activities shall not commence and machinery shall not be used on or within the Chief Post Office Building until the building is vacated by all tenants: (a)

Hand held jackhammer.

(b)

Cutting and sawing of basement and lower basement slabs.

(c)

Light Rockbreaker (i.e. excavator with rockbreaker): 300 kg, 5T to 12T

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 8

Condition Number

Condition

excavator.

4.2

(d)

Piling.

(e)

Scraping and excavating (i.e. backhoe with bucket).

The Requiring Authority shall provide written confirmation to Auckland Council that the Chief Post Office Building has been vacated, prior to the construction activities and/ or machinery listed in (a) to (e) commencing. Advice note: For the purpose of this condition “tenant” shall not include occupation by contractors undertaking the works on the City Rail Link project

Appointment of Communication and Consultation Manager 5.1

Within three months of confirmation of the designation, the Requiring Authority shall appoint a Communication and Consultation Manager to implement the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 6). The Communication and Consultation Manager shall be the main and readily accessible point of contact for persons affected by or interested in the Project until the commencement of the construction phase of the Project, or the contact person under Condition 15 is appointed.

5.2

The Communication and Consultation Manager’s contact details (or, if appointed under Condition 15, that contact person’s details) shall be listed in the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan, on the Requiring Authority website, and on the Auckland Council website.

5

Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan 6.1

The objective of the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders (including Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga and Auckland Council’s Built Heritage Unit), affected parties and affected in-proximity parties prior to the commencement of construction of the Project.

6.2

The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan. The Plan shall be submitted to Auckland Council’s Major Infrastructure Projects Team Manager within 2 months of the Designation being confirmed, for confirmation that the Plan has been prepared in accordance with conditions 6.1 and 6.5 to 6.7.

6.3

The Plan shall be implemented and complied with from its confirmation under condition 6.2 until the commencement of construction of the Project.

6.4

The Plan shall set out recommendations and requirements (as applicable) that should be adopted by and/or inform the development of the CEMP and DWPs.

6.5

The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall set out how

6

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 9

Condition Number

Condition

the Requiring Authority will: (a)

Inform the community of Project progress and likely commencement of construction works and the programme.

(b)

Engage with the community in order to foster good relationships and to provide opportunities for learning about the Project.

(c)

Seek (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from Stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the development of the CEMP and DWPs.

(d)

Respond to queries and complaints. Information shall include but not be limited to:

(e)

6.6

6.7

(i)

Who is responsible for a response;

(ii)

How a response will be provided; and

(iii)

The timeframes within which a response will be provided.

Where feedback (in accordance with this condition) is provided, the Preconstruction Communication and Consultation Plan shall articulate how that feedback has informed the development of the CEMP and DWPs and, where it has not, the reason/s why.

The Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall be prepared in consultation with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected inproximity parties including, but not limited to: (a)

All property owners and occupiers identified within the designation footprint

(b)

All property owners and occupiers adjacent to the Project construction area

(c)

Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga;

(d)

Network Utility Operators; and

(e)

Community Liaison Group(s) (refer Condition 8).

The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan shall, as a minimum, include: (a)

A communications framework that details the Requiring Authorityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 10

Condition Number

Condition

any other relevant communication matters.

6.8

(b)

Details of the Communication and Consultation Manager for the preconstruction period (Condition 5 of this designation) including contact details (phone, email and postal address).

(c)

The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in-proximity parties and other interested parties. Such methods shall include but not be limited to: (i)

Newsletters.

(ii)

Newspaper advertising.

(iii)

Notification and targeted consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties.

(iv)

The use of the project website for public information.

(d)

The methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the implementation of mana whenua principles for the project (refer to condition 9).

(e)

The methods for communicating and consulting with the Community Liaison Group(s).

(f)

How communication and consultation activity will be recorded.

(g)

Methods for recording reasonably foreseeable future planned network utility works so that these can be considered and incorporated, where appropriate, into the Project.

The Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan will be publicly available once finalised for the duration of construction.

Network Utility Operators 7.1

7

In the period before construction begins on the Project, the following activities undertaken by Network Utility Operators will not prevent or hinder the Project, and can be undertaken without seeking the Requiring Authorityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s written approval under section 176(1)(b) of the RMA: (a)

Maintenance of and urgent repair works to existing Network Utilities.

(b)

Minor renewal works to existing Network Utilities necessary for the ongoing provision or security of supply of Network Utility Operations.

(c)

Minor works such as new property service connections.

(d)

Upgrades to existing Network Utilities within the same or similar

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 11

Condition Number

Condition

location with the same or similar effects on the Britomart Transport Centre designation. 7.2

For the avoidance of doubt, in this condition an “existing Network Utility” includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a)

In place at the time the notice of requirement for the Project was served on Auckland Council; or

(b)

Undertaken in accordance with this condition or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process.

Community Liaison Group 8.1

Within three months of confirmation of the designation, the Requiring Authority shall, in consultation with the Auckland Council, establish a Community Liaison Group (“Group”) for the Project.

8.2

Membership of the Group shall include representative(s) of the Requiring Authority and be open to all directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the Project including, but not limited to the following:

8.3 8

(a)

Representative(s) for and/or directly affected and affected in-proximity property owners and occupiers.

(b)

CBD Residents Advisory Group.

(c)

Heart of the City.

In addition to the requirements in Condition 6, the purpose of the Group shall be to: (a)

Provide a means for receiving regular updates on Project progress.

(b)

Monitor the effects of constructing the Project on the community by providing a regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the community.

(c)

Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded by the Requiring Authority.

(d)

Provide feedback on the development of the CEMP and DWPs.

8.4

The Requiring Authority will consult with the Group in respect of the development of the CEMP and DWPs.

8.5

The Requiring Authority shall appoint one or more persons appropriately qualified in community consultation as the Community Consultation Advisor(s) to:

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 12

Condition Number

Condition

8.6

(a)

Provide administrative assistance to the Group.

(b)

Ensure the Group is working effectively (including the development of a Code of Conduct) with appropriate procedures for the Group.

(c)

Act as a community consultation advisor to the Group.

The Requiring Authority will use its best endeavours to ensure that the Group meets at least annually until the commencement of construction and then at least once every three months or as otherwise required once construction commences.

8.6A The Requiring Authority shall provide the Group with vibration monitoring data relating to the buildings listed in Appendix 1 as required under conditions 26, 27, 28, 34 upon request. 8.7

Once construction has commenced the Requiring Authority will provide an update at least every three months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Group on compliance with these conditions, the CEMP and DWPs and any material changes to these plans.

8.8

The Requiring Authority shall provide reasonable administrative support for the Group including organising meetings at a local venue, inviting all members of the Group, as well as the taking and dissemination of meeting minutes.

8.9

The Group shall continue for the duration of the construction phase of the Project and for six months following completion of the Project.

Mana Whenua Consultation 9.1

Within three months of confirmation of the designation the Requiring Authority shall establish a kaitiaki or mana whenua forum to provide for an ongoing role for mana whenua in the design and construction of the Project.

9.2

The frequency at which the forum meets shall be agreed between the Requiring Authority and mana whenua.

9.3

The role of the mana whenua forum may include the following:

9

9.4

(a)

Input into the preparation of the CEMP and DWPs.

(b)

Working collaboratively with the Requiring Authority in relation to built heritage and archaeological matters.

(c)

Undertaking kaitiakitanga responsibilities associated with the Project, including monitoring, assisting with discovery procedures, and providing mÄ tauranga MÄ ori input in the relevant stages of the Project.

The mana whenua forum may provide written advice to the Requiring Authority in relation to any of the above matters. The Requiring Authority

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 13

Condition Number

Condition

must consider this advice and the means by which any suggestions may be incorporated in the Project. Network Utility Operator Liaison 10.1 The Requiring Authority and its contractor shall:

10

(a)

Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the development of the detailed design for the Project to provide for the ongoing operation and access to network utility operations.

(b)

Undertake communication and consultation with Network Utility Operators as soon as reasonably practicable, and at least once prior to construction timing being confirmed and construction methodology and duration being known.

(c)

Work collaboratively with Network Utility Operators during the preparation and implementation of the CEMP (Condition 23) and DWPs in relation to management of adverse effects on Network Utility Operations.

10.2 A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and Network Utility Operators prior to construction commencing shall be provided as part of the Outline Plan. 10.3 The Requiring Authority shall undertake on-going communication and consultation with Network Utility operators throughout the duration of construction, including in relation to changes envisaged by Conditions 21 and 22 affecting Network Utility Operations to ascertain whether or not any changes or updates to the CEMP Network Utilities section are required to address unforeseen effects. CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS Outline Plan Requirements 11.1 The Requiring Authority shall submit an Outline Plan to the Auckland Council for the construction of the Project in accordance with section 176A of the RMA. The Outline Plan shall include: (a)

The Communication and Consultation Plan (Condition 16).

(b)

The Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP).

(c)

Delivery Work Plans (DWPs).

(d)

Any other information associated with the construction of the Project required by these conditions.

11

11.2

The plans listed in Condition 11.1 above must clearly document the comments

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 14

Condition Number

Condition

and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties, and any recommendations received as part of the Independent Peer Review Panel process (where applicable), along with a clear explanation of where any affected party comments or peer review recommendations have not been incorporated. 11.3 The Requiring Authority may choose to give effect to the conditions which relate to the construction of the Project: (a)

Either at the same time or in parts;

(b)

By submitting one or more: (i)

Communication and Consultation Plans

(ii)

CEMP and/or

(iii)

DWPs.

11.4 The plans in condition 11.3(b) should clearly show how the part integrates with adjacent or other construction works and interrelated activities (e.g. City Rail Link). 11.5 Early engagement must be undertaken with Auckland Council in relation to preparation and submission of the Outline Plan, in order to establish a programme for the Outline Plan process and to ensure achievable timeframes for both parties. 11.6 All works shall be carried out in accordance with the Outline Plan required by this condition. Independent Peer Review of CEMP and DWPs

12

12.1 Prior to submitting the CEMP and DWPs to Auckland Council for the construction of the Project, the Requiring Authority shall engage suitably qualified independent specialists agreed to by Auckland Council to form an Independent Peer Review Panel. The purpose of the Independent Peer Review Panel is to undertake a peer review of the CEMP and the DWPs, and provide recommendations on whether changes are required to the CEMP and DWPs in order to meet the objective and other requirements of these conditions. 12.2 The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority during its consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties, along with a clear explanation where any comments have not been incorporated. This information must be included in the CEMP and DWPs provided to both the independent peer reviewer and Auckland Council as part of this condition. 12.3 The CEMP and DWPs submitted to Auckland Council shall demonstrate how

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 15

Condition Number

Condition

the recommendations from the independent peer reviewers have been incorporated, and, where they have not, the reasons why not. 12.4 In reviewing the Outline Plan submitted in accordance with these designation conditions, Auckland Council shall take into consideration the independent specialist peer review undertaken in accordance with this condition and any additional information provided to Auckland Council by affected parties. Availability of Outline Plan(s) 13.1 For the duration of construction the following plans and any material changes to these plans shall be made available for public viewing on the Requiring Authority’s web site: 13

(a)

CEMP

(b)

DWPs

(c)

Communication and Consultation Plan.

13.2 A copy of these Plans will also be held and made available for viewing at the main Project construction site. Monitoring of Construction Conditions 14.1 The Requiring Authority, its contractor team, and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) shall establish and implement a collaborative working process for dealing with day to day construction processes, including monitoring compliance with these conditions and with the CEMP and DWPs and any material changes to these plans associated with construction of the Project. 14.2 This collaborative working process shall: (a)

Operate for the duration of the construction works and for 6 months following completion of construction works where monitoring of designation conditions is still required, unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed between the Requiring Authority and the Auckland Council.

(b)

Have a “key contact” person representing the Requiring Authority and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s).

(c)

The “key contacts” shall be identified in the CEMP and shall meet at least monthly with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) unless a different timeframe is agreed. The purpose of the meeting is to:

14

(i)

Report on compliance with these conditions and with the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans and on any matters of

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 16

Condition Number

Condition

non-compliance and how they have been addressed. (ii)

(d)

Identify and agree: a.

That material changes have occurred or are required that require a review of the CEMP or DWPs in accordance with Condition 21. The key contacts shall provide the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) written confirmation that a material change has occurred or is required and;

b.

Which receivers are affected parties.

Once construction has commenced, the Requiring Authority and / or the contractor shall provide an update to the Community Liaison Groups (Condition 8) at least once every 3 months, or if in accordance with Condition 8 these groups meet more regularly, at least once every two months.

14.3 The purpose and function of the collaborative working process is to: (a)

Assist as necessary the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer(s) to confirm that: (i)

The works authorised under this designation are being carried out in compliance with the designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs and any material changes to these plans.

(ii)

The Requiring Authority and its contractor are undertaking all monitoring and the recording of monitoring results in compliance with the requirements of the CEMP and DWPs and any material changes to these plans.

(b)

Subsequent to a confirmed Outline Plan, provide a mechanism through which any changes to the design, CEMP or DWPs, which are not material changes requiring approval under Condition 11 triggering the requirement for a new Outline Plan, can be required, reviewed and confirmed.

(c)

Advise where changes to construction works following a confirmed Outline Plan require a new CEMP or DWP.

(d)

Review and identify any concerns or complaints received from, or related to, the construction works monthly (unless a different timeframe is mutually agreed with the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer) and the adequacy of the measures adopted to respond to these.

Communication and Consultation 15

Contact Person

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 17

Condition Number

Condition

15.1 The Requiring Authority shall make a contact person available 24 hours, seven days a week for the duration of construction for public enquiries on the construction works. Communication and Consultation Plan 16.1 The objective of the Communication and Consultation Plan is to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties during the construction of the Project. 16.2 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Communication and Consultation Plan which shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project. 16.3 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall set out how the Requiring Authority will: (a)

Inform the community of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them.

(b)

Provide early information on key Project milestones.

(c)

Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the development (as part of the review process provided by Condition 21) and implementation of the CEMP or DWPs.

(d)

Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to:

16

(i)

Who is responsible for responding to feedback and inputs;

(ii)

How responses will be provided; and

(iii)

The timeframes within which responses will be provided.

16.4 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall, as a minimum, include: (a)

A communications framework that details the Requiring Authorityâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc), and any other relevant communication matters.

(b)

The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including contact details (phone, email and postal address).

(c)

The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 18

Condition Number

Condition

persons affected by the project including but not limited to: (i)

All property owners and occupiers within the designation footprint;

(ii)

All property owners and occupiers adjacent to the Britomart construction area;

(iii)

Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga;

(iv)

Auckland Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Built Heritage Unit;

(v)

Community Liaison Group (refer Condition 8); and

(vi)

Network Utility Operators, including the process: a.

To be implemented to capture and trigger where communication and consultation is required in relation to any material changes affecting the Network Utilities.

b.

For the Requiring Authority to give approval (where appropriate) to Network Utility Operators as required by section 176(1)(b) of the RMA during the construction period.

c.

For obtaining any supplementary authorisations, including but not limited to resource consents (including those required under a National Environmental Standard) and easements.

d.

For inspection and final approval of works by Network Utility Operators.

e.

For implementing conditions 10, 21, 22, and 23 in so far as they affect Network Utility Operations.

(d)

How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be notified of the commencement of construction activities and works, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints.

(e)

How stakeholders and persons affected by the project (including Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers) will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and DWPs, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback.

(f)

Methods for communicating in advance temporary traffic management measures and permanent changes to road networks and layouts to directly affected and in-proximity parties, bus (public and private)

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 19

Condition Number

Condition

operators, taxi operators, bus users, and the general public. (g)

Methods for communicating in advance to surrounding communities (including Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receivers) which must be notified at least 24 hours in advance where construction activities are predicted to: (i)

Exceed the construction noise limits (refer Condition 25); or

(ii)

Exceed a vibration limit (refer Conditions 26 and 27).

(h)

Methods for communicating in advance proposed hours of construction activities outside normal working hours and on weekends and public holidays, to surrounding communities, and methods to record and deal with concerns raised about such hours.

(i)

Methods for communicating and consulting with mana whenua for the duration of construction and implementation of mana whenua principles for the project (refer to Condition 9).

(j)

Methods for communicating and consulting in advance of construction works with emergency services (Police, Fire, Ambulance) on the location, timing and duration of construction works, and particularly in relation to temporary road lane reductions and/or closures and alternative routes or detours to be used.

(k)

A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with whom communication will be undertaken.

(l)

How communication and consultation activity relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded.

16.5 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and DWPs. 16.6 The Communication and Consultation Plan shall include a summary of the communication and consultation undertaken between the Requiring Authority and parties as required by the Pre-construction Communication and Consultation Plan, including any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties. The Communication and Consultation Plan shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updated Communication and Consultation Plan shall be provided to the â&#x20AC;&#x153;key contactsâ&#x20AC;? (see Condition 14) and the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken. Any further action recommended as a result of this review shall be undertaken by the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project and NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 20

Condition Number

Condition

confirmation of completion provided to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer. If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process, a material change to the Communication and Consultation Plan is made, those parties affected by the change shall be notified within 1 month of the material change occurring. Concerns and Complaints Management 17.1 Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Requiring Authority shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This process shall: (a)

Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s).

(b)

Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt.

(c)

Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan, which may include monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert and implementation of mitigation measures.

17.2 A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Requiring Authority. This record shall include: 17

(a)

The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint.

(b)

Where practicable, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to noise or air quality.

(c)

Known Project construction activities at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint.

(d)

Any other activities in the area unrelated to the Project construction that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non- Project construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally.

(e)

Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity.

17.3 This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer, and to the â&#x20AC;&#x153;key contactsâ&#x20AC;?

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 21

Condition Number

Condition

(see Condition 14). 17.4 Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer will be provided with all records of the complaint and how it has been dealt with and addressed and whether the Requiring Authority considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required. Upon receiving records of the complaint, the Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer may determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or DWPs is required under Condition 21 to address this complaint. The Auckland Council Compliance Monitoring Officer may advise the Requiring Authority of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint. Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) and Delivery Work Plans (DWPs) Preparation, Compliance and Monitoring 18.1 The objective of the CEMP and DWPs is to avoid, remedy or mitigate any adverse effects (including cumulative effects) associated with the Project construction, so far as is reasonably practicable. 18.2 All works must be carried out in accordance with the CEMP, the DWPs required by these conditions and in accordance with any changes to plans made under Condition 22.

18

18.3 The CEMP and DWPs shall be prepared, complied with and monitored by the Requiring Authority throughout the duration of construction of the Project. 18.4 The DWPs shall give effect to the specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions. 18.5 The CEMP shall include measures to give effect to any specific requirements and objectives set out in these designation conditions that are not addressed by the DWPs. 18.6 Where mitigation measures are required to be implemented by the Requiring Authority in relation to the construction of the Project, it shall meet the reasonable and direct costs of implementing such mitigation measures. CEMP Requirements

19

19.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 18.1, the CEMP must provide for the following: (a)

Notice boards that clearly identify the Requiring Authority and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 22

Condition Number

Condition

Consultation Manager. (b)

Training requirements for employees, sub-contractors and visitors on construction procedures, environmental management and monitoring.

(c)

The procedure for a cultural heritage induction for all parties involved in excavation works on the Project site, as provided for in Condition 9.

(d)

A Travel Management Plan for each construction site outlining onsite car parking management and methods for encouraging travel to the site using forms of transport other than private vehicle to assist in mitigating localised traffic effects.

(e)

Where a complaint is received, the complaint must be recorded and responded to as provided for in Conditions 14, 16 and 17.

19.2 The CEMP shall include details of: (a)

The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager (who will implement and monitor the Communication and Consultation Plan), including their contact details (phone, email and physical address).

(b)

The Document management system for administering the CEMP, including review and Requiring Authority / Contractor / Auckland Council requirements.

(c)

Environmental incident and emergency management procedures.

(d)

Environmental complaints management procedures (see also Condition 17).

(e)

An outline of the construction programme of the work, including construction hours of operation, indicating linkages to the DWPs which address the management of adverse effects during construction and the works identified in the Urban Design DWP.

(f)

Specific details on demolition to be undertaken during the construction period.

(g)

Means of ensuring the safety of the general public.

(h)

Methods to assess and monitor potential cumulative adverse effects.

(i)

How Station Plaza, Tyler and Galway Streets will be reinstated upon completion of the Project in accordance with the Urban Design DWP (Condition 33B).

19.3 The Requiring Authority shall update, as necessary, the specific construction methodology for the works under the Chief Post Office building detailing how

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 23

Condition Number

Condition

the works will be undertaken to avoid compromising the structural integrity of the existing structure including the foundation system. The specific construction methodology shall be updated in consultation with Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga and the Auckland Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Built Heritage Implementation Unit. A record of this liaison and outcomes shall be included in the CEMP as part of the Outline Plan. CEMP Construction Works Requirements 20.1 In order to give effect to the objective in Condition 18.1, the CEMP shall include the following details and requirements in relation to all areas within the designation footprint where construction works are to occur, and / or where materials and construction machinery are to be used or stored: (a)

Where access points are to be located and procedures for managing construction vehicle ingress and egress to construction support and storage areas.

(b)

Methods for managing the control of silt and sediment within the construction area.

(c)

Methods for earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary, permanent stabilisation measures and monitoring of ground movement) for earthworks adjacent to buildings and structures.

(d)

Measures to keep the construction area in a tidy condition in terms of disposal and storage of rubbish and unloading and storage of construction materials (including equipment).

(e)

Measures to ensure that all storage of materials and equipment associated with the construction works takes place within the boundaries of the designation.

(f)

Measures to ensure all temporary boundary / security fences associated with the construction of the Project are maintained in good order with any graffiti removed as soon as possible.

(g)

How the construction areas are to be fenced and kept secure from the public and the location and specification of any temporary acoustic fences and visual barriers.

(h)

Where practicable and without compromising their purpose, how opportunities for public viewing, including provision of viewing screens and display of information about the project and opportunities for mana whenua and community art or other decorative measures can be incorporated in the screens and fences required by condition (g), to enhance public amenity and connection to the project.

20

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 24

Condition Number

Condition

(i)

The location of any temporary buildings (including workers offices and portaloos) and vehicle parking (which should be located within the construction area and not on adjacent streets).

(j)

Methods to control the intensity, location and direction of artificial construction lighting to avoid light spill and glare onto sites adjacent construction areas.

(k)

Methods to ensure the prevention and mitigation of adverse effects associated with the storage, use, disposal, or transportation of hazardous substances.

(l)

That site offices and less noisy construction activities be located at the edge of the construction yards where practicable.

Review Process for CEMP and DWPs 21.1 The CEMP and DWPs shall be reviewed at least annually or as a result of a material change to the Project or to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints. Such a review may be initiated by either Auckland Council or the Requiring Authority. The review shall take into consideration: (a)

Compliance with designation conditions, the CEMP, DWPs and material changes to these plans.

(b)

Any changes to construction methods.

(c)

Key changes to roles and responsibilities within the Project.

(d)

Changes in industry best practice standards.

(e)

Changes in legal or other requirements.

(f)

Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction.

(g)

Any comments or recommendations received from Auckland Council regarding the CEMP and DWPs.

(h)

Any unresolved complaints and any response to the complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Condition 17.

21

21.2 The Requiring Authority shall provide the opportunity (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from affected parties identified in condition 14.2(c)(ii) regarding the CEMP and DWP review process. 21.3 Any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs shall be subject to an

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 25

Condition Number

Condition

independent peer review as required by Condition 12. 21.4 A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Requiring Authority, provided annually to the Auckland Council, and made available to the Auckland Council upon request. Update of CEMP and DWPs following Review 22.1 Following the CEMP and DWPs review process described in Condition 21, the CEMP may require updating. 22.2 Any material change to the CEMP and DWP must be consistent with the purpose and objective of the relevant condition. 22.3 Affected parties and the Community Liaison Group must be notified of the review and any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs. 22 22.4 The CEMP and DWPs must clearly document the comments and inputs received by the Requiring Authority from affected parties about the material change, along with a clear explanation of where any comments have not been incorporated. 22.5 Following that review any material change proposed to the CEMP and DWPs relating to an adverse effect shall be submitted for approval to Auckland Council Compliance and Monitoring Officer, at least 10 working days prior to the proposed changes taking effect. If any changes are not agreed, the relevant provisions of the RMA relating to approval of outline plans shall apply. Network Utilities 23.1 To manage the adverse effects on Network Utilities operations during the construction of the Project, relevant matters in this condition shall be included in the CEMP.

23

23.2 The purpose of this section of the CEMP shall be to ensure that the construction of the Project adequately takes account of, and includes measures to address the safety, integrity, protection or, where necessary, relocation of existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation during the construction of the Project. 23.3 For the avoidance of doubt and for the purposes of this condition an â&#x20AC;&#x153;existing Network Utilityâ&#x20AC;? includes infrastructure operated by a Network Utility Operator which was: (a)

In place at the time the notice of requirement for the Project was served on Auckland Council; or

(b)

Undertaken in accordance with condition 7 of this designation or the section 176(1)(b) RMA process.

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 26

Condition Number

Condition

23.4 The CEMP shall be prepared in consultation with Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation and shall be adhered to and implemented during the construction of the Project. The CEMP shall include as a minimum: (a)

Cross references to the Communication and Consultation Plan for the methods that will be used to liaise with all Network Utility Operators who have existing Network Utilities that traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation.

(b)

Measures to be used to identify accurately the location of existing Network Utilities, and the measures for the protection, support, relocation and/or reinstatement of existing Network Utilities.

(c)

Methods to be used to ensure that all construction personnel, including contractors, are aware of the presence and location of the various existing Network Utilities (and their priority designations) which traverse, or are in close proximity to, the designation, and the restrictions in place in relation to those existing Network Utilities. This shall include: (i)

Measures to provide for the safe operation of plant and equipment, and the safety of workers, in-proximity to existing Network Utilities.

(ii)

Plans identifying the locations of the existing Network Utilities (and their designations) and appropriate physical indicators on the ground showing specific surveyed locations.

(d)

Measures to be used to ensure the continued operation of Network Utility operations and the security of supply of the services by Network Utility Operators at all times.

(e)

Measures to be used to enable Network Utility Operators to access existing Network Utilities for maintenance at all reasonable times on an ongoing basis during construction, and to access existing Network Utilities for emergency and urgent repair works at all times during the construction of the Project.

(f)

Contingency management plans for reasonably foreseeable circumstances in respect of the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the Project.

(g)

A risk analysis for the relocation and rebuild of existing Network Utilities during the construction of the Project.

(h)

Earthworks management (including depth and extent of earthworks and temporary and permanent stabilisation measures), for earthworks in close proximity to existing Network Utilities.

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 27

Condition Number

Condition

(i)

Vibration management and monitoring for works in close proximity to existing Network Utilities.

(j)

Emergency management procedures in the event of any emergency involving existing Network Utilities.

(k)

The process for providing as-built drawings showing the relationship of the relocated Network Utilities to the Project to Network Utility Operators and the timing for providing these drawings.

(l)

A summary of the consultation (including any methods or measures in dispute and the Requiring Authorities response to them) undertaken between the Requiring Authority and any Network Utility Operators during the preparation of the CEMP.

23.5 If the Requiring Authority and a Network Utility Operator cannot agree on the methods proposed under the CEMP to manage the construction effects on the Operatorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Network Utility operation, unless otherwise agreed, each party will appoint a suitably qualified and independent expert, who shall jointly appoint a third such expert to advise the parties and make a recommendation. That recommendation will be provided by the Requiring Authority as part of the CEMP along with reasons if the recommendation is not accepted. Transport, Access and Parking General Transport, Access and Parking 24.1 A Transport, Access and Parking DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects of construction of the Project on the transport network. 24.2 The objective of the Transport, Access and Parking DWP is, so far as is reasonably practicable, to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, pedestrian safety and amenity, parking and property access. This is to be achieved by: (a)

Managing the road transport network for the duration of construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion.

(b)

Managing pedestrian safety and amenity.

(c)

Maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times.

(d)

Providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible.

24

24.3 To achieve the above objective, the following shall be included in the Transport, Access and Parking DWP: (aa) The traffic management measures to be in general accordance with the draft temporary traffic management plans 4205003-CS2802 Rev B NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 28

Condition Number

Condition

and 4205003CS2803 Rev B. (bb) The name, job title and contact details for the person who will be responsible for dealing with traffic congestion complaints. (a) Details of proposed temporary road lane reductions and / or closures, alternative routes and temporary detours, including how these have been selected and will be managed to mitigate congestion as far as practicably possible and how advance notice will be provided. (b) Details of widening of footpaths resulting in: (i)

Road lane narrowing in Commerce Street.

(ii)

Road lane narrowing in Galway Street and Tyler Street outside the CPO building.

(c) How the displacement of taxi parking spaces, mobility impaired parking spaces and short and long-term parking spaces will be mitigated through relocation generally in accordance with the Flow Transportation Specialists Transport Assessment, dated May 2015, Figure 10 Proposed Parking Plan, including but not limited to the temporary use of the bus stop located outside 2 Queen Street and 152 Quay Street for short term parking during the Project works construction period. (d)

How pedestrian circulation and safe movement will be maintained: (i)

On Commerce Street, between Tyler Street and Galway Street;

(ii)

On Galway Street; and

(iii)

At or adjacent to the intersections of Commerce Street with Customs Street and Quay Street.

(e)

Details of the reversal of the direction of traffic flow along Tyler Street.

(f)

How disruption to the use of private property will be mitigated through:

(g)

(i)

Ensuring pedestrian and cycle access to private property is retained at all times.

(ii)

Providing vehicle access to private property as far as practicably possible at all times, except for temporary closures where landowners and occupiers have been communicated and consulted with in reasonable advance of the closure.

(iii)

How the loss of any private car parking will be mitigated through alternative car parking arrangements.

How disruption to use of the road network will be mitigated for

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 29

Condition Number

Condition

emergency services, public transport, bus users, taxi operators, freight and other related vehicles, pedestrians and cyclists through: (i)

Prioritising, as far as practicably possible, pedestrian and public transport at intersections where construction works are occurring. The objective with regard to pedestrians is to ensure that satisfactory and safe movement is maintained, at or adjacent to the construction works.

(ii)

With regard to public transport, prioritisation could also apply beyond intersections where travel time savings can be achieved.

(iii)

Relocating bus stops and taxi stands to locations which, as far as practicably possible, minimise disruption.

(iv)

Identifying alternate heavy haul routes where these are affected by construction works.

(h)

Details of the management of pedestrians on the footpath in the case of an emergency in or evacuation of a building immediately adjacent to a work site.

(i)

Details of how general traffic access along lower Queen Street will be managed in light of the requirement to remove the current general traffic prohibition at the Lower Queen Street / Quay Street intersection.

(j)

Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan that detail how emergency services, landowners, occupiers, public transport users, bus and taxi operators, and the general public are to be consulted with in relation to the management of the adverse effects on the transport network.

(k)

How traffic control, monitoring/surveys and reporting of traffic movements and conditions at the intersections of Quay Street/Commerce Street, Tyler Street/Commerce Street, Galway Street/Commerce Street and Customs Street/Commerce Street, shall be carried out during six week periods at the commencement of the following Project construction phases:

(l)

(i)

Site preparation and Station Plaza accommodation works

(ii)

Britomart Station modification works (including work to the CPO building).

Detailing the purpose of the monitoring/surveys and reporting of traffic movements and conditions at the intersections of Quay Street/Commerce Street, Tyler Street/Commerce Street, Galway Street/Commerce Street and Customs Street/Commerce Street, which is to identify the need and make up of ongoing temporary traffic control

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 30

Condition Number

Condition

during the Project construction period, in these locations, if required. (m)

Inclusion of the following requirements: (i)

Traffic surveys shall be undertaken by a suitably qualified independent person, 3 months prior to construction of the Project commencing to establish a baseline of existing transport congestion.

(ii)

Temporary traffic control measures shall be in place between the hours of 7.30am - 9.30am and 3pm – 6pm Monday to Friday inclusive, prior to works commencing on each construction phase and remain in place for six weeks. During this six week period: a.

Traffic monitoring/ surveys shall be undertaken by a suitably qualified independent person, during the first four weeks between the hours of 7.30am - 9.30am and 3pm – 6pm Monday to Friday inclusive to monitor construction traffic impacts on the identified intersections.

b.

At the conclusion of the four week monitoring period a written report shall be prepared by a suitably qualified independent person describing the observations and providing recommendations for the make-up of ongoing temporary traffic control during the Project construction period if required. The recommendations of the report are binding on the Requiring Authority. This report shall be available prior to the six week temporary traffic control period ending.

c.

The report required by condition 24.3 (m) (ii)(b) shall be provided to all property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified in Appendix 2, in accordance with condition 16.4(c).

24.4 No permanent closure of Tyler Street and Galway Street will be undertaken during the construction of the project. 24.5 Temporary full width road closure of Tyler Street and Galway Street shall be limited to no more than 10 closures per annum per road and restricted to the length of Tyler and Galway Streets running between the eastern façade of the Chief Post Office and Commerce Street. 24.6 Temporary full width road closures shall be for no longer than any continuous period of three hours in any 12 hour period. Any closure for any longer period shall be limited to a maximum of eight hours between the hours of 11pm and 7am, Monday to Sunday. 24.7 Any temporary full width road closure for three hours or less shall be upon 24 hours prior notice, and the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 31

Condition Number

Condition

on such matters as timing and access arrangements on the closure at least 24 hours in advance, but is not required to offer or provide alternative parking arrangements, though it may choose to offer this on a case by case basis in consultation with the affected party. 24.8

Any temporary full width road closure in excess of three hours shall require 72 hours prior notice, the Requiring Authority shall communicate and consult on such matters as timing and access arrangements on the closure at least 72 hours in advance, and will offer and provide where agreed with the affected party alternative parking arrangements. The alternative parking arrangement should be as close to the site affected as is reasonably practicable.

24.9

Communication and consultation of the advance notice of any temporary full width road closures shall be undertaken with all property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified in Appendix 2, in accordance with condition 16.4(c).

24.10 Where an affected party unexpectedly finds his/her vehicle blocked in as a result of a temporary closure, the Requiring Authority shall (within reasonable limits) offer alternative transport such as a taxi, rental car, or other alternative. 24.11 If the Requiring Authority receives complaints from the public regarding the achievement of satisfactory and safe pedestrian movement being maintained, at or adjacent to the construction works, then these complaints shall be investigated. If the complaints are considered by the Requiring Authority/ Council to be justified, then mitigation measures shall be considered by the Requiring Authority which could include, but should not be limited to (a)

providing fencing to guide pedestrian movement, or

(b)

modifying signal timings and phases for the benefit of pedestrians, where reasonably practicable at that time.

24.12 The Requiring Authority shall ensure that access to and egress from the Quay Street entrance to the Britomart carpark (located at 88 Quay Street) is maintained by installing a â&#x20AC;&#x153;keep clearâ&#x20AC;? marking across the Britomart carpark entry/exit. 24.13 The Requiring Authority shall ensure that no trucks larger than a 11.5m rigid truck travel to or from or make deliveries to or from the respective work site areas between the hours of 7.30am to 9.30am and 3pm to 6pm. 24.14 Methods to restrict project construction vehicles using Tyler Street and Galway Street east of Commerce Street for the duration of the construction of the Project. Noise and Vibration

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 32

Condition Number

Condition

Project Standards - Construction Noise 25.1 Subject to condition 25.2 construction noise shall comply with the following Project Standards: Monday Saturday

Receiver Type

Occupied commercial and industrial buildings (including offices) 25 Sensitive Receivers (excluding offices)

to Sundays and At all Public Holidays times

other

0700 – 2200

0700 – 2200

2200 – 0700

75 dB LAeq

75 dB LAeq

75 dB LAeq

75 dB LAeq

65 dB LAeq

90 dB LAFmax

80 dB LAFmax

60 dB LAeq 75 dB LAFmax

25.2 Where the limits in 25.1 are found (through measurement) to be exceeded then the best practicable option, as defined in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP will be implemented (Condition 28). The best practicable option, as defined in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP must be implemented (Condition 28). 25.3 Construction noise shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the provisions of NZS 6803:1999. The measurement and assessment location is external to the buildings at 1m from the façade. Project Standards - Construction Vibration 26.1

Construction vibration shall comply with the following Project Standards for building damage: Short-term (transient) vibration1

Type of Structure 26

PPV at the foundation at a frequency of

1.Commercial/ Industrial

110Hz (mm /s)

10-50 Hz (mm/s)

50-100 Hz (mm/s)

20

20 – 40

40 – 50

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Long-term (continuous) vibration

PPV at horizontal plane of highest floor (mm/s)

PPV at horizontal plane of highest floor (mm/s)

40

10

Page 33

Condition Number

Condition

2.Residential/ School

5

5 – 15

15 – 20

15

5

3. Structures that are historic (of intrinsic value) and are sensitive structures

3

3–8

8 – 10

8

2.5

26.2 Line 1 of the above table shall apply to the Britomart Transport Centre with the exception of those elements listed in 26.3. 26.3 Line 2 shall apply to the CPO’s masonry façade. In accordance with Standard DIN 4150-3:1999, measurements shall be made as close as practicable to the masonry façade at both the level of the foundations supporting the masonry façade and at the level of the CPO’s highest floor (refer to Appendix 3). Note: 1.

Standard DIN 4150-3:1999 defines short-term (transient) vibration as “vibration which does not occur often enough to cause structural fatigue and which does not produce resonance in the structure being evaluated”. Longterm (continuous) vibration is defined as all other vibration types not covered by the short-term vibration definition.

26.4 Construction vibration shall be measured in accordance with German Standard DIN 4150-3:1999. 26.5 Where the limits in 26.1 are found (through measurement) to be exceeded then the best practicable option, as defined in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP will be implemented for that receiver (Condition 28 (h) and (i)), provided that Condition 28.3(p) is complied with. Project Standards - Construction Vibration (Amenity) 27.1 Between the hours of 10pm and 7am vibration generated by construction activities shall not exceed: 27

(a)

a Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 0.3mm/s when measured at any part of the floor of any bedroom;

(b)

a noise level of 35 dB LAeq(15min) when measured in any bedroom.

27.2 Between the hours of 7am and 10pm vibration generated by construction activities shall not exceed:

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 34

Condition Number

Condition

(a)

A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 1mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for residentially occupied habitable rooms, bedrooms in temporary accommodation and medical facilities; and

(b)

A Peak Particle Velocity (PPV) of 2mm/s as measured on the floor of the receiving room for retail and office spaces (including work areas and meeting rooms);

27.3 The limits in 27.1 and 27.2 shall be investigated and applied only upon the receipt of a complaint from any building occupant. They shall not be applied where there is no identified concern from an occupant of a building. 27.4 Where the limits in 27.1 and 27.2 are found (through measurement) to be exceeded then the best practicable option, as defined in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP will be implemented for that receiver (Condition 28). Construction Noise and Vibration DWP For the avoidance of doubt, this condition is applicable to the management of construction noise and vibration on all receivers, including sensitive receivers. 28.1 A Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall be prepared and implemented. The objective of the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP is to provide for the development and implementation of identified best practicable options to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on receivers of noise and vibration resulting from construction. 28.2 The Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall: (a) Adopt the noise and vibration standards for construction set out in Conditions 25, 26 and 27 of this designation. 28 (b) Be generally consistent with the draft Construction Noise and Vibration DWP submitted as part of the Notice of Requirement documentation. (c) Identify methods to achieve the best practicable option for mitigating adverse effects. 28.3 To achieve this objective, the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP shall include: (a) The roles and responsibilities of the noise and vibration personnel in the contractor team with regard to managing and monitoring adverse noise and vibration effects. (b) External piling and saw cutting will be restricted to between the hours of 7am to 7pm, Monday to Saturday.

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 35

Condition Number

Condition

(c) Exclusion of vibratory rolling and rock breaking during night-time periods (10pm to 7am) unless equipment trials confirm compliance can be achieved with Project criteria in condition 27.1. (d) A restriction on the use of sheet piling and vibratory rolling unless it can be demonstrated that any material damage to the CPO will be avoided. (e) Construction machinery and equipment to be used and their operating noise and vibration levels. (f)

Acoustic hoardings shall be installed over all ground floor windows and doors of the Chief Post Office prior to construction commencing.

(g) Mobile acoustic enclosures shall be used for concrete cutting activities if this is the Best Practicable Option and in accordance with health and safety procedures. (h) Identification of construction activities that are likely to create adverse noise and vibration effects, the location of these in the construction site areas, and the distance to comply with the Project Criteria in Conditions 25, 26 and 27 of this designation. (i)

Identification of each activity that is predicted to exceed or measured to exceed the limits in conditions 25, 26 or 27 and the best practicable option to minimise adverse effects from those construction activities that is generally consistent with section 8.3 of the draft Construction Noise and Vibration DWP submitted as part of the NoR documentation.

(j)

The timing of construction activities that are likely to create an adverse noise and vibration effect.

(k) The location of sensitive noise and vibration receivers. (l)

A record of communication and consultation with sensitive receivers. The record must include a clear explanation where any comments from sensitive receivers have not been incorporated in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP, and the reasons why not. This information must be included in the Construction Noise and Vibration DWP provided to both the Independent Peer Review Panel and Auckland Council as part of the Outline Plan process specified in Condition 11.

(m) Specific measures to address the concerns raised by those sensitive receivers. (n) Specific training procedures for construction personnel including: (i)

The project noise and vibration performance standards for construction (conditions 25, 26 and 27).

(ii)

Information about noise and vibration sources within the

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 36

Condition Number

Condition

construction area and the locations of sensitive noise and vibration receivers. (iii)

Construction machinery operation mitigating noise and vibration.

instructions

relating

to

(o) Methods and measures to mitigate adverse noise and vibration effects including, but not limited to, structural mitigation such as barriers and enclosures, the scheduling of high noise and vibration construction, use of low noise and vibration machinery, temporary relocation of affected receivers or any other measures or offer agreed by the Requiring Authority and the affected receiver. (p) Monitoring systems and construction methodologies shall be developed and implemented so that the vibration limits given in 26.1 are not exceeded unless: (i)

Further detailed assessment of the specific construction plant to be used (from site specific trials); and

(ii)

Specific vulnerability assessment of all sensitive features of the CPO building have been undertaken; that

(iii)

Clearly demonstrate that higher vibration limits are appropriate.

(q) The vulnerability assessment of sensitive features (required by condition 28.3(p)(ii) shall include: (i)

A description of the existing condition and quality of the features;

(ii)

An assessment of the likely extent of the effect of the higher vibration limits on those features; and

(iii)

Clear identification of the areas to which the higher limits apply.

(r) The proposed methods for monitoring construction noise and vibration to be undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of construction works including: (i)

Updating the predicted noise and vibration contours based on the final design and construction activities.

(ii)

Confirm which buildings are to be subject to a pre and post building condition survey in accordance with Condition 31. This includes consideration of those buildings in Appendix 1.

(iii)

The timing and location for monitoring of buildings during construction is required.

(iv)

Identifying appropriate monitoring locations for receivers of

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 37

Condition Number

Condition

construction noise and vibration. (v)

Procedures for working with the Communication and Consultation Manager to respond to complaints received on construction noise and vibration, including methods to monitor and identify noise and vibration sources.

(vi)

Procedures for monitoring construction noise and vibration and reporting to the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer.

(vii)

Procedures for how works will be undertaken should they be required as a result of building condition surveys.

(s) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how landowners and occupiers are to be communicated with about noise and vibration effects. (t) The identification of structure type (in accordance with condition 26) of any buildings or structures subject to a building condition survey required by condition 31. Built Heritage/Archaeology Historic Heritage - Built Heritage 29.1 A Chief Post Office Built Heritage DWP (CPO DWP) shall be prepared to provide a framework to manage the adverse effects on the built heritage values of the CPO and, where relevant, other buildings referenced in this condition, during, and after the construction of the Project. Those aspects of the CPO DWP relating to the CPO building shall be based on the Chief Post Office Revised Conservation Plan (2003). The Requiring Authority shall consult HNZPT, and Auckland Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Built Heritage Unit and the CPO long-term lessee in the preparation of the CPO DWP. 29

29.2 The objective of the CPO DWP is to avoid where practicable or otherwise minimise adverse effects on the heritage values of the Chief Post Office and, where relevant, other buildings, during the construction of the Project works (including reinstatement) adopting the best practicable option. To achieve the above objective, the following shall, as a minimum, be included in CPO DWP: (a) Identification of the key heritage values of the CPO. (b) Details of the assessment of alternative construction methods which may achieve the objective of the CPO DWP. (c) Details of how the option selected by the Requiring Authority achieves the objective of the CPO DWP.

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 38

Condition Number

Condition

(d) Preparation of a Building Record and Salvage Strategy that outlines a suitable set of procedures for the removal, storage and for later refitting and reuse of elements of the CPO. (e) The proposed methods for monitoring building damage that are to be undertaken by a suitably qualified person for the duration of the Project works. (f)

Identification and methodology for recording Built Heritage elements directly affected by the construction, or associated pre- and postconstruction, which are to be: (i)

Adaptively reused;

(ii)

Partially retained in design and construction;

(iii)

Integrated into other elements of the City Rail Link.

(g) The key stages of the preferred construction option when a suitably qualified heritage architect will be required on site to monitor sensitive works and to make decisions regarding construction works that may result in adverse effects on the built heritage values of the Chief Post Office building. (h) In addition to the CPO, the CPO DWG is to detail: (i)

How other Built Heritage Buildings and Structures will be protected during construction through the use of screening or other protective measures to mitigate adverse construction effects; and

(ii)

How mitigation or rectification of damage to Built Heritage Buildings and Structures identified in Appendix 1 will be addressed.

(i)

Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how HNZPT, Auckland Council’s Built Heritage Unit and the CPO long-term lessee (see condition 16) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to Built Heritage.

(j)

How reinstatement works for the CPO building will address the permanent treatment of heritage elements identified in the Heritage Covenant and Revised Conservation Plan (2003).

Historic Heritage – Archaeology DWP 30

30.1 A The objective of the Historic Heritage – Archaeology DWP is to provide a framework for the avoidance, remediation or mitigation of adverse effects on archaeological remains during construction, as far as reasonably practicable. 30.2 The Historic Heritage – Archaeology DWP shall be prepared by the Requiring

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 39

Condition Number

Condition

Authority in consultation with HNZPT and Auckland Council’s Heritage Unit (Cultural Heritage Implementation). 30.3 To achieve the above objective the following matters shall be included in the Historic Heritage – Archaeology DWP: (a)

Details of pre-construction briefing(s) for contractors on site to inform them of the nature and form of archaeological material that may be encountered. Training procedures for all contractors are to be undertaken in advance of construction, regarding the possible presence of cultural or archaeological remains, what these remains may look like, and the relevant provisions of the HNZPT Act 2014 relating to archaeological sites. Attendance at these briefing and training sessions is to be recorded.

(b)

The regulatory role of HNZPT under the archaeological provisions of the HNZPTA 2014 in the management of archaeological remains is to be clearly identified.

(c)

A methodology for the supervision and inspection of all excavations.

(d)

A plan which shows the areas to be monitored for archaeological material.

(e)

A methodology, which is to be updated and confirmed prior to works commencing, for monitoring, recording, sampling, investigation and analysis to include provision for:

(f)

(i)

Procedures for recording any archaeological remains or evidence before it is modified or destroyed, including opportunities for the conservation and preservation of artefacts and eco-facts (biological material) that are discovered. Consideration shall be given to the incorporation of in-situ material or artefacts into the design of stations and / or public places associated with the Project works.

(ii)

Provision for ‘post-excavation’ archiving, assessment and analysis of the archaeological records and materials; and publication of results of these works within 12 months of completion of archaeological works or annually if the works form part of a staged project over an extended period of time, which-ever is the lesser.

(iii)

Allocation of resources for Carbon 14 dating and eco-fact treatment and conservation (wood, metal and other organic material).

An artefact management plan (see HNZPT Artefact Management information sheet), the purpose of which is to outline where artefacts will be stored (both short and long term), analysed and either displayed, discarded or returned to landowner (see the Protected Objects Act

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 40

Condition Number

Condition

1975). (g)

Protocols (tikanga) for discovery of artefacts of Māori origin, especially koiwi.

(h)

Protocols for compliance with the Protected Objects Act 1975.

(i)

Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which details how HNZPT, Auckland Council’s Heritage Unit (Cultural Heritage Implementation) and mana whenua (see condition 9) are consulted, and the communication with the general public on the management of the adverse effects relating to pre and post 1900 archaeology.

(j)

How opportunities to interpret and display archaeological finds to the public within the Project area will be identified and implemented, including how HNZPT and Auckland Council’s Heritage Unit (Cultural Heritage Implementation) will be involved in this process.

(k)

A methodology for the updating of the New Zealand Archaeological Association ARCHSITE database and the Auckland Council Cultural Heritage Inventory files and for the reporting of the work undertaken at the completion of construction.

Building Condition Surveys Process for Building Condition Surveys 31.1 Prior to construction, a building survey shall be undertaken of (as a minimum) those buildings listed in Appendix 1, pursuant to Condition 31.2(b).

31

In addition to those buildings listed in Appendix 1, a building condition survey will be undertaken where it is assessed that there is potential for damage to buildings or structures arising from construction as determined by an independent suitably qualified person appointed by the Requiring Authority based on the criteria below unless the relevant industry criteria applied at the time or heightened building sensitivity or other inherent building vulnerability requires it. Building damage criteria will initially be assessed in accordance with Burland, J.B. (1997) “Assessment of Risk of Damage to Buildings due to Tunnelling and Excavation”. Additional factors which may be considered in determining whether a building condition survey will be undertaken include: (a) Age of the building (b) Construction type/s

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 41

Condition Number

Condition

(c) Foundation type/s (d) General building condition (e) Proximity to any excavation (f)

Whether the building is earthquake prone and

(g) Whether any basements are present in the building. 31.2 Where, prior to construction, it is determined that a Building Condition Survey is required in accordance with Condition 31.1, or if measurements exceed the criteria in Condition 26: (a) The Requiring Authority shall employ a suitably qualified person to undertake the building condition surveys and that person shall be identified in the CEMP. (b) The Requiring Authority shall provide the building condition survey report to the relevant property owner within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken, and additionally it shall notify and provide the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring officer a copy of the completed survey report. (c) The Requiring Authority shall contact the owners of those buildings and structures where a Building Condition Survey is to be undertaken to confirm the timing and methodology for undertaking a pre-construction condition assessment. (d) The Requiring Authority shall record all contact, correspondence and communication with owners and this shall be available on request for the Auckland Council Consent Monitoring Officer. (e) Should agreement from owners to enter property and undertake a condition assessment not be obtained within 3 months from first contact, then the Requiring Authority shall not be required under these designation conditions to undertake these assessments. (f)

The Requiring Authority shall undertake a visual inspection during "active construction" if requested by the building owner where a pre-construction condition assessment has been undertaken.

(g) The Requiring Authority shall develop a system of monitoring the condition of existing buildings which is commensurate with the type of the existing building and the proximity of the Project works. The purpose of monitoring is to assess whether or not active construction is compromising the structural integrity of the building. (h) The Requiring Authority shall, as part of the Building Condition Survey and in accordance with the advice of the suitably qualified person identified in Condition 31.2(a), determine whether the building is classified as NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 42

Condition Number

Condition

Commercial / Industrial, Residential / School or a Structure that is Historic and sensitive in terms of Condition 26. (i)

The type of structure shall be clearly stated in the relevant building condition survey report developed in accordance with condition 31.2(b).

31.3 During construction: (a) The Requiring Authority shall implement procedures that will appropriately respond to the information received from the monitoring system. Where necessary this may include the temporary cessation of works in close proximity to the relevant building until such time as measures are implemented to avoid further damage or compromise of the structural integrity of the building. (b) Any damage to buildings or structures shall be recorded and repaired by the Requiring Authority and costs associated with the repair will be met by the Requiring Authority. 31.4 Following construction: (a) The Requiring Authority shall, within 12 months of the commencement of operation of the Project, contact owners of those buildings and structures where a Building Condition Survey was undertaken to confirm the need for undertaking a post-construction condition assessment. (b) Where a post-construction building condition survey confirms that the building has deteriorated as the result of construction or operation works relating to the Project, the Requiring Authority shall, at its own cost, rectify the damage. (c) Where the Requiring Authority is required to undertake building repairs in accordance with Conditions 31.3(b) or 31.4(b), such repairs shall be undertaken as soon as practicably possible and in consultation with the owner of the building. Public Art Public Art DWP 32.1 A Public Art DWP shall be prepared to manage the adverse effects on public art located within or in close proximity to the designation footprint. 32

32.2 The objective of the Public Art DWP is to enable the appropriate removal and / or relocation of public art directly affected by the construction of the Project. 32.3 To achieve the above objective, included in the Public Art DWP shall be the process that will be undertaken to remove the public art, its storage, reestablishment or relocation and / or replacement (as part of the restoration works associated with the Project), including the consultation undertaken with

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 43

Condition Number

Condition

the Auckland Council and proposed implementation. 32.4 If one does not already exist, an asset management plan shall be prepared by the Requiring Authority in collaboration with Auckland Council for any of the public art works as part of any protection or removal process. 32.5 Should any public art works be removed prior to and separate from the Project, this condition will not need to be complied with. Social Impact and Business Disruptions Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP 33.1 The Requiring Authority shall prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP, the objective of which is to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects arising from disruption to businesses, residents and community services/facilities so far as reasonably practicable. 33.2 To achieve this objective the Requiring Authority shall engage a suitably qualified specialist(s) to prepare a Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP to address the following specific issues: (a) How disruption to access (including pedestrian, cycle, passenger transport and service/private vehicles) for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated.

33

(b) How the disruption effects that result or are likely to result in the loss of customers to businesses as a result of construction activities will, so far as is reasonably practicable, be avoided, remedied or mitigated. (c) How loss of amenity for residents, community services and businesses as a result of construction activities will be or has been mitigated through the CEMP and other DWPs. 33.3 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be prepared in consultation with the community, community facility operators, business owners, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties to: (a) Understand client and visitor behaviour and requirements and operational requirements of community facilities and businesses. (b) Identify the scale of disruption and adverse effects likely to result to businesses, residents and any community services/facilities as a result of construction of the Project. (c) Assess access and servicing requirements and in particular any special needs of residents and businesses. (d) To develop methods to address matters outlined in (b) and (c) above,

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 44

Condition Number

Condition

including: (i)

The measures to maximise opportunities for pedestrian and service access to businesses, residents and community services/facilities that will be maintained during construction, within the practical requirements of the Transport, Access and Parking condition 24 and the Transport, Access and Parking DWP.

(ii)

The measures to mitigate potential severance and loss of business visibility issues by way-finding and supporting signage for pedestrian detours required during construction.

(iii)

The measures to promote a safe environment, taking a crimeprevention-through-environmental-design approach.

(iv)

Other measures to assist businesses and social services/facilities to maintain client/customer accessibility, including but not limited to client/customer information on temporary parking, parking options and access.

(v)

Other measures to assist residents, businesses and social services/facilities to provide for service delivery requirements.

(vi)

The process (if any) for re-establishment and promotion of normal business operation following construction.

(vii)

If appropriate and reasonable, requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation (including information to communities using these services and facilities to advise of relocations).

33.4 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall include: (a) A summary of the findings and recommendations of the Social Impact Assessment report (2015). (b) A record of the consultation undertaken with the community including specific access and operational requirements of individual businesses and residents including, if relevant, consultation on the necessity for, and the feasibility of, options and requirements for temporary relocation during construction and/or assistance for relocation). (c) An implementation plan of the methods to mitigate the disruption effects (as developed in 33.3 above). (d) Reference to any site/business specific mitigation plans that exist (though these may not be included in the DWP). (e) Cross reference to detail on how the CEMP and DWPs have responded to the issues of resident, business and social service/facility accessibility and NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 45

Condition Number

Condition

amenity. (f)

Details of on-going consultation with the local community through the Community Liaison Groups to provide updates and information relating to the timing for project works and acquisition.

(g) The process for resolution of any disputes or complaints in relation to the management / mitigation of social impacts (including business disruption impacts). 33.5 The Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project and for up to 12 months following the completion of the Project if required. 33.6 Suitably qualified independent specialists for the social impact and business disruption mitigation (whose appointment shall be agreed by the Council) shall peer review the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP pursuant to Condition 12. 33.7 The Requiring Authority shall prepare an annual report on the identification, monitoring, evaluation and management of the effects outlined in the Social Impact and Business Disruption DWP together with a summary of matters raised by the community, and how these have been responded to. The report shall be presented to the Community Liaison Group. Air Quality Air Quality DWP 33A.1 An Air Quality DWP shall be prepared to avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects on air quality during the construction of the Project or any part of it. 33A.2 The objective of the Air Quality DWP is to detail the best practicable option to avoid dust and odour nuisance being caused by construction works and to remedy any such effects should they occur.

33A

33A.3 To achieve the above objective the following shall be included in the Air Quality DWP and implemented as required: (a) The procedures to be implemented for the continuous monitoring of Total Suspended Particulate (TSP) concentrations and meteorology including, but not limited to, the establishment of two monitoring sites (to the north and south of the site); (b) Identification of the sensitive locations, and the specific methods for monitoring, including trigger limits to determine whether further action (such as implementation of the mitigation measures discussed below or other mitigation measures) is required; (c) Procedures for responding to malfunctions with construction machinery

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 46

Condition Number

Condition

or works causing accidental dust discharges including, but not limited to, the requirement to remedy any malfunction within 24 hours; (d) Procedures for monitoring weather conditions and the requirement that water spray is used on soil stockpiles, any non-paved construction areas, and the wheels of trucks where dust may disperse beyond the site; (e) Procedures for establishing when the covering of trucks will be required; (f) Procedures for determining when hard surfaced areas in construction yards and active construction areas should be cleaned including, but not limited to, the requirement that such areas be cleaned whenever dust generation occurs due to traffic on these surfaces; (g) Procedures for responding to discharges of odour (including in the event of excavation of contaminated sites) including, but not limited to, the requirement to address discharge of objectionable odour by immediately ceasing the activity causing the discharge; (h) Procedures for equipment inspection (including timeframes for regular inspections), maintenance, monitoring and recording, including baghouses, pressure relief valves and high level alarms to mitigate dust emissions; (i) Procedures for, where practicable, limiting dust and odour nuisance and the methods for monitoring these procedures including Identification of contingency measures to address identified and verified adverse effects on sensitive receptors. Contingency measures may include options such as:

(j)

(i)

Cleaning of air filtration intakes; or

(ii)

Cleaning of other buildings and infrastructure;

Procedures for responding to any complaints received and the timeframes for response to complaints and reporting;

(k) Cross references to the specific sections in the Communication and Consultation Plan which detail how the communities in the vicinity of construction works are to be communicated with on the management of the adverse effects relating to air quality. URBAN DESIGN Urban Design DWP 33B

33B.1 The Requiring Authority shall prepare an Urban Design DWP. The objective of the Urban Design DWP is to: (a) Enable the integration of any above ground construction works and

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 47

Condition Number

Condition

structures and the Station Plaza Accommodation into the surrounding landscape and design context so far as reasonably practicable having regard to the temporary nature of the Project; (b) Provide for the use and reinstatement of Station Plaza to the same or better standard as existed prior to the Project works being undertaken; and (c) Include provision for the use and reinstatement of Construction Support Areas A and C. 33B.2 The Urban Design DWP shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction and operation of the Project. 33B.3 To achieve the above objective the following matters shall be addressed in the Urban Design DWP: (a) Design for the Station Plaza Accommodation and Construction Support Areas A and C should: (i)

Ensure a safe and secure pedestrian environment through the incorporation, implementation and management of best practice crime-prevention-through-environmental-design principles, systems and equipment.

(ii) During construction, wayfinding signs should be easy to identify and understand and should indicate convenient and safe universal access pedestrian movement routes on public streets. (iii) Any hoardings or fencing required during construction should be perceived as an integral design element of the Station Plaza building. 33B.4 Details of how the Station Plaza and Construction Support Areas A and C will be reinstated upon completion of the Project to: (a) As a minimum, the same standard that existed prior to the project works being undertaken; and (b) In a manner that is coherent within the wider area and/or recent public realm upgrades in the area. Interim Vibration Testing

33C

33C.1 After construction of the structural modifications to the CPO required by CRL but before the Track Form Design DWP (required by condition 33D) is finalised, the Requiring Authority shall undertake testing to determine the vibration transfer function(s) between the finished base of the tunnel (upon which the track-form will be constructed) and representative occupied spaces of the CPO building. The testing methodology and the vibration transfer

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 48

Condition Number

Condition

function results shall be used to inform the vibration mitigation measures required for the final track-form design. Track Form Design DWP 33D.1 During the design and prior to construction and installation of the track-form the Requiring Authority shall prepare a Track Form Design DWP (TFD DWP). The objective of the TFD DWP is to demonstrate how the design will achieve compliance with the operational vibration and regenerated noise standards of condition 34. 33D.2 To achieve the above objective, the TFD DWP shall set out, in detail, the final design of the specific vibration mitigation measures to be utilised to minimise operational rail noise and vibration to achieve compliance with the project standards in condition 34. In particular, the TFD DWP shall address the following matters (as a minimum):

33D

(a) A description of the methodology and results of the vibration transfer function testing required by condition 33C.1; (b) Details of the final mitigation measures and predicted resulting vibration and reradiated noise levels. The report will give consideration to different isolation systems between the rail and the CPO, taking into account of the chosen structural design of the track bed, transfer beams and rail enclosure structure; (c) A full description and drawings of the final design and demonstration of how compliance with the standards in condition 34 will be achieved. OPERATIONAL CONDITIONS Operational Rail Vibration 34.1

The Requiring Authority shall confirm that operational rail vibration and reradiated noise levels comply with the following Project Criteria at any Sensitive Noise and Vibration Receiver existing at the time of lodgement of the NoR:

Building Type

34

Vibration Criteria

Botyh Velocity2 (mm/s) Commercial uses with primarily daytime use1

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

0.14

Reradiated Noise Criteria (dB LASmax re: 20 ď ­Pa)

40

Page 49

Condition Number

Condition

Residences and buildings where people normally sleep

0.1

35

Auditoria/Theatres

0.1

30

TV/Recording Studios

0.05

25

Notes: 1. Such as offices and businesses (excluding activities on the Lower Basement, Basement and Ground Floor of the CPO). 2. Maximum one-second root-mean-square (RMS) value with an upper frequency limit of 80 Hz. 34.2

For any noise or vibration sensitive building types that are not provided for in the table above, the upper limit for vibration and reradiated noise shall not exceed a RMS level (1s, maximum) of 0.21 mm/s and 50 dB LASmax respectively.

34.3

When assessing operational rail vibration and reradiated noise, compliance with Conditions 34.1 and 34.2 shall be achieved for 95% of at least 20 train pass-by ‘events’. The events shall be representative of the rolling stock fleet operating on the line and shall include maintenance activities unless such activities are undertaken after 6pm or before 8:30am.

34.4

When assessing operational rail vibration measurement shall be made in accordance with Section 5.2.3 of BS6472-1:2008 with respect to measurement locations.

Operational Noise – Mechanical Ventilation Plant 35.1

35

Operational noise from mechanical ventilation plant servicing the underground rail sections of the Project shall be measured and assessed in accordance with the following Project Criteria:

Location

Period

dB LAeq

Auckland Central Area

7.00am to 11:00pm

65

11:00pm to 7:00am

60

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

dB LAFmax

75

Page 50

Condition Number

Condition

35.2

Measurements shall be undertaken in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6801:2008 “Acoustics – Measurement of environmental sound” and assessed in accordance with New Zealand Standard NZS 6802:2008 “Acoustics - Environmental Noise”.

Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan (ONVMP) 36.1

To manage the adverse effects from the maintenance and operation of the Project, the Requiring Authority shall, prior to the operation of the Project, prepare an Operational Noise and Vibration Management Plan, (ONVMP) to the satisfaction of Auckland Council’s Compliance Monitoring Manager. The objective of the ONVMP shall be to ensure that the tracks, rolling stock and associated infrastructure (including ventilation and other mechanical plant) are maintained and operated in accordance with maintenance standards as outlined in the Requiring Authority’s maintenance programme for the Project, so that operational noise and vibration levels received at noise sensitive receiver locations comply with Condition 34, and noise levels comply with Condition 35.

36.2

The ONVMP shall set out procedures for: (a) Determining the best practicable option to manage operational noise and vibration.

36

(b) The maintenance of rolling stock to minimise noise and vibration emissions including, but not limited to, the management of wheel roughness and flats, braking systems, cooling systems, suspension systems and any other significant source associated with the operation of locomotives. (c) The maintenance of tracks to minimise noise and vibration emissions, including, but not limited to, the management of curve squeal, rail roughness, joint constructions and any other significant source associated with the use of the tracks. (d) The implementation of mitigation measures associated with the operation and maintenance of the Project, for the operational life of the Project. (e) The management of noise and vibration and regenerated noise resulting from maintenance of the line, including, but not limited to activities such as: (i)

Rail grinding and polishing

(ii)

Use of rail maintenance trucks

(iii)

Inspection of tracks

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 51

Condition Number

Condition

(f)

The management of noise from the operation of the line, including, but not limited to, the use of audible warning devices and acceleration / deceleration controls (where relevant).

(g)

The management of noise and maintenance of noise-generating equipment from stations and associated ventilation and mechanical plant infrastructure including, but not limited to, PA systems, fans and ventilation noise and audible warning devices.

(h)

The Requiring Authority shall prepare a monitoring regime to include:

(i)

(i)

The identification of monitoring locations; and

(ii)

An annual check of operational rail reradiated noise in relation to the Chief Post Office, in accordance with condition 34.

The results of this annual monitoring are to be provided to Auckland Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Compliance and Monitoring Manager. In the event of noncompliance with condition 34, mitigation shall be implemented in accordance with the provisions of the ONVMP.

36.3 The ONVMP shall be adhered to at all times. It may be updated or amended at any time with the approval of Auckland Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Compliance Monitoring Manager. ADVICE NOTES

AN1

It is unlawful to modify or destroy a pre-1900 (or post -1900 archaeological site declared under s43 of the HNZPT Act 2014) archaeological site without the prior authority of HNZPT issued under the HNZPT Act 2014. That authority will include a comprehensive set of conditions in respect of the management, monitoring, recording, investigation, analysis and reporting of archaeological evidence that may be encountered. The HNZPTA 2014 also requires that approval is sought of persons nominated to undertake the activity under an authority. Requirements under the HNZPTA should be confirmed directly with Heritage New Zealand Regional Archaeologist (ArchaeologistMN@heritage.org.nz). In the event of unanticipated archaeological sites or koiwi being uncovered the Requiring Authority shall cease activity in the vicinity until it has the relevant approvals, and consulted with Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga and relevant iwi interests.

AN2

The Requiring Authority will need to acquire the relevant property interests in land subject to the designation before it undertakes any works on that land pursuant to the designation. That may include a formal Public Works Act 1981 acquisition process. It is acknowledged that property rights issues are separate from resource management effects issues and that the resolution of property issues may be subject to confidentiality agreements between the Requiring Authority and the relevant landowners.

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 52

Condition Number

Condition

AN3

Prior to construction if Network Utility Operators are carrying out works that do not require prior written consent of the Requiring Authority in accordance with condition 6 of this designation, they must carry out those works in accordance with the Corridor Access Request (CAR) Process (as set out in Part 4 of the National Code of Practice for Utility Operatorsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Access to Transport Corridors 2011) where that process applies to the works being carried out.

AN4

Subject to these conditions, under section 176 of the RMA no person may do anything in relation to the land subject to the designation that would prevent or hinder the Project without the written approval of the Requiring Authority.

AN5

Some of the land is subject to existing designations. Nothing in these designation conditions negates the need for the Requiring Authority to adhere to the provisions of section 177 of the RMA.

AN6

Tyler and Galway Streets and Construction Support Area B are located within the footprint of CRL Designation 1 and as such are subject to condition 47 of that designation. This condition requires the development of an Urban Design Delivery Work Plan to ensure that the areas within the designation footprint used during the construction of the CRL are restored.

AN7

Condition 11.4 of the Britomart Designation requires the Station Plaza Urban Design DWP to show how the plan will integrate with adjacent construction works and interrelated activities (e.g. City Rail Link).

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 53

Appendix 1 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Heritage buildings for building condition surveys Refer condition 31 Condition 31 of this designation requires as part of the CEMP process the confirmation of where and when building condition surveys will be undertaken in relation to Built Heritage (including those affected as a result of excavation). In accordance with condition 31, a building condition survey shall be undertaken as a minimum for the following buildings: Address

Property Known As

12 Queen Street

Chief Post Office or Britomart Transport Centre

2 Queen Street

Endeans Building

2-8 Customs Street East

Mercure Hotel

152 Quay Street

Harbour View Building

148 Quay Street 20 Customs Street East

Levy Building

14-18 Customs Street East

Former Sofrana House

10 Customs Street East

Barrington Building

21 Queen Street

Zurich House

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 54

Appendix 2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Location plan showing sites for traffic monitoring Refer condition 24

NoR to alter designation 314 (Britomart Transport Centre)

Page 55

Appendix 3 – Diagram of the Chief Postal Office Building indicating the foundations supporting the masonry façade and the building’s highest floor. Refer Condition 26.3

Decision following the hearing of an application for resource consents under the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA) Application for resource consents under section 88 of the RMA by Auckland Transport necessary to construct the Britomart Station to Wyndham Street section of the proposed City Rail Link. Pursuant to sections 104, 104B, 105, 106, 107 and 108 of the RMA these resource consents are GRANTED. The reasons are set out below.

Application Numbers:

R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

Site Address:

Britomart Station, Lower Queen Street, Customs Street West, Wolfe Street, Victoria Street West, Albert Street, Wyndham Street, Auckland Central.

Applicant:

Auckland Transport (“AT” or “the applicant”) 6, 7, and 8 July 2015

Hearing Dates: Hearing Panel:

Appearances:

Mr Alan Watson Mr Michael Parsonson Ms Rebecca Macky Mr Basil Morrison For the Applicant: Andrew Beatson – Legal Counsel Scott Elwarth – Corporate Dean Ingoe – Consenting Strategy & Consultation Bill Newns – Design & Construction Alan Pattle – Groundwater Bill Newns – Settlement Craig Stevenson – Building Settlement Bruce Petry – Built Heritage Andrew Hart – Contamination Richard Chilton - Air Quality Paul Kennedy – Water Quality & Management Jennifer Carvill – Planning Carol Greensmith – Communications Manager For the Submitters: Noel Playle - Body Corporate Committee 095035 Gordon Nelson - Endean’s Scheme Committee Amanda Stoltz – Legal Counsel, Stamford Residences Owners Corp Vicki Morrison-Shaw – Legal Counsel, Cooper & Company NZ Vijay Lala – Resource Management Planning consultant

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

1

Richard Brabant – Barrister, for 148, 153 Quay Street Body Corp, Mercure Hotel/Pandy, 8 Customs Street Gavin Alexander- Technical Director Beca Duncan McKenzie – Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga For Council: Andrew Gysberts - Team Manager Major Infrastructure Projects Fritha Witton - Senior Planner Aidan Nelson - Groundwater Engineers, Earthtech Consulting Ltd Philip Kelsey - Groundwater Engineers, Earthtech Consulting Ltd Nick Hazard - Groundwater Specialist Leon Blackburn - Water Quality, Discharges of contaminants to stormwater John Brown - Built Heritage Patrick Shorten - Fraser Thomas Limited Barry Brown - Fraser Thomas Limited Peter Goldsmith - Fraser Thomas Limited

Hearing adjourned

Tania Bonsall - Democracy Advisor - Hearings 8 July 2015

Commissioners’ site visit

As the Commissioners are all generally familiar with the site, it was left to individual Commissioners to undertake any site visit he or she considered necessary.

Hearing Closed:

29 July 2015

INTRODUCTION Commissioners’ appointment 1.

This decision is made on behalf of the Auckland Council (the Council or AC) by Independent Hearing Commissioners Alan Watson, Michael Parsonson, Rebecca Macky and Basil Morrison appointed and acting under delegated authority under sections 34 and 34A of the Resource Management Act 1991 (the RMA).

2.

Mr Parsonson was unable to attend Day 1 of the hearing due to illness. With the agreement of all parties, the hearing proceeded with the issues other than groundwater and settlement, which were addressed on Day 2.

3.

Throughout the hearing, and whilst the formal proceedings continued, experts representing the applicant, the Council and at times, some submitters, met in conference and conferred in an endeavour to narrow and resolve outstanding points of difference.

4.

This decision contains the findings from our deliberations on the applications for resource consent and has been prepared in accordance with section 113 of the RMA.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

2

Information 5.

As the Commissioners, we were provided with copies of the application details, further information provided by the applicant and the submissions. The Council officer’s section 42A RMA report was provided to all interested parties before the hearing and the applicant’s evidence was pre-circulated before the hearing.

6.

On 3 July 2015, Council’s reporting planner circulated a memorandum to the Hearings Commissioners outlining the interactions which had taken place between AC and AT following the pre-circulation of evidence and to state AC’s position relating to the Burland methodology used by the applicant; changes in AT’s methodology; the level of total and differential settlement that could cause damage; and conditions of consent. Notification and submissions

7.

The application was publicly notified on 5 February 2015 at the request of the applicant and notice of the application was also served that day on those persons identified as being potentially adversely affected by the proposal. As part of this process, the interested Mana Whenua groups were directly notified of the application (via the identified RMA administrative addresses) and invited to make a submission.

8.

At the close of the submission period, submissions had been received as follows: 1 in support, 2 in support subject to conditions, 2 neutral and 21 in opposition. The key issues raised in submissions were: Issues raised:

No. of times issue raised

1.

Rates increase

1

2.

CRL is an unnecessary project

1

3.

High density housing along the route of the proposed rail tunnel be abandoned, zoning needs to match character

1

4.

Expected timeframe for the works outside the Stamford Residences

1

5.

Major disruption

2

6.

Transportation of soil to and from the sites

1

7.

Noise

8.

Removal of loading zones for bus stops

9.

Construction induced adverse effects on the fabric of buildings given soil and groundwater conditions

10.

Vibration effects on buildings

11.

Adverse construction effects on occupants of buildings (including businesses) and visitors

12.

Temporary access constraints on Tyler Street and other street frontages

3

13.

Sediment discharges

5

14.

Temporary access constraints on Galway Street and other street frontages

3

15.

General support

1

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

11 1 13 6 10

3

16.

Proposal compromises the interests of Ngati Maru

1

17.

Consultation is incomplete

1

18.

Access and traffic effects

7

19.

Health and safety

1

20.

Applications do not cover all the consents necessary to authorise the works

1

21.

Adverse effects, particularly on the Chief Post Office Building and other heritage buildings

2

22.

Measures and conditions proposed by AT to manage effects do not adequately avoid, remedy or mitigate those effects

1

23.

Lack of certainty i.e. the management of adverse effects through conditions are left to be considered through various management plans that are yet to be written.

2

24.

Dust effects on building occupants and the building itself

4

25.

Incomplete application

1

26.

Guidance on the construction programme is lacking

1

27.

Loss of amenity

1

28.

Risk to human health from the disturbance of contaminated land

1

29.

Reduction in employment opportunities due to adverse traffic effects

2

30.

Archaeology conditions

1

31.

Draft conditions are inadequate

1

32.

Alternative methodologies

1

The relief sought in the submissions was as follows: Relief sought:

No. of times this relief is sought

A.

Rates are kept within the consumer price index for each year and that the City Rail project be abandoned.

1

B.

Timeframe of no more than 24 months to complete the works outside the Stamford Residences.

1

C.

Compensation for loss of property value attributable to the works should we sell the property.

1

D.

Ensure Stamford Residences building is cleaned regularly

1

E.

Instead of filling in the tunnel construct several levels of parking above the track below Albert Street and offer the spaces to Albert Street residences and businesses

1

F.

No construction noise at night

2

G.

Leave loading zones alone

1

H.

Application be declined if detailed/particular conditions are not included (as outlined in submissions)

8

I.

Conditions of consent be imposed which will avoid adverse effects on the building foundations, structure and fabric, and which will require full remediation/repair place reinstatement at the cost of the consent holder in the event that avoidance of any adverse effects is not possible or does not occur

7

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

4

J.

Conditions be included covering the following effects or concerns: -

control quantities of groundwater to be pumped, diverted or dammed

-

continuous monitoring programme, including buildings potentially at risk from adverse effects

-

comprehensive groundwater control and monitoring network and programme including appropriate groundwater alert levels

-

contingency plan, including measures to be implemented if trigger levels are exceeded including a response plan

-

continuous monitoring and reporting

-

post construction monitoring programme

-

if damage, complete and full remediation at the cost of the Consent Holder

-

further conditions as required to address the potential for adverse effects

-

avoid adverse effects from vibration

-

all earthworks are managed to minimise any discharges beyond the site to either land or stormwater drainage systems

-

erosion and sediment control plan

-

inspection of sediment control measures

-

prompt mitigation or rectification if a discharge of debris, soil, silt, sediment or sediment-laden water occurs

-

covering of material during transportation

-

prescribe maximum levels of dust concentrations in the air

-

methods to ensure exposed surfaces remain damp and to minimise dust emissions

-

control vehicle speed limits

-

require appropriate number of wheel washes

-

measures for handling of cement products

-

procedure for responding to continuous dust monitoring

-

operate and maintain mobile continuous dust monitors

-

avoid, or if not reasonably practicable, minimise disruption of access to by the owners tenants or visitors to buildings in the area

6

K.

Cleaning of building at 152 Quay Street to remove dust

3

L.

Ensure continuous access through Tyler Street for the buildingâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s occupants and visitors

3

M.

Specify circumstances and terms and conditions upon which Tyler Street could be temporarily used for access or temporarily occupied

3

N.

Prior to works commencing and at the expense of the Consent Holder (and as a minimum) a pre-construction condition survey of Endeans Building (corner of Quay and Queen Streets) with suitable terms and conditions.

1

O.

Prior to works commencing and at the expense of the Consent Holder (and as a minimum) a pre-construction condition survey of Harbour View Building at 152 Quay Street with suitable terms and conditions.

1

P.

Prior to works commencing and at the expense of the Consent Holder (and as a minimum) a pre-construction condition survey of the building at 148 Quay Street with suitable terms and conditions.

1

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

5

Q.

Prior to works commencing and at the expense of the Consent Holder (and as a minimum) a pre-construction condition survey of the Mercure Hotel building (corner Customs and Queen Streets) with suitable terms and conditions.

2

R.

Cleaning of Mercure Hotel building (corner Customs and Queen Streets) to remove dust

2

S.

Ensure continuous access through Galway Street

3

T.

Ensure 24/7 access to the Mercure Hotel building (corner Customs and Queen Streets) loading dock, and the hotel valet parking

2

U.

Specify circumstances and terms and conditions upon which Galway Street could be temporarily used for access or temporarily occupied

3

V.

Support the project

1

W.

Consultation requirements

3

X.

Access at all times to Quay West building

1

Y.

Further information

2

Z.

Consent applications are placed on hold until such time as:

1

-

Obtained either a district land use consent to authorise works under and in the vicinity of the CPO site or a variation to the designation to allow such works in relation the CPO site

-

Obtained the consents necessary to authorise the construction of the remainder of the CRL line and the operation of the entire line

-

Further information which sets out the precise scope and extent of the proposed underpinning works including earthworks and groundwater effects

-

Further information on the potential effects on neighbouring heritage buildings

AA.

If granted, specific notation included that the consents cannot be exercised until other related authorisations are provided

2

BB.

Effects on CPO and other heritage buildings are avoided, remedied or mitigated

1

CC.

If granted, consents include a review mechanism

1

DD.

Specific measures in ATâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s expert reports included as consent conditions

1

EE.

Further detail in management plan conditions, including consultation requirements

3

FF.

Notification to building owners affected by the works

1

GG.

Requirement for an affected party liaison group

1

HH.

Appropriate construction management

1

II.

Groundwater and settlement monitoring, including appropriate trigger levels, and contingency measures

2

JJ.

Specific measures to address adverse air quality effects

2

KK.

Pre and post construction structural condition assessment, regular monitoring prior to and during construction, and expedient remediation of any damage to Stamford Residencesâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; Building at 22-26 Albert St

1

LL.

Decline applications

4

MM.

Prohibiting the proposed activities from being carried out during specified hours

2

NN.

Requiring the full width of all roads, streets, lanes and footpaths affected to be freely

2

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

6

available for use

9.

OO.

Prior to works commencing and at the expense of the Consent Holder (and as a minimum) a pre-construction condition survey of building in which McDonald’s Restaurant is located, with suitable terms and conditions.

1

PP.

Cleaning of the building in which McDonald’s Restaurant is located (corner of Customs, Galway and Queen Streets) to remove dust

1

QQ.

24/7 access to the McDonald’s Restaurant loading dock

1

RR.

Pre and post construction structural condition assessment, regular monitoring prior to and during construction, and expedient remediation of any damage to 17 Albert St

1

SS.

Monitoring of identified utility services

1

TT.

Excavated contaminated land material be immediately encapsulated and secured until AT’s remediation plan is drafted, consulted and implemented

1

UU.

Appropriate stormwater controls to prevent contaminated land discharges

1

VV.

Gas monitoring for construction and CRL operation, including personalised staff visitor gas monitoring

1

WW.

Appropriate health and safety management including emergency management plans

1

XX.

Monitoring of fire suppression systems

1

YY.

Personnel responsible for contaminated land management hold appropriate licences

1

ZZ.

Amendments to contaminated soil management plan

1

AB.

Definition of treated groundwater

1

AC.

Full assessment of impact on quality of residential apartments in the area

1

AD.

Additional assessment of the effects on archaeological sites

1

AE.

Ongoing involvement and consultation

1

Late submissions Submission 26, from Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga, was received late on the 6 March 2015 (the submission period closed at 5:00pm on 5 March 2015). Pursuant to section 37 of the RMA, the Commissioners accepted the reporting planner’s recommendation and extended the time for the receipt of submissions to accept the late submission.

Written approvals 10. The applicant has not obtained written approval from any persons. Amendments to the application following notification 11. After the submission period ended, the applicant provided further information on a number of matters. 12. That information formed part of the application and was considered by the Commissioners. The Commissioners accepted that the further information provided was to be within the scope of the original application and, therefore, renotification of the application was not required. 13. All submitters were contacted on 29 May 2015 (by email or letter) and were made aware that further information was provided to Council pursuant to section 92 of City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

7

the RMA. The further information was uploaded onto the Council website alongside the original application material for review and consideration by submitters. This information was available for viewing on the Council website from 2 June 2015. THE PROPOSAL, THE SITE, AND BACKGROUND The Proposal 14. The resource consent package (called Package 1) applied for includes resource consent applications associated with the construction of the CRL infrastructure from the existing Britomart Station to a point just south of the Wyndham and Albert Streets intersection in Auckland City. This includes resource consents for the following matters: 

earthworks, including within a heritage overlay and within an identified floodplain;



activities in and on contaminated land, including under the National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health;



groundwater take and diversion;



air discharges; and



various discharges to land or water.

15. The operational resource consents that are required for the operation of the CRL will be applied for as part of Resource Consent Package 2 (as defined at paragraphs 27 and 28 of this report). 16. The Britomart Station to Wyndham Street section includes the following construction works: 

cut and cover tunnels from Britomart Station to a point just south of the Albert and Wyndham Streets intersection (approximately 610m in total length);



underpinning of the Chief Post Office (CPO) building;



excavating tunnels that extend into Queen Elizabeth II Square (QE2S) and the Downtown Shopping Centre Site; and



excavating tunnels across Customs Street West and along Albert Street to Wyndham Street.

17. The applicant has divided the proposed construction work into five distinct Active Construction Zones (ACZs), labelled A-E. In addition, six Construction Support Areas (CSAs) are required, labelled 1-6. The CSAs will provide for general activities such as site offices, machinery, parking, construction material storage, wheel washing areas and waste storage and collection. A jet grout pump and City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

8

mixing plant is proposed at CSA 2 and 4 and stormwater and groundwater treatment tanks are proposed at all CSAs with the exception of CSAs 5 and 6. The applicant has stated that storage of up to 24m3 of spoil, engineering fill, drainage material or demolition debris will be provided for at all CSAs with the exception of CSA 6. 18. The applicant has provided a description of the works that are proposed to take place within each ACZ: in summary, the table below describes these works. ACZ

Construction Method

Construction Work

Construction Support Area

A – Britomart Station West

Underpinning, cut and cover bottom up

Construction of two tunnels and underpinning of the CPO

CSA 1 and 2

B – Lower Queen Cut and cover bottom Street Tunnels up

Construction of two tunnels (approximately 43m in length) from CPO building at Britomart Station to a location west of the pedestrian underpass stairs and lift with QE2S

CSA 2

C - Downtown Shopping Centre

Open trench

Construction of two tunnels merging CSA 3 to one tunnel from QE2S to the south west corner of the DSC site (approximately 112m of tunnelling within this ACZ).

D – Customs Street West

Cut and cover bottom up

Construction of one tunnel with two tracks (approximately 30m in length)

CSA 4 and 5

E- Albert Street

Cut and cover bottom up

Construction of one tunnel with two tracks approximately 330m in length

CSA 4, 5 and 6

Site, locality, catchment and environs description 19. The applicant has provided a description of the site, locality, catchment and surrounding environment in the AEE report. 20. In summary, the proposed works are within Auckland’s Central Business District which is a highly modified, intensely developed urban environment. The surrounding land uses include high density office buildings, residential and visitor accommodation, retail, restaurants and bars. As such, the area is highly pedestrianised and is classified as a pedestrian orientated area in the Auckland Council District Plan - Central Area Section 2005. 21. The CRL route in this area has a sloping alignment from north to south, with Albert Street located on the edge of the Queen Street valley and near the ridgeline of Hobson Street. As such, adjoining streets (such as Swanson Street and Wyndham Street) that run down the valley slopes to Queen Street are relatively steep. Britomart Station is located on the route’s lowest point, approximately eight metres below sea level. There are various flood hazards that traverse the works sites, including the CSAs.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

9

Background CRL Notices of Requirement (NoRs) 22. AT gave notice on 23 August 2013 to Auckland Council of its requirement to designate land in the Auckland Council District Plan (Operative Auckland City Central Area Section and Operative Auckland City Isthmus Section) for the construction, operation and maintenance of the CRL. A total of six NoRs were publicly notified on 25 January 2013 and submissions closed on 19th March 2013. 23. The hearing for the six NoRs was held between August and November 2013. In March 2014 the independent commissioners who heard submissions recommended that the designations be confirmed subject to a range of conditions. There were six appeals lodged and the one outstanding appeal was heard in the Environment Court in June 2015. Contractor Procurement Process 24. AT is progressing an Early Contractor Involvement (ECI) procurement process in relation to the CRL construction works for the Britomart to Wyndham section. The ECI procurement is broken into two packages known as Enabling Works Contract 1 and Contract 2. The construction of the proposed works that are the subject of this report falls within both Contracts 1 and 2. In more detail: 

Contract 1 – includes the building modification works at the western end of Britomart Station, underpinning of the CPO building, and the construction of tunnels and a reinstated pedestrian subway that extends into QE2S.



Contract 2 – includes the cut and cover works from the Customs Street West/Albert Street intersection up to Wyndham Street. This contract also includes a major stormwater diversion between Wellesley Street and Swanson Street, labelled the Albert Street Stormwater Main Realignment.

Britomart Station Designation 25. AT lodged an alteration to the Britomart Transport Centre Designation 314 on 29 May 2015. This alteration includes specific conditions that will apply to the construction and modifications associated with the CRL and ongoing operation and maintenance of the transit centre described in the Auckland Council District Plan (Operative Auckland City Central Area Section) as the Britomart Transport Centre. 26. AT has confirmed that the works being proposed to support the alteration to designation are consistent with those proposed as part of this application. Other consents Resource Consent Package 2 – Aotea Station to the North Auckland Line (NAL) 27. AT has stated that this package will include resource consent applications for the CRL from Aotea Station to the NAL, including the construction of Aotea Station, City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

10

Karangahape Road Station, key utility diversions at the NAL end, as well as the Mt Eden Station extension and connections to the NAL. Package 2 will also seek the necessary resource consents required for the operation of the entire CRL from Britomart Station to the NAL. 28. Package 2 is due to be lodged with the Council for processing in December 2015. Albert Street Stormwater Main Realignment 29. The Albert Street Stormwater Main Realignment project is part of Enabling Works Contract 2 and was granted resource consent by Independent Commissioners for the Council on 20 May 2015. No appeals have been received by the Environment Court on the decision to grant resource consent. Precinct Properties Ltd – Downtown Shopping Centre Redevelopment 30. Precinct Properties Ltd (PPL) has recently been granted resource consents for the re-development of the Downtown Shopping Centre site. The resource consents for the “below ground” works, which include the CRL running tunnels through their proposed basement, were granted on 5 May 2015 on a non-notified basis. The land use consents for the “above ground” works were granted on 10 June 2015 on a non-notified basis. Certificates of Compliance 31. AT has applied for several Certificates of Compliance (CoCs) for the Britomart to Wyndham section, which are being assessed by the Council. RESOURCE CONSENTS REQUIRED AND ACTIVITY STATUS 32. The proposal requires resource consent for the following reasons. Land use consents (s9) – R/REG/2014/5430 Auckland Council Regional Plan: Sediment Control (ACRP:SC) 

The total area of excavation within the Sediment Control Protection Area is 4,200m2 or 0.42 ha which exceeds the 0.25ha permitted threshold and the trenching proposed is greater than 100m. This requires a restricted discretionary activity resource consent pursuant to Rule 5.4.3.1 of the ACRP:SC.

Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan (PAUP) 

The total earthworks for network utilities and road networks within the Business: City Centre zone in excess of 2,500m2 or 2,500m3 that cannot meet the permitted activity standards, specifically the development alters the configuration of an overland flow path, is within 20m of a scheduled historic heritage place and various scheduled sites and places of significance to mana whenua, requires restricted discretionary resource consent pursuant to Rule G.2.3.2 of the PAUP.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

11

Land use consents (s9) – R/LUC/2014/5428 PAUP 

Earthworks greater than 2,500m2 or 2,500m3 for network utilities and road networks within the Historic Heritage Overlay, specifically the Chief Post Office (CPO) building (reference: 02021), requires a discretionary activity resource consent pursuant to Rule H.4.2.1.2 (activity table). The total amount of earthworks within the CPO totals approximately 20,000m3 of cut and 12,000m3 of fill.



Earthworks greater than 2,500m2 or 2,500m3 for network utilities and road networks within the 100-year Annual Recurrence Interval (ARI) flood plain requires a restricted discretionary resource consent pursuant to Rule H.4.2.1.2 (activity table). A section of the proposed earthwork will occur within the 100 year ARI floodplain.

NES for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health (NES:soil) 

The proposed volume of soil disturbance exceeds 25m3 per 500m2 and the volume of soil proposed to be removed from the site will exceed 5m3 per 500m2. The applicant has stated that it cannot be concluded at this time that the soil contamination will not exceed the applicable standards in Regulation 7 and, as such, the soil disturbance requires a discretionary activity resource consent pursuant to Regulation 11 of the NES:soil.

Water permits (s14) – R/REG/2014/5432 Auckland Council Regional Plan: Air, Land & Water (ACRP:ALW) 

The temporary and permanent diversion of groundwater as a result of the proposal may result in potential adverse effects on buildings, structures and services. This requires a restricted discretionary activity resource consent pursuant to Rule 6.5.77 of the ACRP:ALW.



The taking of groundwater for the purposes of a groundwater diversion under Rule 6.5.77 of the ACRP:ALW requires a restricted discretionary activity resource consent pursuant to Rule 6.5.43 of the ACRP:ALW.



The new bores for the proposed dewatering system will be in place for longer than the three month permitted activity standard period and, as a result, a controlled activity resource consent is required pursuant to Rule 6.5.26 of the ACRP:ALW.

PAUP 

The temporary and permanent groundwater diversion from the proposed tunnel excavations will be greater than 1m in diameter. This activity requires a restricted discretionary resource consent pursuant to Rule H.4.17.1 (activity table).

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

12



The dewatering associated with a groundwater diversion that requires a restricted discretionary resource consent also requires a restricted discretionary resource consent pursuant to Rule H.4.17.1 (activity table).



New bores for the proposed dewatering system for purposes not otherwise specified (all zones) requires a controlled activity resource consent pursuant to Rule H.4.17.1 (activity table).

Discharge permits (s15) – R/REG/2014/5435 ACRP:ALW 

The findings of the site investigation report state that soil contamination has not been identified above permitted activity criteria. However, the investigations were limited in scope due to site constraints and, as such, there is potential for contaminated fill to be present within the project footprint. As such, the discharge of contaminants to land and water from the proposed land disturbance requires a restricted discretionary activity resource consent pursuant to Rule 5.5.44A of the ACRP:ALW.

PAUP 

The findings of the site investigation report state that soil contamination has not been identified above permitted activity criteria. However, the investigations were limited in scope due to site constraints and, as such, there is potential for contaminated fill to be present within the project footprint. As such, contaminated land discharges from the proposed land disturbance require restricted discretionary activity resource consent pursuant to Rule H.4.5.1 (activity table).

Note: The applicant originally applied for resource consent for the ongoing discharge of contaminants to land or water pursuant to H.4.5.1 (activity table) and Rule 5.5.43 of the ACRP: ALW. In response to this, although an undefined amount of passive discharge of contaminants may be occurring from this material (given the widespread placement of fill material throughout this are of the CBD), Auckland Council has confirmed that a long term consent for the discharge of contaminants will not be required following the completion of the construction works. Discharge permits (s15) – R/REG/2014/5436 ACRP:ALW 

The proposed discharge of wastewater and/or washwater to land or water is subject to the “other” discharge provisions and can be considered a permitted activity pursuant to Rule 5.5.54 and 5.5.55 if the applicable standards can be met. The applicant has stated that there remains uncertainty regarding the quality of discharges as a result of potential unknown ground contamination. As such, the proposed discharges to land or water requires a discretionary activity resource consent pursuant to Rule 5.5.68 of the ACRP:ALW.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

13

PAUP 

The proposed discharge of water or wastewater can be considered a permitted activity pursuant to Rule H.4.18.1 (activity table) if the permitted activity standards can be met at section H.4.18.2.1.1. The applicant has stated that there remains uncertainty regarding the quality of discharges as a result of potential unknown ground contamination. As such, the discharge of water or wastewater requires a discretionary activity resource consent pursuant to Rule H.4.18.1 (activity table).



Discharges for the purpose of dewatering trenches or other excavations can be considered a permitted activity pursuant to Rule H.4.18.1 (activity table) if the permitted activity standards can be met at section H.4.18.2.1.5. The applicant has stated that there remains uncertainty regarding the quality of discharges as a result of potential unknown ground contamination. As such, the discharge for the purpose of dewatering trenches or other excavations requires a discretionary activity resource consent pursuant to Rule H.4.18.1 (activity table).

Discharge permits (s15) – R/REG/2014/5437 ACRP:ALW 

While the applicant has stated that it is their intention to manage the works to ensure compliance with the permitted activity rule standards (Rule 4.5.49), because of the very close proximity and high sensitivity of the receiving environment the applicant has applied for a restricted discretionary resource consent is required pursuant to Rule 4.5.56 of the ACRP:ALW.

PAUP 

While the applicant has stated that it is their intention to manage the works to ensure compliance with the permitted activity rule standards (section H.4.1.3.1.1), because of the very close proximity and high sensitivity of the receiving environment the applicant has applied for a restricted discretionary resource consent is required pursuant to Rule H.4.1.1 (activity table) of the PAUP.

33. The proposal involves multiple resource consents under different plans. In this instance the consents required are either controlled, restricted discretionary or discretionary. Where there is an overlap between the consents and / or the effects of the activities, so that consideration of one could affect the outcome of another, the appropriate practice is to treat the applications together. The applicant has applied for the relevant resource consents, required under both the operative plans and the proposed plan, together as a ‘bundled’ application and Council is considering the applications in the same holistic manner. Overall the proposal has been considered as a discretionary activity. City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

14

Representations at the hearing 34. The section 42A report prepared by the Council’s reporting planner had been precirculated and was taken as read. 35. Mr Beatson presented opening legal submissions for the applicant and called a range of expert witnesses to present summaries of their evidence and respond to questions. 36. We then heard from submitters and from Council officers and consultants. 37. Mr Beatson completed his right of reply verbally, except for the final set of draft conditions which were circulated on 8 July 2015 for comments by 10 July 2015. Relevant statutory provisions considered 38. When considering an application for resource consent for a discretionary or noncomplying activity we must have regard to Part 2 (“purpose and principles” – sections 5 to 8), and sections 104 and 104B and, where relevant, sections 105, 107 and 108. 39. When considering any actual or potential effects, we may disregard any adverse effects that arise from permitted activities in a NES or a plan (the permitted baseline); we have a discretion whether to apply this permitted baseline. Relevant standards, policy statements and plan provisions considered 40. In accordance with section 104(1)(b)(i)-(vi) of the RMA, we have had regard to the relevant policy statements and plan provisions of the following documents, noting that no national policy statements are relevant to this application. 

National Environmental Standard – s104(1)(b)(i) o

National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health (NES:soil)

o

National Environmental Standard for Air Quality (NES:AQ)



New Zealand Coastal Policy Statement – s104(1)(b)(iv) (NZCPS)



Hauraki Gulf Marine Park Act 2000 – s104(1)(b)(iv) (HGMPA)



Auckland Council Regional Policy Statement – s104(1)(b)(v)



Part 1 of the Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan – s104(1)(b)(v)



Plan or Proposed Plan – section 104(1)(b)(vi) o

Auckland Council Regional Plan: Air, Land & Water

o

Auckland Council Regional Plan: Sediment Control (ACRP:SC)

o

Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

15

Weighting 41. The Commissioners agree with the reporting planner that as the Project is not contrary to the objectives and policies under both the operative plans and the proposed plan. And as the outcomes are the same under the operative and the proposed plan frameworks, no weighting is necessary. Summary of evidence heard 42. The Council planning officer’s recommendation report was circulated prior to the hearing and taken as read. 43. The evidence presented at the hearing responded to the issues and concerns identified in the Council’s section 42A report, the application itself and the submissions made on the application. Applicant 44. The evidence presented by the applicant at the hearing is summarised below, including legal submissions presented by Mr Beatson which addressed the following: 

Confirmation that the current application seeks resource consents for construction of the Britomart to Wyndham Street section of the CRL (the Project) and that consents for the remainder of the CRL from Wyndham Street to the North Auckland Line at Mt Eden Station are due to be lodged in late 2015.



The key issues, being groundwater and settlement effects, and the impact that those effects will have on surrounding buildings; and the use of alert, alarm and stop work levels to ensure that no more than ‘slight’ damage will be caused to buildings (as defined by Burland).



The proposal to engage an independent buildings specialist to assist in determining and avoiding damage to buildings caused by settlement.



The need for the CRL; construction sequencing in the five active construction zones (ACZs); and the key effects of the consent package.



A response to the Council section 42A report, and in particular the degree of conservatism applied in predicting groundwater and settlement effects; the adaptive management technique and the ability to rely on conditions.



A response to submissions and statutory matters, including Part 2.

All the expert evidence of the applicant had been pre-read by the Commissioners, enabling the applicant’s witnesses to summarise their statements and respond to questions. Scott Elwarth, AT’s Construction Manager, advised that the cut and cover construction of this section of the CRL is critical to the Project; that the proposed strategy of CRL enabling works contracts will mitigate disruption and enable other developments to proceed; and completing the enabling works ahead of other planned projects will avoid disruption to newly established operations and potential damage to newly built infrastructure. City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

16

Colin Ingoe, of AT’s Infrastructure Division, observed that the rationale for the adopted CRL consenting strategy is robust and appropriate to enable the CRL Project, and outlined the consultation and engagement undertaken, stating that it was appropriate, given the scale and nature of the Project. Bill Newns, Chartered Engineer, presented three statements 

In the first statement, relating to design and construction, Mr Newns summarised the proposed works and construction methodology – engineering design and indicative construction methodologies including work site and construction support area locations and activities, design constraints and alternatives considered, and an indicative construction programme, referring to a draft Erosion and Sediment Control Management Plan and the draft Environmental Management Plan.



In his second statement, Mr Newns commented on ground settlement matters - the technical assessment methodology, settlement estimates, assessment of the effects on utilities, roads and infrastructure, monitoring and contingency measures, and proposed conditions, concluding that “Whilst adverse construction effects and in particular ‘damage’ can and should be mitigated as far as reasonably practicable, they cannot in all instances be subject to a requirement that they be avoided as there are always elements of uncertainty in geotechnical engineering and the costs of ‘avoiding’ the potential effects may be disproportionate to the costs of rectification. Very few of the buildings along the CRL Enabling Works corridor are subject to these very small risks ….In the most unlikely event of such risks occurring, and where it is demonstrated to be a result of the works …. Such damage will in all cases be repaired by 1 AT. ”



In his supplementary statement of evidence, Mr Newns updated the position following further discussions with AC and responses to submitters, concluding that “The potential effects of settlement associated with the construction of the Britomart Station to Wyndham Street section of the City Rail Link will be less than minor and are able to be 2 managed through the conditions proposed. ”

Alan Pattle, an engineer with a recognised speciality in water resources (including groundwater flow) and environmental engineering, addressed groundwater issues, conditions and effects, expected cumulative impacts of the Project with the Downtown Shopping Centre Re-development, conditions and other relevant matters. He advised that groundwater levels would be monitored and alert trigger levels established to provide a check that the measured levels are within modelled predictions, noting that groundwater response is an indicator of potential ground settlement. Eric Stevenson, Structural Engineer, provided two statements of evidence: 

1 2

In the first, he addressed the combined potential adverse effects on building structures associated with construction excavation induced settlement along the tunnel alignment and advised that potential adverse effects on buildings can be avoided by good design and workmanship; implementation of pre-construction building assessments; and construction phase monitoring of buildings. If any adverse

Second statement of evidence of Bill Newns dated 19 June 2015, paragraph 85 Supplementary statement of evidence of Bill Newns dated 6 July 2015, paragraph 55

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

17

effects do occur, in Mr Stevenson’s opinion, these would be acceptable, in terms of being negligible to slight, with regard to potential structural damage to all the buildings within the Project’s zone of influence. That is, any damage would only be of a superficial or aesthetic nature. 

In his supplementary statement of evidence, Mr Stevenson updated his evidence in chief and provided a memorandum setting out building settlement assessment calculations. He confirmed his opinion that the potential effects of excavation-induced mechanical settlement and settlement resulting from consolidation of the soil due to groundwater drawdown on built structures would generally be acceptable and able to be managed through conditions, detailed design and construction.

Bruce Petry, Heritage and Conservation Architect, advised that the potential construction effects on heritage values of identified scheduled buildings will be minor; and confirmed that any potential effects on identified built heritage resulting from ground settlement could be appropriately managed through monitoring and mitigation measures, including pre- and post-condition surveys, and the rectification of any damage. Andrew Hart, Senior Environmental Scientist, provided evidence on the assessment and management of contaminated land in the Project area. Key findings of his evidence were that there are potential contamination effects associated with proposed soil disturbance; and that mitigation of these effects can be achieved through excavation and disposal methods, and by following the relevant management plan. Richard Chilton, Senior Air Quality Scientist, noted that without mitigation, the Project has the potential to generate offensive or objectionable dust effects in the sensitive receiving environment; but that with the proposed mitigation and monitoring effectively implemented, these effects will be no more than minor. Sarah Sutherland, Senior Environmental Scientist, addressed water management aspects of the Project, identifying stormwater runoff discharge measures from the CSAs to the stormwater system, and that all water generated within the ACZs will be collected and treated onsite prior to discharge to the stormwater system. Jennifer Carvill, Planner and Resource Management Consultant, provided two statements of evidence: 

In the first, Ms Carvill gave comprehensive evidence of the proposal, the existing environment, reasons for consent, assessment of effects, the statutory assessment, a response to submissions and the Council section 42A report, and then discussed the proposed conditions. Ms Carvill found that the Project is consistent with relevant objectives and policies; that any adverse effects can be appropriately avoided, remedied or mitigated; and that the Project is in accordance with Part 2 of the RMA. Ms Carvill provided a set of conditions and identified those areas in respect of which discussions with relevant Council officers were ongoing.



In her supplementary statement, Ms Carvill updated her evidence in chief in relation to conditions of consent.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

18

Submitters 45. The evidence presented by the submitters at the hearing is summarised below. Duncan McKenzie, Heritage Advisor Planning, for Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga, provided a statement of evidence relating to effects on heritage buildings and archaeology, and further notes dated 7 July 2015. Mr McKenzie spoke to his written evidence at the hearing and responded to questions from the Hearing Panel. . Mr McKenzie confirmed that Heritage New Zealand’s concerns relating to built heritage are met to the extent that he has no further concerns, and that given the archaeological authority sought by the applicant, no accidental discovery protocols would be required. Mr McKenzie did request that the project take the opportunity to provide public education on the history of the site and any archaeological material identified or recovered during the works. Richard Brabant, Legal Counsel, appeared for 152 Quay Street (Harbour View Building) Body Corporate 107678; 148 Quay Street Body Corporate 164980; and Pandy Hotel Corporation (building owner of the hotel building on the corner of Custom and Queen Streets). He expressed his clients’ concerns relating to ground settlement and commented on conditions of consent. Gavin Alexander, Technical Director Beca, provided two statements of evidence in support of Mr Brabant’s clients: 

In his first statement, Mr Alexander addressed the buildings at 148 Quay Street, 152 Quay Street and 2-8 Customs Street, all in the vicinity of the CPO and Lower Queen Street (LQS) portion of the CRL Project. Mr Alexander expected these structures to be relatively resistant to the effects of settlement occurring in the soils overlying the Waitemata Group rock at this location. However, he did express reservations regarding the level of certainty inherent in the applicant’s groundwater drawdown predictions. Mr Alexander promoted the inclusion of alarm and stop-work limits for groundwater drawdown, in addition to the applicant’s proposed triggers for ground settlement.



His supplementary statement responded to Mr Newns’ supplementary statement and commented on updated conditions following discussions held with the applicant’s team.

Noel Playle and Gordon Nelson appeared for the Endeans’ Building, Body Corporate 095035, 2 Queen Street, noting their concerns and the lack of consultation with the applicant in respect of their heritage building. Mr Playle stressed the building’s age (100 years’ old) and the recent substantial repair and upgrade that had been carried out. He raised issues relating to access to the building during construction; noise levels and hours of operation; dust, safety and security. Mr Nelson provided details of the building’s construction and foundation piles, raising concerns about construction-related settlement, particularly given the recent building upgrade to a high standard. Noise was also raised as an issue. Mr Nelson also sought certainty that access would be maintained to complete the building maintenance works that must be completed within the CRL construction period. City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

19

The applicant and the submitters took the opportunity during the hearing to remedy the perceived lack of consultation and the airing of the submitters’ concerns was taken on board by the applicant. Amanda Stoltz, Legal Counsel, appeared on behalf of the Stamford Residences’ Owners Corporation, 22-26 Albert Street. Her client sought a site-specific management plan for the property or alternative conditions to address her client’s concerns through the proposed Construction Environmental Management Plan and the Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan. Air discharge concerns were also raised. Vicki Morrison-Shaw, Legal Counsel, appeared for Cooper and Company NZ, identifying that her client’s key remaining areas of concern related to other approvals necessary; affected party liaison group; review and groundwater / settlement. Vijay Lala, resource management planning consultant, gave evidence in support of Ms Morrison-Shaw’s client. Mr Lala advised that subject to the adoption of Council’s recommended conditions, and the submitter’s concerns identified by Counsel being adequately addressed through conditions, potential adverse effects could be avoided, remedied or mitigated. Trevor Wilkinson, who resides in the Quay West Apartments, Albert Street, tabled evidence seeking that his genuine concerns relating to health and safety are safeguarded. Catherine Reaburn, planning consultant, tabled evidence on behalf of Precinct Properties Ltd (which has an interest in 1, 7 and 21 Queen Street and 23 Albert Street and did not appear at the hearing. Ms Reaburn expressed support for the Council’s recommended conditions in relation to construction management and groundwater monitoring and contingency. 46. For the Council, Mr Gysberts advised that discussions with the applicant and interested submitters was ongoing and useful, resulting in refinements to the conditions. 47. Following Mr Beatson’s partial right of reply, the hearing was adjourned as at midday on Wednesday 8 July 2015, to provide the opportunity for discourse between the parties attending the hearing regarding the draft conditions. 48. Subsequent to the hearing, AT and AC officers met and agreed on a draft set of conditions, which was forwarded to all parties attending the hearing for comment by Friday 10 June 2015. 49. Feedback was received, and the Commissioners then met on Tuesday 28 July 2015 to consider the latest set of conditions and the feedback from various submitters. Following that meeting, they determined that they had sufficient information to close the hearing and the hearing was declared closed on 29 July 2015. PRINCIPAL ISSUES IN CONTENTION 50. The parties were in agreement over most aspects of the Project and no party appearing at the hearing was opposed to the Project occurring, subject to appropriate conditions.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

20

51. At the commencement of the hearing, Auckland Council had held reservations about the applicability of the Burland Stage 2 method for the calculation of tensile strain, and as a consequence expressed uncertainty regarding the reliability of the predicted actual and potential effects on buildings and services. At that time, Auckland Council was not satisfied that building damage would be limited to the ‘slight’ (Burland Class 2) category, based on the information provided by the applicant. 52. However, and as noted above, parties took the opportunity during the hearing to conduct parallel, side-bar discussions on matters of concern and the wording of conditions to address those concerns. As a result, the Commissioners were presented with an agreed set of conditions with which to work. Consequently, in addition to the broader considerations under the RMA and the relevant planning documents, our attention was focused on: 

The extent of actual or potential adverse effects on the environment and whether these effects can be avoided, remedied or mitigated to be minor, or avoided or mitigated to an acceptable level;



Whether the various management plans proposed would effectively address the matters of concern; and



The wording of the agreed conditions.

53. We comment on these principal issues below in the discussion on adverse effects FINDINGS ON PRINCIPAL ISSUES – ADVERSE EFFECTS ON THE ENVIRONMENT What is the ‘environment’ for the purposes of considering the actual and potential adverse effects of the proposal? 54. The existing environment comprises a busy, high-density built-up urban area with a range of land uses and including busy traffic routes and heritage buildings. The land uses are all sensitive to varying degrees to the potential effects associated with the proposed construction works, including traffic disruption, noise and vibration. Effects that must be disregarded Any effect on a person who has given written approval to the application No person has given their written approval to the application. Trade competition There are no trade competition effects that must be disregarded. Effects that may be disregarded – Permitted Baseline assessment 55. The permitted baseline approach, which refers to permitted activities on the subject site, is of limited value for this application, and the Commissioners have not relied on it to discount adverse effects from permitted activities. However AT’s applications for CoCs for various aspects of the Project do constitute the permitted baseline for this project. City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

21

Assessment of Effects Positive Effects 56. In the AEE, the applicant identified potential positive effects that will result from the Project as well as the broader positive effects from the wider CRL project. The Commissioners agree with the applicant’s assessment of positive effects. Effects from Earthworks 57. The proposal is for approximately 143,000m3 of cut and 82,000m3 of fill along the route, over a cumulative area of approximately 11,000m2. The main methods of sediment and erosion control include clean water diversions, settlement tanks, stormwater inlet protection, chemical treatment and progressive stabilisation. The immediate receiving environment for any generated runoff will be to the stormwater network and subsequently the Waitemata Harbour, discharging near the ferry terminal. All of these methods are in accordance with the industry best practice and Auckland Council’s Technical Publication 90 – Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region (TP90). 58. We accept that the applicant’s assessment and evidence adequately identify the potential adverse effects resulting from the earthworks and that the proposed mitigation measures are appropriate given the relatively small volume and area of earthworks and the receiving environment. 59. The final Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (ESCP) will be submitted to Council for certification prior to any earthworks commencing as part of the overall Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP). This will be supported by a Chemical Treatment Management Plan (CTMP) that will outline the procedures for chemically flocculating sediment laden water prior to being discharged from the site. We agree with the Council’s specialist for earthworks, Stephanie Benucci, that subject to the measures included in these plans being implemented correctly, adverse effects relating to the discharge of treated sediment laden water from the proposed earthworks will not be significant and will be appropriately mitigated. We find the adverse effects from earthworks on the environment will be minor. 60. We note that the conditions provided to us, as agreed between the applicant and Auckland Council, could better reflect the degree of integration necessary between the ESCP, the CTMP and the Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP). Consequently, we have made minor changes to those conditions to reflect the inter-related function of those management plans. Effects on Existing Flood Plains 61. Relatively small, isolated areas of 1% AEP flood plain (localised ponding) are identified at several locations along the proposed route, as denoted on the PAUP maps. Works within these areas trigger restricted discretionary activity rule infringement under Chapter H4.2 of the PAUP. Potential adverse effects from flooding were not raised by submitters and we accept the assessment by Council’s specialist, Scott Paton, that finished levels around the shafts will be City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

22

similar to the pre-existing condition and will not alter floodwater characteristics. We find that the works will not have an adverse effect on flooding within or beyond the site. Air Quality Effects 62. Air quality effects from the potential discharges of contaminants to air from construction and earthworks associated with the Project were assessed by Paul Crimmins, Senior Consents and Compliance Advisor, Air Quality Team in AC’s Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit. 63. Mr Crimmins concurred with the applicant that any potential dust effects can be adequately mitigated through the Air Quality Management Plan (AQMP) so that adverse effects arising from these discharges are not significant. 64. We accept the unanimous opinion of the experts that the mitigation measures proposed in the draft AQMP – including the monitoring regime – represent the Best Practicable Option (BPO) for minimising discharges of contaminants to air, in particular, the most significant contaminant, which is dust. 65. Any odorous discharges which may arise from excavations, particularly if soils which have been contaminated by hydrocarbons are encountered, will be addressed through a specific Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP). Cultural Effects 66. The Cultural Impact Assessment (“CIA”) information requirement in the PAUP is triggered by the proposal, in order for Council to assess the adverse effects on Mana Whenua values. Whilst AT’s engagement with Manu Whenua groups has been appropriate, no CIAs have been prepared to date. 67. One submission was received from Mana Whenua, being Ngāti Maru, but to date, no determination has been provided to Council as to whether Ngāti Maru wishes to prepare and submit a CIA. The issues raised are that the proposal compromises the interests of Ngāti Maru protected by the RMA and that the consultation on the proposal is incomplete. The Commissioners reject the latter issue, as we find that the consultation undertaken to date by the applicant has been thorough and extensive. 68. The applicant has emphasised the areas where Mana Whenua interest relating to this project has been identified, being earthworks, stormwater and groundwater and the corresponding discharges to the environment; the protection of the Hauraki Gulf from contaminants such as stormwater; and improving water quality outcomes in the catchment. We are satisfied that the applicant is proposing to use best practice methods to ensure the receiving environment is not compromised by the proposed discharges. 69. The Commissioners accept that the actual and potential effects on cultural values have been adequately addressed.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

23

Contaminated Land Discharge Effects 70. The effects from the discharge of contaminants to land and water from the disturbance of contaminated land have been addressed in the evidence of Andrew Hart and Sarah Sutherland and covered in the draft Contaminated Soils Management Plan (CSMP), which provides management procedures and measures relevant to handling and disposal of contaminated material to mitigate potential adverse effects on the environment and human health. The measures include erosion and sediment controls, measures for monitoring groundwater quality and alternative disposal procedures, and procedures for the excavation, handling and disposal of contaminated and potentially contaminated soil. These details have been assessed by the Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s in-house expert for contaminated land, Andrew Kalbarczyk and consultant expert Rob Burden, who have reported that with implementation of the CSMP, adverse effects can be appropriately mitigated and managed. Only one submission was received on these matters, that being from the Auckland Regional Public Health Service. Mr Burden is satisfied that the proposed conditions will adequately address the matters raised in that submission. 71. The Commissioners agree with Mr Kalbarczyk and Mr Burden, and the evidence presented on behalf of the applicant. Given the concentrations of contaminants are low and are isolated occurrences, the proposed mitigation measures will appropriately address excavation and disposal of soil and groundwater. The submission of the final CSMP as part of the overall CEMP for certification by Council, and its implementation, will ensure that the adverse effects on the environment from the disturbance and handling of potentially contaminated soil and groundwater will be minor. Again, we have made minor changes to the agreed conditions to better link the CSMP with the ESCP. Effects from the Discharge of Wastewater and/or Washwater on Water Quality 72. The effects from the discharge of wastewater and/or washwater to land and water during construction have been assessed. There are a number of potential sources of water that require management during construction, and in addition to the treatment of discharges, source controls are proposed to reduce sediment loadings in the discharge. The use of an Environmental Management Plan (EMP) will manage the CSAs, ensuring that structural controls are installed and implemented. 73. The applicant proposes an ongoing monitoring regime to ensure that the anticipated water quality standards are met and has included options if limits are exceeded. 74. The Commissioners accept that given the proposed site and wastewater and/or washwater management measures, any adverse effects of the proposed discharge activity on the environment will be less than minor.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

24

Transport Network Effects 75. The Commissioners have adopted the view that construction related effects on the transport network associated with the earthworks activity is a matter that should be considered. 76. Through the assessment of the NoRs, the effects from construction traffic associated with the proposal were assessed and it was found that adverse temporary effects to the existing road transport network and property accesses during the construction of the CRL will be significant; that the establishment of various construction areas will generate additional traffic in the form of construction vehicles; and that the level of service on the Quality Transit Network in the City Centre can be expected to be low to moderate. 77. The actual and potential construction related effects on the transport network were assessed under the NoRs and various conditions were subsequently confirmed by AT. The Commissioners accept that the construction traffic related conditions for the NoRs are generally appropriate to avoid, remedy or mitigate the actual and potential effects from construction traffic. Specifically, the Transport, Access and Parking Delivery Work Package, monitoring requirements, the specific requirements for the Britomart Station to Mayoral Drive section and the communication and consultation requirements required in the confirmed conditions will achieve this outcome. Construction Noise Effects 78. Construction noise is a district plan land use matter and has been addressed through the NoR process; however, as it is currently drafted, the PAUP suggests that construction noise effects associated with the earthworks activity is a matter that should be considered by Council. 79. The actual and potential construction noise effects were assessed by an independent Hearing Panel for the NoRs and various conditions were recommended and subsequently confirmed by AT. The confirmed conditions seek to avoid, remedy or mitigate specific construction noise effects and include specific construction noise project standards for various construction activities and for various types of receivers. A Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plan (SSCNMP) must be developed in specified circumstances and a Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Package (CNVDWP) must also be submitted to Council. 80. Whilst various submitters have raised concerns with respect to construction noise, the Commissioners accept that the condition framework in the CRL NoRs appropriately avoids, remedies or mitigates the adverse construction noise effects from the proposal. Effects on Utilities 81. The applicant has identified the existing services in the project area and the Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s assessment is that any effects from ground settlement can be avoided, City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

25

remedied or mitigated subject to the recommended conditions of consent. Damage can also result from uncovering services in unknown locations but such events can be managed by ensuring contact with utility operators and suitable measures being taken to ensure that services are adequately supported or managed once exposed. 82. On that basis we agree that any adverse effects on existing infrastructure will be appropriately managed so that the effects will be minor. Dewatering/settlement, takes and diversion of groundwater 83. Potential settlement effects on buildings, structures and utilities is a key matter raised in submissions and was the main point of conjecture between the applicant and Auckland Council at the commencement of the hearing, noting that those parties have subsequently agreed on all recommended conditions. 84. In brief, technical reports and evidence relating to the potential effects of the proposal on buildings, other structures and services was focussed on the following elements: 

The extent to which groundwater levels will be altered during excavation and post excavation;



The likely ground response (consolidation and mechanical settlement) that will occur as a result of groundwater changes; and



The potential effects that ground responses will have on various buildings in the vicinity of the works.

85. Leading into the hearing, Auckland Council indicated acceptance of the Burland Stage 1 method for categorising levels of effects of ground settlement on buildings. However, it expressed concern about the application of the Burland Stage 2 method for the calculation of tensile strain, and consequently held uncertainty on the likely actual and potential effects on buildings and services. At that time the Auckland Council was not satisfied that building damage would be limited to the ‘slight’ (Burland Class 2) category, based on the information provided by the applicant. 86. Submitters representing building owners along the route could be grouped into those within the predicted settlement contours, and those immediately beyond those contours. The former included buildings along Albert Street (including Stamford Residences represented by Ms Stoltz), the Precinct Properties Building at 23 Albert Street and 7 Queen Street (addressed by Ms Reaburn), and the Chief Post Office Building (CPO) leased by Cooper & Co (addressed by Mr Lala and represented by Ms Morrison-Shaw). The latter groups include the body corporates represented by Mr Brabant, the Endeans Building (represented by Messrs Playle and Nelson), and the Precinct Properties buildings at 1 and 21 Queen St (addressed by Ms Reaburn).

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

26

87. For submitters, those within the predicted settlement contours sought assurance that effects would be within the predicted range (no more than ‘slight’ on the Burland scale), and that an appropriate extent and duration of monitoring, and responses to repair effects would be undertaken. 88. Submitters representing owners of buildings outside the predicted settlement contours sought assurance that the effects of the works would be no more than ‘negligible’ on the Burland scale, and that an appropriate extent and duration of monitoring, and response would be undertaken. Those submitters sought a clear separation in consent conditions between their properties and those within the predicted settlement contours. 89. The predicted building responses were influenced by the variability of ground conditions along the route as well as the foundation conditions of various buildings, with newer buildings being founded on unweathered East Coast Bays Formation (ECBF) rock. 90. The final set of conditions presented to us during the adjournment provided an agreed position between the Auckland Council and the applicant. They also accommodated many changes sought by submitters. In summary, those conditions: 

Distinguish between buildings inside and outside the predicted settlement contours;



Include identified buildings located outside the predicted settlement contours in the list of buildings to be subject to pre-construction surveys and to be monitored during and post-construction (Appendix 1).



Include specific building movement alarm and trigger levels for the identified buildings located outside the predicted settlement contours (Appendix 4).



Require that the project be monitored and managed to ensure that building damage within the predicted settlement contours does not exceed the “slight” category of Burland Class 2 (Condition 88).



Require that the project be monitored and managed to ensure that building damage outside the predicted settlement contours does not exceed the “negligible” category of the Burland Class 1 (Condition 88).



Provide additional building monitoring marks on 2-8 Customs Street (Mercure Hotel)

91. The applicant also included a detailed condition that specifically requires that any damage to buildings, structures or services that is caused wholly or in part by the exercising of the consent shall be remedied at the consent holder’s expense. 92. In considering the potential groundwater and settlement effects of the proposal, we must be satisfied that the predictions of settlement and effects on buildings presented to us is appropriately reliable and conservative to the extent that adverse effects are generally avoided and, where not avoided, within the predicted scale of effects that have been considered by submitters. City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

27

93. Mr Pattle described additional modelling undertaken in response to Auckland Council feedback, and the level of conservatism he anticipated in the model outputs. He considered likely groundwater drawdowns and informed the predictions of consolidation of compressible soils provided by Mr Newns. Mr Pattle’s modelling was based on cut-off walls and soldier pile walls extending to the top of the un-weathered ECBF rock, and the cut-off walls under the CPO building extending 2m into the un-weathered ECBF. 94. With respect to Britomart Station and the CPO, he considered effects to be within the range experienced during the previous development of the Britomart Station and within seasonal variations, which provided a level of confidence regarding likely effects in that location. Continuous pile walls will be constructed in the vicinity of the CPO building and lower Queen Street, and a consent condition has been offered and included limiting groundwater egress in that area to “no visible seepage”. ACZA and sheet piles and temporary soldier pile walls are proposed along the route of the cut and cover tunnels for the Britomart Station to lower Albert Street. A condition has also been included to reinforce the requirement for temporary perimeter cut-off walls from the CPO to chainage 300m (lower Albert Street) to achieve no more than 0.3m3/day ingress (though the wall) of groundwater per 10m of wall. 95. Along Albert Street Mr Pattle predicts that the most significant groundwater changes will occur within the shallower, perched water tables in the upper horizons of soil and fill. These changes are predicted to be limited in lateral extent and will have been influenced by previous building construction. 96. Post-construction, Mr Pattle predicted that groundwater levels will return to the pre-construction state. 97. In addition to their evidence in chief, Messrs Newns and Stevenson provided supplementary evidence to address ground settlement predictions and building responses respectively. Mr Newns provided further background to the Burland method for assessing building damage risk. They both re-affirmed their confidence in the Burland method (Stage 1 and 2) as being appropriate for use in the context of this project. 98. Mr Stevenson explained the output of additional modelling undertaken that reassessed mechanical settlement effects utilising the method preferred by the Auckland Council technical reviewers. This modelling particularly sought to address the Auckland Council concerns regarding the predictions of tensile strain and subsequently suitability of Burland Stage 2. Mr Stevenson also reiterated and explained his confidence in his earlier modelling. Mr Stevenson and Mr Newns reported on a reassessment of consolidation settlement, based on revised data provided by Mr Pattle, and a reassessment of combined mechanical and consolidation induced settlements. These calculations indicated a potential increase in settlement predictions. However, Mr Stevenson reaffirmed that the predicted building damage within the predicted settlement contours would be no more than the ‘slight’ range under Burland Class 2, as originally predicted. City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

28

99. Mr Newns explained that the detailed design of the project will be subject to the building consent process, which will ensure that the design achieves the performance criteria of the resource consent conditions. Mr Hazard, on behalf of Auckland Council, confirmed that this process is successfully occurring on other infrastructure projects and expressed confidence that the appropriate level of integration between the resource consent compliance and building consent functions of the Council would be achieved in this instance. 100. A key element of the set of conditions now agreed between the applicant and Auckland Council is the linkage between imposed performance standards, the establishment and implementation of a Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (“GSMCP”), pre-construction building condition assessments, ongoing building assessments (based on specific criteria), and responses to identified damage. Building inspections are to be undertaken by an independent senior qualified person, whose role will include inspecting and reporting on any identified damage that is attributable to the project, and methods to remedy such damage. The independent senior qualified person shall also assess and advise on mitigation measures that may be necessary to avoid damage in the event that ground or building monitoring alert levels are triggered. The role of the independent senior qualified person will be independent of, and will not diminish, the Auckland Council’s compliance monitoring and enforcement function. 101. We are now satisfied that the applicant has undertaken an appropriate level of investigation and has achieved the necessary level of certainty regarding the likely effects of the works, and how those effects will be minimised and mitigated. Further, we are satisfied that the agreed conditions provide an appropriate range of performance standards, monitoring and response processes that will ensure that the effects of the project remain within the predicted levels. We are also satisfied that the agreed conditions accommodate the matters sought by submitters to an appropriate extent, and correctly distinguish between the anticipated maximum building damage effects anticipated by submitters within, and outside, the predicted settlement contours. 102. Overall, we find that the groundwater, settlement and potential building damage effects from the project will be negligible to minor, and will be appropriately managed and mitigated through implementation of conditions. Effects from Earthworks on Built Heritage 103. The proposed works are within the Heritage Overlay for the CPO (12 Queen Street) and are also within close proximity of several other scheduled historic places. The applicant has provided a Built Heritage Risk Assessment Summary concerning each of these buildings, which have been assessed to fall within the “Negligible” to “Slight” damage classifications under the Burland damage classification categories which corresponds to aesthetic damage only. 104. As a result of strengthening work carried out on the CPO, and given the recommended conditions of consent, differential movement and settlement in this City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

29

area is very unlikely; in addition, post-construction monitoring will be undertaken for a minimum of three months after completion of construction. 105. The Commissioners accept that the effects from the proposed earthworks on identified heritage buildings within 20m of the Heritage Overlay in the PAUP will be appropriately avoided, remedied or mitigated subject to the recommended consent conditions. 106. Specific heritage issues raised by submitters have been addressed by the applicant. Adverse Effects – Summary and Conclusion 107. In summary, construction of the Project will give rise to a range of temporary adverse environmental effects; some may be more than minor for a limited or longer period. However, when considered overall and in the context of their temporary nature, we agree that the revised and finalised conditions of consent agreed by the applicant, Council officers and those submitters present at the hearing, and, in particular the monitoring and mitigation measures, will ensure that actual and potential effects can be avoided, remedied or adequately mitigated. 108. In conclusion, we find that the actual and potential effects from this project, including dust, sediment, contamination, ground settlement, water quality, public health, built heritage effects from earthworks, construction traffic and noise effects are temporary in nature and can be avoided, remedied or mitigated through implementation of the consent conditions. 109. The positive effects from the proposal must not be overlooked, particularly realising the potential of the existing infrastructure and unlocking the Auckland rail network by enabling Britomart to become a through station rather than a terminus station. 110. The proposal has been assessed against the provisions of the relevant planning documents in the application details, in the section 42A report and in the evidence of Ms Carvill. In the latter statement it is pointed out the project requires resource consent pursuant to the following regional plans and unitary plan: 

Auckland Council Regional Plan: Air, Land, Water 2013 (ACRP: ALW);



Auckland Council Regional Plan: Sediment Control 2001 (ACRP: SC);



Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan 2013 (PAUP).

111. In addition, resource consent is required pursuant to the Resource Management (National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants and Soil to Protect Human Health) Regulations 2011 (NESSoil). The resource consents required are land use consents, water permits and discharge permits and, in addition, the land use consent pursuant to the NESSoil to disturb soil. 112. It is also relevant to note, as is covered in another part of this decision, that the area surrounding the project corridor is occupied by a number of identified heritage buildings that are potentially affected and works are also proposed within City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

30

a scheduled historic heritage place (the Chief Post Office). Further, part of the project corridor runs through a scheduled site of significance to mana whenua (Ngahu Wera) and within 20m of another scheduled site of significance (Nga Wharau a Tako). 113. We note that in applying the most restrictive activity status, which was the common approach of the Council’s reporting officer and the expert witnesses at the hearing, that when bundled, the overall activity status for the resource consent applications is discretionary. 114. We find that the proposal is consistent with the above listed planning documents in providing for a public work with benefits to the City while also appropriately managing the potential adverse effects arising from its construction. The CRL benefits include:  Increased train movements on the Auckland rail network by developing Britomart as a through station and unlocking the current capacity constraint.  Improved commuter access to the city centre.  Building on the benefits of existing investment in the electrification of Auckland’s rail network.  Freeing up road space for freight and other trips.  Creating new transport hubs around the underground railway stations with complementary opportunities for a range of land use activities. 115. The range of potential adverse effects arise out of earthworks, flooding, ground settlement and associated effects on heritage values, contaminated land, groundwater quality, stormwater quality, dust, and effects on cultural values. The evidence of the experts providing input to the project, and evidence provided by others, demonstrated to us that these potential effects can be appropriately managed. In particular, standard and specific mitigation measures will be implemented through a range of management plans, and remediation is proposed where necessary to address effects on structures resulting from ground settlement. 116. In all of the above respects, we find the application to be consistent with the relevant planning documents. Any other matters 117. We also considered the following other matters to be relevant and reasonably necessary to determine the application in accordance with section 104(1)(c) of the RMA:  The Auckland Plan sets out the vision for Auckland over the next 30 years and seeks to address relevant issues. The Commissioners accept that the proposal to construct a piece of the CRL infrastructure directly supports the vision contained in the Auckland Plan to improve and complete the existing road and railway network. City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

31

 Submissions have all been reviewed by the Commissioners and considered in the assessment of the Project.  No comments were received from the Waitemata or the Albert-Eden Local Boards.  The applicant has confirmed that an Archaeological Authority will be sought from Heritage NZ pursuant to the Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014. Other relevant RMA provisions Matters relevant to discharge and coastal permits – s105 118. The proposal requires consents to discharge contaminants to air and to land and water under s15. Under section 105, regard must be had to additional matters for any application for a discharge permit or a coastal permit that would contravene s15 or s15B of the RMA. The Commissioners agree with the reporting planner that the proposal satisfies the matters set out in section 105 for the reasons set out in her report. Restrictions on discharge permits – s107 119. Regard must be had to the restriction on the granting of certain discharge permits that would contravene sections 15 or 15A. Section 107 states that a discharge permit cannot be granted to do something that would otherwise contravene section 15 allowing the discharge of a contaminant or water into water, if, after reasonable mixing, the contaminant or water discharged is likely to give rise to all or any of stated effects in the receiving waters. The Commissioners are satisfied that the proposal satisfies the provisions of section 107. Conditions of resource consents – s108 120. Conditions of consent have been set out below. PART 2 RMA – PURPOSE AND PRINCIPLES 121. We find that the proposal is consistent with Part 2 of the RMA because: 

The completed CRL will provide for the social and economic wellbeing of people and communities in Auckland by improving transport access into and around the city centre, improving the efficiency and resilience of the transport network of urban Auckland, contributing to increasing Auckland’s economic growth and providing a sustainable transport solution that minimizes environmental impacts.



The conditions included as part of the consent will ensure the adverse effects on the environment will be appropriately avoided, remedied or mitigated. In particular, a range of construction mitigation measures will be implemented through an approved CEMP, along with a range of key management and monitoring plans.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

32



The matters raised by submitters have been given particular attention through the discussion during the hearing regarding the inclusion of conditions of consent that have regard to submitters’ concerns.



There are no identified outstanding natural features and landscapes, areas of significant vegetation and significant habitats of indigenous fauna that must be protected in the project area.



The applicant has supplied a supporting Heritage Impact Assessment and additional information that has been reviewed by Council’s Principal, Built Heritage Specialist who has concluded that the potential effects on the scheduled structures will be minor subject to appropriate conditions of consent. We agree with that assessment and review and with the evidence presented for the applicant and Heritage New Zealand. Conditions are accordingly included as part of this decision and as such, the protection of historic heritage will be ensured.



The construction techniques and practices, coupled with conditions on the consent, will appropriately minimize potential and actual adverse effects on the environment. As such, the project represents an efficient use and development of natural and physical resources and serves to maintain and enhance both amenity values and the quality of the environment.



Given the extent of consultation undertaken with Mana Whenua, the requirements of sections 6(e), 7(a), 7(aa), and 8 of the RMA have been provided for and had regard to. In particular, there has been engagement with eight Mana Whenua groups who have self-identified an interest in the project and that engagement has been on-going via the CRL Mana Whenua Forum and targeted hui. Accidental discovery protocols and consent conditions will enable the relationship of Mana Whenua with any unidentified archaeological sites within the project site to occur. In addition, the applicant has stated that on-going consultation and engagement will continue through all stages of planning and construction.

Decision 122. In exercising our delegation under sections 34 and 34A of the RMA and having regard to the foregoing matters, sections 104, 104B, 105, 106, 107 and 108 and Part 2 of the RMA, we determine that the resource consents be granted subject to the conditions set out below. The resource consents granted by this decision are collectively a discretionary activity and provide for the construction of the Britomart Station to Wyndham Street section of the proposed City Rail Link. The respective resource consents are land use consents, water permits and discharge permits which are referenced as R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436 and R/REG/2014/543. The location is the lower part of the central business district of Auckland City comprising the Britomart Station and parts of Lower Queen Street, Customs Street West, Wolfe Street, Victoria Street West, Albert Street and Wyndham Street. City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

33

Reasons for the decision 123. The reasons for this decision are covered in the discussion above in this decision report but can be summarised as follows: 

Overall, the proposal enables people to provide for their economic and, in turn, social wellbeing as the CRL will improve transport access into and around the city centre and improve the efficiency and resilience of the transport network of urban Auckland. It will therefore contribute to increasing Auckland’s economic growth and further, provide a sustainable transport solution that minimizes environmental impacts.



The effects associated with the project, including dust, sediment, contamination, settlement, water quality, earthworks with respect to heritage, construction, traffic, construction noise, utility disruption and flood capacity changes are found to be temporary in nature and can be appropriately avoided, remedied or mitigated through implementation of a certified CEMP. That includes the specific certified management plans and other conditions of the consent.



The particular concerns of submitters have been addressed through conditions of consent that address matters potentially impacting on identified properties.



The project has been found to not be contrary to the relevant provisions and policy statements, plans and proposed plans that are relevant and as prepared under the RMA.



The proposal has been assessed with regard to the relevant Part 2 matters and found to be consistent with the purpose and principles of the RMA as included as this part of it.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

34

Conditions General Conditions These conditions apply to all resource consents. Definitions AEE - Assessment of Environmental Effects prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited/ Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, dated 19 December 2014 AQMP - Air Quality Management Plan, based on the draft Air Quality Management Plan – Britomart to Wyndham dated December 2014 prepared by Golder Associates (NZ) Limited CCP - Communication and Consultation Plan CEMP - Construction Environmental Management Plan CLG - Community Liaison Group Commencement of construction – in all conditions which refer to ‘commencement of construction’, construction has the same meaning as the Construction Contracts Act 2002 and includes work such as site clearance, earthmoving and earthworks, excavation, tunnelling, and boring; and the construction, erection, installation, carrying out, alteration, repair, restoration, renewal, maintenance, extension, demolition, removal, or dismantling of any building or structure; and all other matters referred to in section 6 of that Act. CPO - Chief Post Office CRL – City Rail Link CSMP - Contaminated Soils Management Plan CTMP - Chemical Treatment Management Plan EMP - Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan ESCP - Erosion and Sediment Control Management Plan ESC – Erosion and Sediment Control GSMCP - Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan IBA - Independent Building Assessor – The person engaged under Condition 120. The role of the Independent Building Assessor shall be to make recommendations to Council on building serviceability and damage matters. Key contacts - are identified in the CEMP and are a “key contact” person representing the Consent Holder and a “key contact” person representing the contractor team to work with the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Refer Condition 29 Mana Whenua Groups - Ngati Maru, Ngati Paoa, Ngai Tai Ki Tamaki, Ngati Te Ata Waiohua, Te Kawerau a Maki, Ngati Whatua o Orakei, Te Akitai, and Ngati Tamaoho PCCP - Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

35

Project – the City Rail Link Britomart Station to Wyndham Street Section Referee – the independent and appropriately qualified senior person to whom a dispute is referred under Condition 8 Senior qualified person - means a person with a post-graduate degree in environmental science, chemistry, biology, geology (including a Chartered Professional Engineer (CPEng)) or similar field; or sufficient technical experience that is at least equivalent and at least five years professional experience. Services – includes including gas, water, sewerage, telecoms, stormwater, fibre optics and power Upper Albert Street zone – the zone defined as that part of Albert Street between Swanson Street and Wyndham Street See also definitions specific to water permit R/REG/2014/5432 Take and Diversion of Groundwater. 1.

The scope and extent of works envisaged by this project shall be carried out in general accordance with the plans and all information submitted with the application, detailed below, and all referenced by the Council as consent numbers R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5430, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436 and R/REG/2014/5437. 

Application Form, and Assessment of Environmental Effects (AEE) prepared by Aurecon New Zealand Limited/Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, dated 19 December 2014, including the following: Report title and reference

Author

Rev

Dated

Design and Construction Report (Appendix B)

Aurecon New Zealand Limited

December 2014

Groundwater Effects Assessment (Appendix C)

Pattle Delamore Partners Limited

December 2014

Assessment of Settlement Effects (Appendix D)

Aurecon New Zealand Limited

December 2014

Contaminated Land Assessment (Appendix E)

Golder Associates (NZ) Limited

December 2014

Water Quality Assessment (Appendix F)

Golder Associates (NZ) Limited

December 2014

Industrial and Trade Activities Assessment (Appendix G)

Golder Associates (NZ) Limited

December 2014

Air Quality Assessment (Appendix H)

Golder Associates (NZ) Limited

December 2014

Draft Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (Appendix I)

Aurecon New Zealand Limited

December 2014

Heritage Impact Assessment (Appendix J)

Salmond Reed Architects Limited

December 2014

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

36

Plan title and reference

Author

Rev

Dated

LOCATION PLAN AND EXTENT OF WORKS CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0001

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

DR6A ALIGNMENT CRL DOWN (MC20) PLAN AND LONGSECTION SHEET 1 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0001 DR6A ALIGNMENT CRL DOWN (MC30) PLAN AND LONGSECTION SHEET 1 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0002 CPO PLAN, DEMOLITION, SLAB PROPPING AND TEMPORARY DECK CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-1021 CPO PLAN, BASEMENT WITH UNDERPINNING CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0123 CPO LONGSECTION CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0191 CPO CROSS SECTION WITH UNDERPINNING GRID 1 CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0231 CPO CROSS SECTION REINSTATEMENT WORKS GRID 1 CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0241 CPO AND QUEEN ST TUNNEL BOX REINFORCEMENT AND WATERPROOFING DETAILS CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0305 CPO MONITORING LOCATIONS AT COLUMN UNDERPINNING CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0452 CPO FAÇADE MONITORING LOCATIONS CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0453 QUEEN ST AND QUEEN ELIZABETH SQUARE –QUEEN STREET - TYPICAL SECTIONS CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG- 0535 QUEEN ST AND QUEEN ELIZABETH SQUARE QUEEN ST LONG SECTION UP TRACK CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0551 QUEEN ST AND QUEEN ELIZABETH SQUARE- TYPICAL DETAILS GROUNDWATER DRAINAGE SHEET 1 OF 2 CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0621 QUEEN ST AND QUEEN ELIZABETH SQUARE PUMP STATION SUMP AND CROSS PASSAGEWAY SECTIONS

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

37

CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0661 PRECINCT - OVERALL LAYOUT PLAN

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0009 ENABLING WORKS CONTRACT 1 WORKSITES WITH PLANT BRITOMART TO QE SQUARE STAGE 2 OF 4 CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0102 ENABLING WORKS CONTRACT 1 WORKSITES WITH PLANT BRITOMART TO QE SQUARE STAGE 3 OF 4 CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0103 ENABLING WORKS CONTRACT 2 WORK SITE WITH PLANT AND TRAFFIC INTERFACE BETWEEN PRECINCT AND CONTRACT 2 IN LOWER ALBERT ST CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0114 CUSTOMS ST TUNNEL CROSS SECTION AND DETAIL OF TYPICAL TUNNEL IN CUSTOMS ST CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0171 ALBERT ST TUNNEL PLAN SHEET 1 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0201 ALBERT ST TUNNEL PLAN SHEET 2 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0202 ALBERT ST TUNNEL PLAN SHEET 3 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0203 ALBERT ST TUNNEL PLAN SHEET 4 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0204 ALBERT ST TUNNEL PLAN SHEET 5 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0205 ALBERT ST TUNNEL STRUCTURAL LONGSECTION (MC30) SHEET 1 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0211 ALBERT ST TUNNEL STRUCTURAL LONGSECTION (MC30) SHEET 2 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0212 ALBERT ST TUNNEL STRUCTURAL LONGSECTION (MC30) SHEET 3 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0213 ALBERT ST TUNNEL STRUCTURAL LONGSECTION (MC30) SHEET 4 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0214 ALBERT ST TUNNEL STRUCTURAL LONGSECTION (MC30) SHEET 5 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0215 ALBERT ST TUNNEL TYPICAL SECTION â&#x20AC;&#x201C; CH 440 TO CH 465 (MC20)

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

38

CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0252 ALBERT ST TUNNEL TYPICAL SECTION – CH 465 TO CH 580 (MC20)

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/10/2014

Aurecon

1.0

19/12/2014

Aurecon

1.0

19/12/2014

Aurecon

1.0

19/12/2014

Aurecon

1.0

19/12/2014

Aurecon

1.0

17/12/2014

Aurecon

3.0

19/12/2014

Aurecon

1.0

01/11/2014

Aurecon

5.0

02/07/2015

CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0253 ALBERT ST TUNNEL TYPICAL DETAILS – PILE WALL SUPPORT STRUCTURE CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0301 ALBERT ST WORKSITE AND TEMPORARY TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CONSTRUCTION PHASING SHEET 2 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0053 ALBERT ST WORKSITE AND TEMPORARY TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CONSTRUCTION PHASING SHEET 3 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0054 ALBERT ST WORKSITE AND TEMPORARY TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CONSTRUCTION PHASING SHEET 4 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0055 ALBERT ST WORKSITE AND TEMPORARY TRAFFIC MANAGEMENT CONSTRUCTION PHASING SHEET 5 OF 5 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0056 ENABLING WORKS CONTRACT 2 CUSTOMS ST INTERSECTION CONSTRUCTION STAGING FOR CONSENTING SHEET 1 OF 3 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0111 ENABLING WORKS CONTRACT 2 CUSTOMS ST INTERSECTION CONSTRUCTION STAGING FOR CONSENTING SHEET 2 OF 3 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0112 ENABLING WORKS CONTRACT 2 CUSTOMS ST INTERSECTION CONSTRUCTION STAGING FOR CONSENTING SHEET 3 OF 3 CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0113 ENABLING WORKS CONTRACT 2 ENVISAGED WORKSITE AND TRAFFIC INTERFACE ALBERT ST SOUTH FOR CONSENTING CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0104 ENABLING WORKS PROPOSED AND EXISTING GROUNDWATER MONITORING LOCATIONS CRL-SYW-GEO-000-DRG-0007 ALBERT STREET MONITORING LOCATIONS CRL-PAT-STR-000-DRG-0401 QUEEN STREET MONITORING LOCATIONS CRL-PAT-STR-000-DRG-0404 ENABLING WORKS MONITORING NOTES

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

39

CRL-PAT-STR-000-DRG-0400 NOTES ON SCOPE AND METHOD SHEET 3 OF 4

Aurecon

6.0

15/12/2014

Aurecon

1.0

15/12/2014

Aurecon

1.0

21/10/2014

GEOLOGICAL CROSS SECTION GALWAY STREET CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0022

Aurecon

2.0

20/05/2015

GEOLOGICAL CROSS SECTION TYLER STREET CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0023

Aurecon

1.0

23/04/2015

GEOLOGICAL LONG SECTION SHEET 0 EXTENSION OF MC20 LONG SECTION -300 TO 180M CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0024

Aurecon

1.0

23/04/2015

Aurecon

1.0

23/04/2015

Aurecon

1.0

23/04/2015

Aurecon

2.0

17/11/2014

Aurecon

3.0

09/07/2015

Aurecon

3.0

09/07/2015

Aurecon

2.0

03/07/2015

CRL-SYW-STR-000-DRG-0053 NOTES ON SCOPE AND METHOD SHEET 4 OF 4 CRL-SYW-STR-000-DRG-0054 GEOLOGICAL CROSS SECTION CUSTOMS STREET CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0021

GEOLOGICAL AND HYDROGEOLOGICAL MODEL MC20 LONG SECTION SHEET 1 CRL-SYW-GEO-000-SKE-0025 COMPARISON OF MC20 LONG SECTION (PART) WITH SECTION THROUGH MODFLOW MODEL AT ROW 26 CRL-SYWGEO-000-SKE-0026 SETTLEMENT CONTOURS DUE TO CUT AND COVER AND PIPEJACK SHEET 1 OF 2 CRL-SYW-CIV-000-DRG-0030 BRITOMART TO WYNDHAM GROUNDWATER AND SETTLEMENT MONITORING AND CONTINGENCY PLAN SHEET 1 OF 3 CRLPAT- RME- 000- DRG- 0403 BRITOMART TO WYNDHAM GROUNDWATER AND SETTLEMENT MONITORING AND CONTINGENCY PLAN SHEET 2 OF 3 CRLPAT- RME- 000- DRG- 0404 BRITOMART TO WYNDHAM GROUNDWATER AND SETTLEMENT MONITORING AND CONTINGENCY PLAN SHEET 3 OF 3 CRLPAT- RME- 000- DRG- 0405

Other additional information

Author

Rev

Dated



Further Information Letter, including attachments (Attachments A-G) except for Attachment E

Damien McGahan from Aurecon New Zealand Limited

1.0

06/05/2015



Further Information Addendum Letter, including attachments (Attachments A-C)

Damien McGahan from Aurecon New Zealand Limited

1.0

22/05/2015



Further Information Addendum 2 Letter

Damien McGahan from Aurecon New Zealand Limited

1.0

28/05/2015

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

40

ď&#x201A;ˇ

Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan Resource Consent Package 1 Britomart Station to Wyndham Street Section

Evidence provided prior to and at the Council hearing:

Aurecon

2.0

02/06/2015

Author

Rev

Dated

Sarah Louise Sutherland of Golder Associates (NZ) Ltd

19 June 2015

Richard Leslie Chilton of Golder Associates (NZ) Ltd

19 June 2015

Andrew Thomas Hart of Golder Associates (NZ) Ltd

19 June 2015

Bruce Mitchell Petry of Reverb Consultancy Ltd

19 June 2015

Colin Dean Ingoe of Auckland Transport

19 June 2015

Jennifer Marie Carvill of Golder Associates (NZ) Ltd

19 June 2015

William Russell Newns of Aurecon New Zealand

19 June 2015

William Russell Newns of Aurecon New Zealand

19 June 2015

Statement of Evidence of Scott Elwarth

Scott Elwarth of Auckland Transport

19 June 2015

Statement of Evidence of Alan David Pattle

Alan David Pattle of PDP Ltd

19 June 2015

Eric Craig Stevenson of Aurecon New Zealand

19 June 2015

Supplementary Statement of Evidence of William Russell Newns

William Russell Newns of Aurecon New Zealand

6 July 2015

Supplementary Statement of Evidence of Jennifer Marie Carvill

Jennifer Marie Carvill of Golder Associates (NZ) Ltd

6 July 2015

Supplementary Statement of Evidence of Eric Craig Stevenson

Eric Craig Stevenson of Aurecon New Zealand

6 July 2015

Statement of Evidence of Sarah Louise Sutherland Statement of Evidence of Richard Leslie Chilton

Statement of Evidence of Andrew Thomas Hart

Statement of Evidence of Bruce Mitchell Petry

Statement of Evidence of Colin Dean Ingoe Statement of Evidence of Jennifer Marie Carvill

Statement of Evidence of William Russell Newns

Statement of Evidence of Eric Craig Stevenson

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

41

If there is any conflict between the application documents and the specific conditions which follow, the specific conditions will prevail. All Charges Paid 2.

These consents (or any part thereof) shall not commence until such time as the following charges, which are owing at the time the Council's decision is notified, have been paid in full: a. All fixed charges relating to the receiving, processing and granting of these resource consents under section 36(1) of the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA); and b. All additional charges imposed under section 36(3) of the RMA to enable the Council to recover its actual and reasonable costs in respect of this application, which are beyond challenge.

3.

The consent holder shall pay any subsequent further charges imposed under section 36 of the RMA relating to the receiving, processing and granting of these resource consents within 20 days of receipt of notification of a requirement to pay the same, provided that, in the case of any additional charges under section 36(3) of the RMA that are subject to challenge, the consent holder shall pay such amount as is determined by that process to be due and owing, within 20 days of receipt of the relevant decision. Compliance Monitoring Charge

4.

The consent holder shall pay the Council an initial consent compliance monitoring charge of $8,000 (inclusive of GST), plus any further monitoring charge or charges to recover the actual and reasonable costs that have been incurred to ensure compliance with the conditions attached to these consents. Advice Note: The initial monitoring charge is to cover the cost of inspecting the site, carrying out tests, reviewing conditions, updating files, etc, all being work to ensure compliance with resource consents. In order to recover actual and reasonable costs, inspections, in excess of those covered by the base fee paid, shall be charged at the relevant hourly rate applicable at the time. The consent holder will be advised of the further monitoring charge or charges as they fall due. Such further charges are to be paid within one month of the date of invoice. Only after all conditions of the resource consent have been met, will Council issue a letter confirming compliance on request of the consent holder.

Lapse Date 5.

Under section 125 of the RMA, these consents or any one of these consents lapse 10 years after the consent commences unless: a. The consent is given effect to; or b. The Council extends the period after which the consent lapses.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

42

Copies of Resource Consent 6.

All personnel working on the project shall be made aware of, and have access to, at least one copy of these resource consents, associated reference documents and associated certified management plans. Site Access

7.

Subject to compliance with the Consent Holder's health and safety requirements and provision of reasonable notice, servants or agents of Auckland Council shall be permitted to have access to relevant parts of the surface construction sites controlled by the Consent Holder at all reasonable times for the purpose of carrying out inspections, surveys, investigations, tests, measurements and/or to take samples. Dispute Resolution

8.

In the event of any dispute, disagreement or inaction arising from the implementation of these consents, including  any Auckland Council certification required by these conditions, or  implementation of, or monitoring required by, the conditions, the disputed matter shall be referred in the first instance to the Consent Holder and Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), to determine a resolution process. If a resolution process cannot be agreed, then the matter shall be referred to an independent and appropriate senior qualified person (‘the referee’), agreeable to both parties (such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld by either party). The referral shall set out in writing the details of the matter to be referred for determination and the reasons why the parties have not agreed. The referee shall be appointed within 10 working days of the Consent Holder or the Council giving notice to the other of its intention to seek an expert determination. Following appointment, the referee shall issue a written decision on the matter, including the reasons for his or her decision. In making the decision, the referee shall be entitled to seek further information and to hear from the parties as he or she sees fit in his or her sole discretion. The reasonable fees of the referee shall be paid equally by both disputing parties. Advice Note 1: The dispute resolution process provided for by this condition does not prejudice any parties’ right to take enforcement action in relation to implementation of these conditions. However, the dispute resolution process will be applied before any formal enforcement action is taken by the Council, except in urgent situations. Advice Note 2: The Auckland Transport contact for this resolution process is the Central and Joint Initiatives Team Lead, Property and Planning Team, Capital Development Division

Pre-Construction Communication and Consultation Plan (“PCCP”) 9.

In order to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation is undertaken with the community, stakeholders, affected parties

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

43

and affected in-proximity parties prior to the commencement of construction, the Consent Holder shall prepare a PCCP. 10.

The PCCP shall be submitted to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), within 40 working days of the resource consent decision, for confirmation that the PCCP has been prepared in accordance with the conditions of consent.

11.

The PCCP shall be implemented and complied with within 60 working days from the resource consent decision until the commencement of construction.

12.

This PCCP shall set out recommendations and requirements (as applicable) that should be adopted by and/or inform the development of the Construction Environmental Management Plan (“CEMP”) and other management plans.

13.

The PCCP shall set out how the Consent Holder will: a. Inform the community of Project progress and the likely commencement of construction and the programme; b. Engage with the community in order to foster good relationships and to provide opportunities for learning about the Project; c. Obtain (and specify reasonable timeframes for) feedback and input from stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the development of the CEMP and other management plans; d. Respond to queries and complaints by providing as a minimum the following information: i)

Who is responsible for responding to the query / complaint;

ii)

How responses will be provided;

iii)

The timeframes within which responses will be provided.

e. Where feedback (in accordance with this condition) is provided, the PCCP shall articulate how that feedback has informed the development of the CEMP and other management plans and where it has not, reasons why it has not. 14.

The PCCP shall be prepared in consultation with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in-proximity parties including, but not limited to: a. All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix 5, adjacent to the Project’s construction sites (Britomart Station to Wyndham Street Section (as defined by the Britomart Transport Centre Designation 314 and CRL NoR 1)); b. Heritage New Zealand (Heritage NZ); c. Network Utility Operators; and d. The Community Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16 to 24).

15.

The PCCP shall, as a minimum, include:

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

44

a. A communications framework that details the Consent Holder’s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters; b. Details of the Communication and Consultation Manager for the preconstruction period including contact details (phone, email and postal address); c. The 0800 CRL TALK phone number; d. The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with stakeholders, directly affected parties and affected in-proximity parties and other interested parties. Such methods shall include but not be limited to: i) Newsletters; ii) Newspaper advertising; iii) Notification and targeted consultation with stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties; and iv) The use of the project website for public information. e. The methods for communicating and consulting with the Community Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16 to 24); f. How communication and consultation activity will be recorded; and g. Methods for recording reasonably foreseeable future planned network utility works so that it can be considered and incorporated, where appropriate, into the Britomart Station to Wyndham Street Section design. The PCCP will be publicly available once finalised for the duration of the Project’s preconstruction period. Advice Note: At the time these resource consents were granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK.

Community Liaison Group (“CLG”) 16.

Within 60 working days of the resource consent decision the Consent Holder shall, in consultation with the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), establish a Community Liaison Group in the construction area (Britomart Station to Wyndham Street Section, as defined by the Britomart Transport Centre Designation 314 and CRL NoR 1).

17.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that membership of the CLG shall include representative(s) of the Consent Holder and be open to all directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the Project including, but not limited to the following: a. Representative(s) for and/or directly affected and affected in-proximity property owners and occupiers;

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

45

b. CBD Residents Advisory Group; c. Heart of the City; and d. Mana Whenua (any or all of Ngati Maru, Ngati Paoa, Ngai Tai Ki Tamaki, Ngati Te Ata Waiohua, Te Kawerau a Maki, Ngati Whatua o Orakei, Te Akitai and Ngati Tamaoho) unless any of those named advise the Consent Holder of a different liaison process. 18.

In addition to involvement in the PCCP (refer Conditions 9 to 15), the Consent Holder shall ensure that the CLG shall: a. Receive regular updates on Project progress; b. Enable the effects of constructing the Project on the community to be monitored by providing a regular forum through which information about the Project can be provided to the community; c. Enable opportunities for concerns and issues to be reported to and responded by the Consent Holder; and d. Be provided with feedback on the development of, and any material changes to the CEMP and other management plans.

19.

The Consent Holder shall consult with the CLG in respect of the development and review of the CEMP and other management plans.

20.

Prior to preparation of the PCCP under Condition 10, the Consent Holder shall appoint one or more persons appropriately qualified in community consultation as the Community Consultation Advisor(s) to: a. Provide administrative assistance to the CLG; b. Ensure the CLG is working effectively (including the development of a Code of Conduct and appropriate procedures for the CLG); and c. Act as a community consultation advisor to the CLG.

21.

The Consent Holder must use its best endeavours to ensure that the CLG meets at least annually until the commencement of construction and then at least once every three months or as otherwise required once construction commences.

22.

Once construction has commenced, the Consent Holder shall provide an update at least every three months (or as otherwise agreed) to the CLG on compliance with resource consent conditions, including the CEMP and other management plans, and any material changes to these plans.

23.

The Consent Holder shall provide reasonable administrative support for the CLG including organising meetings at a local venue, inviting all members of the CLG, and taking responsibility for keeping and disseminating meeting minutes.

24.

The CLG shall continue for the duration of the Project and for six months following completion of the Project. Communication and Consultation Plan (â&#x20AC;&#x153;CCPâ&#x20AC;?)

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

46

25.

In order to set out a framework to ensure appropriate communication and consultation with the community, stakeholders, affected parties and affected in-proximity parties during the construction of the Project, the Consent Holder shall prepare a CCP which shall be implemented and complied with for the duration of the construction of the Project.

26.

The CCP shall set out how the Consent Holder will: a. Inform the community of construction progress and future construction activities and constraints that could affect them; b. Provide early information on key Project milestones; and c. Obtain and specify a reasonable timeframe (being not less than 10 working days), for feedback and inputs from directly affected and affected in-proximity parties regarding the implementation and review of the CEMP or other management plans. d. Respond to queries and complaints including but not limited to: i)

Who is responsible for responding;

ii) How responses will be provided; and iii) The timeframes within which responses will be provided. 27.

The CCP shall (as a minimum) include: a. A communications framework that details the Consent Holderâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s communication strategies, accountabilities, frequency of communications and consultation, the range of communication and consultation tools to be used (including any modern and relevant communication methods, newsletters or similar, advertising etc.), and any other relevant communication matters; b. The Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project including contact details (phone, email and postal address); c. The 0800 CRL TALK phone number; d. The methods for identifying, communicating and consulting with persons affected by the project including but not limited to: i)

All property owners and occupiers of the sites that are identified at Appendix 5, adjacent to the Projectâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s construction sites (Britomart Station to Wyndham Street Section (as defined by the Britomart Transport Centre Designation 314 and CRL NoR 1));

ii)

Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga (Heritage NZ); and

iii) The Community Liaison Group (refer Conditions 16 to 24). e. How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be notified of the commencement of construction, the expected duration of the activities and works, and who to contact for any queries, concerns and complaints;

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

47

f. How stakeholders and persons affected by the project will be consulted in the development and review of the CEMP and other management plans, including specifying reasonable timeframes for feedback; g. A list of stakeholders, directly affected and affected in-proximity parties to the construction works with whom the Consent Holder will communicate; h. A summary of communication and consultation undertaken between the Consent Holder and parties as required by the PCCP. The summary shall include any outstanding issues or disputes raised by parties; i.

How communication and consultation activity relating to construction activities and monitoring requirements will be recorded; and

j.

How opportunities to interpret and display archaeological finds within the project area will be identified and implemented, including how Heritage NZ will be involved in this process.

Advice Note: At the time this resource consent was granted, the Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project was Carol Greensmith, phone 0800 CRL TALK.

28.

The CCP shall also include (as relevant) linkages and cross-references to the CEMP and other management plans.

29.

The CCP shall be reviewed six monthly for the duration of construction and updated if required. Any updates to the CCP shall be provided to “key contacts” and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for review and agreement on any further action to be undertaken.

30.

Any further action recommended as a result of the review under Condition 29 shall be undertaken by the Consent Holder’s Communication and Consultation Manager for the Project and confirmation of completion shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

31.

If, in the course of amendments undertaken as part of the review process under Condition 29, a material change to the CCP is made, the Consent Holder shall notify those parties affected by the change within 20 working days of the material change occurring. Pre-Construction Meetings and Notification

32.

Prior to commencement of any stage of construction, the Consent Holder shall arrange a pre-construction meeting with Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring in conjunction with the relevant technical specialists, as required) as well as the site contractor and shall invite the following Mana Whenua groups to attend: Ngati Maru, Ngati Paoa, Ngai Tai Ki Tamaki, Ngati Te Ata Waiohua, Te Kawerau a Maki, Ngati Whatua o Orakei, Te Akitai, and Ngati Tamaoho (“the Mana Whenua Groups”). a. The meeting shall be located on the Project site unless otherwise agreed; b. The meeting shall be scheduled no less than five working days before the anticipated commencement of construction;

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

48

c. The meeting shall include representation from the contractor who will undertake the works; d. The following information shall be made available by the Consent Holder at the pre- construction meeting: i) Conditions of consent; ii) Approved (signed/stamped) construction plans for that stage; iii) Timeframes for key stages of the works authorised under this consent; iv) Contact details of the site contractor, site stormwater engineer and other key contractors; v) All certified management plans; and Advice note: by this stage, all of the management plans referred to in Condition 33(i) should have been certified, given the plans are required to be lodged 20 working days prior to commencement of construction).

vi) A copy of the Corridor Access Request from Auckland Transport. e. Appropriate provision to the extent sought by the Manu Whenua Groups, or their nominated representative(s), shall be made for a cultural induction of the contractor's staff. Advice Note: To arrange the pre-start meeting required by Condition 32 please contact Steve Pearce, Team Leader Central Monitoring to arrange this meeting on steve.pearce@aucklandcouncil.govt.nz, or 09 301 01 01. The conditions of consent should be discussed at this meeting. All additional information required by the Council should be provided two days prior to the meeting.

Construction Management 33.

Prior to the commencement of construction authorised by these consents, the Consent Holder shall prepare a Construction Environmental Management Plan (CEMP) including all certified Management Plans which form part of these conditions to ensure compliance with the resource consents. The CEMP shall include details of: a. Final project details and staging of works to illustrate that the works remain within the limits and standards approved under these consents and that the construction activities avoid, remedy or mitigate adverse effects on the environment. b. The site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager, including their contact details (phone, email and physical address); c. the â&#x20AC;&#x153;key contactsâ&#x20AC;? referred to in Condition 29; d. communication and consultation procedures for ensuring that residents, road users and businesses in the immediate vicinity of construction areas are given prior notice of the commencement of construction and are informed about the expected duration and effects of the work. In particular the procedures shall provide for the following in relation to residents, road users and businesses potentially affected by the construction works:

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

49

i) consultation prior to the commencement of construction; ii) notice periods for changes to pedestrian and vehicle access; iii) regular updates on construction progress; iv) key dates for major milestones such as road closure and re-opening; and v) communication on any other matters potentially affecting residents or business operations in the vicinity of the works. e. notice boards that clearly identify the Consent Holder and the Project name, together with the name, telephone number and email address of the Site or Project Manager and the Communication and Consultation Manager; f. general site layout and management; g. an outline of the Projectâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s construction programme, including construction hours of operation; h. means of ensuring the safety of the general public; i.

certified management plans which form part of these conditions, being: i)

Erosion and Sediment Control Plan;

ii) Chemical Treatment Management Plan; iii) Air Quality Management Plan; iv) Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan; v) Contaminated Soils Management Plan; and vi) Industrial and Trade Activity Environmental Management Plan. j.

Water Discharge Quality Monitoring Programme; and

k. identification of the suitably independent, qualified Chartered Professional Engineer, or member of the Royal Institution of Chartered Surveyors, who will be undertaking the condition surveys required by the conditions of consent. 34.

The CEMP shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction. The Consent Holder shall request the Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination, in writing, as to whether the CEMP can be certified as per the requirements of the consent conditions within 10 working days of receipt of the CEMP. Construction shall not commence until written certification is obtained from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Advice note: The Consent Holder may provide CEMPs in a staged manner to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.

35.

The CEMP required by Condition 33 shall be implemented and maintained throughout the entire construction period for the Project, or relevant Project stage, to manage potential adverse effects arising from the construction and shall be updated as necessary (or as required by Conditions 37 and 38).

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

50

Any change to the CEMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification and no activity reliant upon a change to the CEMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Consent Holder shall request the Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. Construction Traffic 36.

The Consent Holder shall, so far as is it is reasonably practicable, avoid, remedy or mitigate the adverse effects of construction on transport, parking and property access. This is to be achieved through the following objectives: a. managing the road transport network for the duration of the construction by adopting the best practicable option to manage congestion; b. maintaining pedestrian access to private property at all times; and c. providing on-going vehicle access to private property to the greatest extent possible. Advice Note 1: Condition 36 refers to objectives to be achieved. The requirement to provide mechanisms to achieve these objectives is included in the relevant CRL or Britomart Transport Centre designation conditions. Advice Note 2: This resource consent does not provide approval to close or occupy temporarily Tyler or Galway Streets. If such actions are required they will be sought and managed under the CRL designation and / or an application to vary the Britomart Transport Centre designation.

Review Process for CEMP and other Management Plans 37.

The Consent Holder shall review the CEMP and other management plans at least annually or ď&#x201A;ˇ

as a result of a material change to the Project; or

ď&#x201A;ˇ

to address unforeseen adverse effects arising from construction or unresolved complaints.

Such a review may be initiated by either the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or the Consent Holder and shall take into consideration: a. Compliance with resource consent conditions, the CEMP, other management plans and material changes to these plans; b. Any changes to construction methods; c. Key changes to roles and responsibilities relating to the Project; d. Changes in industry best practice standards; e. Changes in legal or other requirements; f. Results of monitoring and reporting procedures associated with the management of adverse effects during construction;

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

51

g. Any comments or recommendations received from Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) or as a result of the CCP process regarding the CEMP and other management plans; and h. Any complaints and any response to complaints and remedial action taken to address the complaint as required under Conditions 39 to 42. 38.

A summary of the review process shall be kept by the Consent Holder, provided annually to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), and made available to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) upon request. Concerns and Complaints Management

39.

Upon receiving a concern or complaint during construction, the Consent Holder shall instigate a process to address concerns or complaints received about adverse effects. This shall: a. Identify of the nature of the concern or complaint, and the location, date and time of the alleged event(s); b. Acknowledge receipt of the concern or complaint within 24 hours of receipt; and c. Respond to the concern or complaint in accordance with the relevant management plan, which may include (for example) monitoring of the activity by a suitably qualified expert, and implementation of mitigation measures.

40.

A record of all concerns and / or complaints received shall be kept by the Consent Holder. This record shall include: a. The name and address of the person(s) who raised the concern or complaint (unless they elect not to provide this) and details of the concern or complaint; b. Where practicable and relevant, weather conditions at the time of the concern or complaint, including wind direction and cloud cover if the complaint relates to air quality; c. The relevant known construction activities being undertaken at the time and in the vicinity of the concern or complaint; d. Any other activities in the area unrelated to the Project that may have contributed to the concern or complaint such as non-related construction, fires, traffic accidents or unusually dusty conditions generally; and e. Remedial actions undertaken (if any) and the outcome of these, including monitoring of the activity.

41.

This record shall be maintained on site, be available for inspection upon request, and shall be provided every two months (or as otherwise agreed) to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

52

42.

Where a complaint remains unresolved or a dispute arises, the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) will be provided with a copy of all records of the complaint and advice as to 

how it has been dealt with and addressed; and



whether the Consent Holder considers that any other steps to resolve the complaint are required.

Upon receiving records of the complaint the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) may determine whether a review of the CEMP and/or management plans is required under Condition 37 to address the complaint. The Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) will be asked to advise the Consent Holder of its recommendation within 10 working days of receiving the records of complaint.

Specific conditions – land use consent R/LUC/2014/5428 Contaminated Land and Resource Management (National Environmental Standard for Assessing and Managing Contaminants in Soil to Protect Human Health) Regulations 2011 43.

Works shall cease immediately in the vicinity of any contamination not previously identified and the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) shall be advised immediately.

Specific conditions – land use consent R/REG/2014/5430 Earthworks Consent Duration 44.

This resource consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA. Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (“ESCP”)

45.

At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, a finalised ESCP which provides for the management of all bulk earthworks to minimise any discharge of debris, soil, sediment or sediment-laden water beyond the site to either land and/ or stormwater drainage systems shall be prepared and submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.

46.

No construction activity shall commence until certification from Council is provided.

47.

The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the ESCP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the ESCP.

48.

The ESCP shall include, but not be limited to, the following matters: a. identification of construction zones and construction support areas; b. specific erosion and sediment control works for each Active Construction Zone (location, dimensions, capacity supporting calculations and design drawings), which should be in line with Industry Best Practice that will meet or exceed the

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

53

performance of measures detailed in Auckland Council Technical Publication No. 90, Erosion & Sediment Control: Guidelines for Land Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region (TP90); c. catchment boundaries; d. the timing and duration of construction and operation of control works (in relation to the staging and sequencing of bulk earthworks); e. details relating to the management of exposed areas; f. reference to the Chemical Treatment Management Plan and confirmation of ESC measures necessary to give effect to that plan; g. reference to the Contaminated Soils Management Plan and confirmation of ESC measures necessary to give effect to that plan; and h. monitoring and maintenance requirements, including information on complaint investigation and response procedures, training, and roles and responsibilities. 49.

Any change to the ESCP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. No activity reliant upon a change to the ESCP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. Chemical Treatment Management Plan (“CTMP”)

50.

At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, a CTMP which confirms the measures that will be taken to ensure that construction of the Project or Project Stage will be generally consistent with the Water Quality Assessment and the Industrial and Trade Activities Assessment prepared by Golder Associates (NZ) Limited, both dated December 2014 shall be submitted to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification.

51.

The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the CTMP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the CTMP.

52.

The CTMP shall include, but not be limited to, the following matters: a. Specific design details of the chemical treatment system based on a batch dosing methodology for the site’s settlement tanks, including the potential for use of nonchemical flocculants (e.g. chitin based flocculants such as Haloklear); b. Monitoring, maintenance (including post-storm) and contingency programme (including a record sheet); c. Details of optimum dosage (including assumptions); d. Results of initial chemical treatment trial; e. A spill contingency plan; and

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

54

f. Details of the person or bodies that will hold responsibility for the long term operation and maintenance of the chemical treatment system and the organisational structure which will support this system. 53.

Any change to the CTMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. No activity reliant upon a change to the CTMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Consent Holder shall request the Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. As-built Certification

54.

Prior to construction (bulk earthworks) commencing, a certificate signed by a senior qualified person shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) to certify that the erosion and sediment controls have been constructed in accordance with the certified ESCP(s) as required by Condition 45 of this consent.

55.

Certified controls shall include diversion bunds, silt fences, and sumps. The certification for these subsequent measures shall be supplied immediately upon completion of construction of those measures. Information supplied, if applicable, shall include: a. contributing catchment area; b. shape of structure (dimensions of structure); c. position of inlets/outlets; and d. stabilisation of the structure. General Performance Standards

56.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that there shall be no deposition of earth, mud, dirt or other debris on any road or footpath resulting from bulk earthworks on the subject site. In the event that such deposition does occur, it shall immediately be removed. In no instance shall roads or footpaths be washed down with water without appropriate erosion and sediment control measures in place to prevent contamination of the stormwater drainage system, watercourses or receiving waters.

57.

The operational effectiveness and efficiency of all erosion and sediment control measures specifically required as a condition of resource consent, including the certified ESCP referred to in Condition 45, shall be maintained throughout the duration of bulk earthworks, or until the Project site is permanently stabilised against erosion.

58.

The site shall be progressively stabilised against erosion at all stages of earthworks activity, and shall be sequenced to minimise the discharge of contaminants to groundwater or surface water.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

55

59.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that the erosion and sediment control measures shall be constructed and maintained in accordance with Auckland Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s Technical Publication 90: Erosion and Sediment Control Guidelines for Soil Disturbing Activities in the Auckland Region, and any amendments to this document, except where a higher standard is detailed in the documents referred to in conditions above, in which case the higher standard shall apply.

60.

Sediment control measures shall be inspected on a weekly basis and after a significant storm event to ensure effective operation. In the event that a discharge of debris, soil, silt, sediment or sediment-laden water occurs, the activity which resulted in the discharge shall cease immediately and the discharge shall be mitigated and/or rectified to the satisfaction of the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring).

61.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that all material removed from or delivered to the Project site shall be covered during transportation.

62.

Upon completion or abandonment of bulk earthworks on the Project site all areas of bare earth shall be permanently stabilised against erosion to the satisfaction of the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). Review Condition for land use consent R/REG/2014/5430

63.

Pursuant to section 128 of the RMA the conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) at the Consent Holderâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s cost, by giving notice pursuant to section 129 of the Act, within six months after commencement of bulk earthworks and subsequently at intervals of not less than one year thereafter in order to achieve the following: a. To deal with any adverse effects on the environment which may arise or potentially arise from the exercise of this consent and which it is appropriate to deal with at a later stage; b. To alter erosion and sediment control requirements as a result of previous monitoring outcomes, and/or in response to changes to the environment and/or hydro-geological knowledge, and/or changes to industry best practice; c. If, at any time, it is found that the information made available to the Council in the application contained inaccuracies which materially influenced the decision and the effects of the exercise of the consent are such that it is necessary to apply more appropriate conditions; and d. If, at any time, CRL-related works being undertaken under a designation providing for aspects of the Project, or a separate resource consent, leads to an inconsistent approach to the management of effects.

Specific conditions â&#x20AC;&#x201C; discharge permit R/REG/2014/5437 Discharge to Air Consent Duration City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

56

64.

This resource consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA.

65.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that all processes on the Project worksite shall be implemented, operated, maintained, supervised, monitored and controlled so that any emissions authorised by this consent are maintained at the minimum practicable level.

66.

Unless provided for by Condition 67, there shall be no dust or odour beyond the boundary of the Project worksite caused as a result of on-site processes which, in the opinion of Council, is noxious, offensive or objectionable.

67.

All offensive or objectionable dust or odours beyond the boundary of the Project worksite caused as a result of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project shall be mitigated as soon as practicable in accordance with the requirements of the certified Air Quality Management Plan as required by Condition 69.

68.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that beyond the boundary of the Project worksite, there shall be no hazardous air pollutant, caused as a result of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project that causes, or is likely to cause, adverse effects on human health, environment or property. Air Quality Management Plan (“AQMP”)

69.

The Consent Holder shall review the draft Air Quality Management Plan – Britomart to Wyndham dated December 2014 (“draft AQMP”), prepared by Golder Associates (NZ) Limited and submit to Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) a final AQMP(s) which is (are) generally consistent with the draft AQMP provided in support of the application material.

70.

The final AQMP(s) shall be prepared by a senior qualified person, provided to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification at least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction and shall include: a. a clear identification of the type and location of the controls proposed; b. a detailed framework for the management, mitigation and monitoring of construction and earthworks activities associated with the Project; c. a focus principally on the sources of dust discharges, and d. an assessment of the risk of discharges from each Active Construction Zone and the associated Construction Support Areas.

71.

The final AQMP(s) shall also provide detailed methods including, but not limited to, the following matters: a. methods to ensure the exposed surfaces remain dampened to minimise dust emissions (possible examples include a suspended water spray system or other suitable system, water carts and other suppression methods);

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

57

b. a 20 km/hr vehicle speed limit within the Active Construction Zones and Construction Support Areas; c. installation of wheel washes; d. regular sweeping of public roads around the exit points of Active Construction Zones and Construction Support Areas and sealed vehicle accessways within these areas; e. measures for dampening any temporary stock piles (which are to be limited to no more than 24 mÂł of spoil at any one time in each Active Construction Zone); f. measures for the handling of cement associated with forming of cement stabilised columns, including filter systems and high level alarms where a silo is used; g. covering of loads of material being delivered and removed from the site; h. instrumental monitoring of dust concentrations (identification of a monitoring methodology, monitoring network and appropriate alert thresholds) to ensure that any significant dust effects arising from the Active Construction Zones or Construction Support Areas are identified and remedied as soon as practicable throughout the Project; i.

the locations of instrumental dust monitoring sites, including one re-locatable monitor to be associated with Active Construction Zones A to D and fixed monitors associated with Active Construction Zone E;

j.

measures for responding to continuous instrumental dust monitoring trigger alarms, including contingency measures to reduce measured concentrations below the trigger thresholds and provisions for responding after standard operating hours;

k. measures for undertaking meteorological observations and visual inspections of dust or other air discharges from the Project, to be completed at least on a daily basis, with all relevant information logged; and l.

information regarding complaint logging, investigation and response procedures, training and roles and responsibilities.

72.

The Consent Holder shall request the Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) provides its determination as to whether the AQMP(s) can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the AQMP(s).

73.

Any change to the AQMP(s) shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. No activity reliant upon a change to the AQMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Consent Holder shall request the Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change.

74.

All works shall be undertaken in accordance with the certified AQMP(s).

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

58

Monitoring Requirements 75.

Prior to construction commencing, and for the duration of excavation and construction associated with the Project which have the potential for significant dust emissions, the Consent Holder shall install, operate and maintain mobile instrumental continuous dust monitors for the purposes of monitoring Total Suspended Particulates (TSP) and/or fine particulate matter (PM10). The monitors shall be operated at locations and according to methods detailed in the certified AQMP(s) required by Condition 69.

76.

The instrumental dust monitoring equipment shall be fitted with an alarm system that, when dust concentrations exceed alert levels specified by the certified AQMP(s), send a warning to the responsible person identified by the AQMP(s). The Consent Holder shall ensure that the responsible person, or other nominated person, is available at all times to take immediate action to reduce dust emissions from the site.

Specific conditions – discharge permit R/REG/2014/5435 Contaminated Land Consent Duration 77.

This resource consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the RMA. Contaminated Soils Management Plan (“CSMP”)

78.

At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, a final CSMP shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Earthworks and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input and Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The CSMP shall be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with Schedule 13 (A4) of the Auckland Council Regional Plan: Air, Land and Water (ACRP:ALW). The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the CSMP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of receipt of the CSMP.

79.

No construction shall commence until certification is provided from the Council (Team Leader Earthworks and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input and Team Leader Central Monitoring) that the CSMP meets the requirements of Schedule 13 (A4) of the ACRP:ALW.

80.

All measures identified in that CSMP must be established prior to the commencement of bulk earthworks.

81.

The CSMP shall address the following matters: a. Identification of mitigation measures to ensure that discharges from the construction support areas to land or water are minimised, and to ensure that

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

59

potential effects on the health of workers on the site and nearby sites can be appropriately managed b. The areas within the project site designated for the excavation works, including depths and extent of the proposed works, and an updated map showing the land disturbance activity areas; c. Excavation, management, and disposal procedures for soil, sediment, dust, surface run-off water, perched groundwater, and groundwater, if encountered; d. Temporary containment, treatment, and testing procedures for any water getting in contact with the contaminated material if disposal option to the stormwater system or marine environment is considered; e. Contingency measures for unexpected discovery of contamination; f. Proposed gas monitoring in the Lower Queen Street area, and any other proposed sampling and analysis, if applicable; and g. Proposed Works Summary Reporting. Advice Note: The Council acknowledges that the CSMP is intended to provide flexibility of the management of the works and contaminant discharge. Accordingly, the plan may need to be further updated. Any updates must be limited to the scope of this consent and be consistent with the conditions of this consent. If you would like to confirm that any proposed updates are within scope, please contact the Council (Team Leader Earthworks and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input) on (09) 301 0101.

82.

All disturbance of contaminated and potentially contaminated soil as part of the bulk earthworks activity shall be carried out in accordance with the certified CSMP required by Condition 78 and any changes to the plan shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Earthworks and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input and Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification prior to the change being implemented. No activity reliant upon a change to the CSMP can be undertaken until the change has been certified. The Consent Holder shall request the Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the proposed change can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days of submission of the change. Notification of Works

83.

The Consent Holder shall notify the Council (Team Leader Earthworks and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input and Team Leader Central Monitoring) at least two working days prior to the commencement of bulk earthworks on the subject site. Advice Note: Condition 83 requires the consent holder to notify the Council of their intention to begin works in contaminated areas a minimum of two working days prior to commencement of construction. Please contact the Team Leader, Earthworks and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input at david.hampson@aucklandcouncil.govt.nz to advise of the start of works. The following details should also be provided: ď&#x201A;ˇ Name and telephone number of the project manager and the site owner;

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

60

 Site address to which the consents relate;  Activity to which the consents relate; and  Expected duration of the works.

84.

All disturbance of contaminated soil shall be supervised by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional who shall ensure that soil management and disposal procedures, contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP required by Condition 78, and all relevant consent conditions are adhered to. Regular inspections of the works area shall be carried out by the Contaminated Land Professional. These inspections shall be documented and the relevant records shall be retained and provided to Council (Team Leader Earthworks and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input) as part of the Works Summary Report required by Condition 93.

85.

All land disturbance works shall be managed to avoid the potential for crosscontamination of materials to occur. In particular, movement of contaminated soil around the site and/or deposition of contaminated soil on other parts of the site shall be avoided. Soils that are identified for off-site disposal must be loaded directly for removal where possible, and all material shall be covered during transportation offsite.

86.

To minimise the spread of contaminated material, any temporary stockpiles of excavated contaminated material shall be located within the catchment of erosion and sediment controls for the site. All stockpiles shall be covered with either polythene or an equivalent impermeable material when the site is not being worked and during periods of heavy rain.

87.

Excess soil or waste materials removed from the Project worksite shall be deposited at a disposal site that holds a resource consent to accept the relevant level and type of contamination.

88.

Where it can be demonstrated that the soil has been fully characterised and meets the definition of ‘cleanfill’ in accordance with the Ministry for the Environment’s publication ‘A Guide to the Management of Cleanfills’ (2002), the removal of such material to a consented disposal facility is not required. In such circumstances, a record of the location, depth, and volume of the material removed as ‘cleanfill’ shall be kept for the purpose of being included in the Works Summary Report required by Condition 93.

89.

Any perched groundwater or surface run-off water encountered within the excavation area requiring removal shall be considered as potentially contaminated, and shall either: a. be disposed of by a licensed liquid waste contractor; or b. pumped to sewer, providing relevant permits are obtained; or c. discharged to the stormwater system, provided testing demonstrates compliance with 50 times the Australian and New Zealand Environment Conservation Council

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

61

(ANZECC) Guidelines for Fresh and Marine Water Quality (2000) for the protection of 95 percent of marine water species. 90.

Where contaminants are identified that have not been anticipated by the application, works in the area containing the unexpected contamination shall cease until the contingency measures outlined in the certified CSMP required by Condition 78 have been implemented, and have been notified to the Council (Team Leader, Earthworks and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input). Any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and contingency measures implemented shall be documented in the Works Summary Report required by Condition 93. Advice Note: In accordance with Condition 90 any unexpected contamination may include separate phase hydrocarbons, contaminated soil, perched water or groundwater. The consent holder is advised that where unexpected contamination is significantly different in extent and concentration from that anticipated, handling the contamination may be outside the scope of this consent. Advice should be sought from the Council (Team Leader Earthworks and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input) prior to carrying out any further work in the area of the unexpected contamination to ensure this is within the scope of this consent.

91.

All imported fill shall: a. comply with the definition of 'cleanfill' in the Ministry for the Environment publication 'A Guide to the Management of Cleanfillsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; (2002); b. be solid material of an inert nature; and c. not contain hazardous substances or contaminants above recorded natural background levels of the receiving site. Advice Note: Background contamination levels for the site receiving cleanfill can be found in the Technical Publication No. 153, Background concentrations of inorganic elements in soils from the Auckland Region, Auckland Regional Council (2001).

92.

All sampling and testing of contamination on the site shall be overseen by the Contaminated Land Professional and shall be undertaken in accordance with Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.5 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Site Investigation and Analysis of Soils, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011). Advice Note: All testing and analysis should be undertaken in a laboratory with suitable experience and ability to carry out the analysis. For more details on how to confirm the suitability of the laboratory please refer to Part 4: Laboratory Analysis, of Contaminated Land Management Guidelines No.5.

93.

Within three months of the completion of bulk earthworks on the site, a Works Summary Report shall be provided to the Council (Team Leader Earthworks and Contaminated Land, Natural Resources and Specialist Input and Team Leader Central Monitoring). The Works Summary Report shall be prepared by a suitably qualified and experienced Contaminated Land Professional in accordance with Schedule 13 (A5) of the Auckland Council Regional Plan: Air, Land and Water and Contaminated Land Management Guidelines, No.1 - Reporting on Contaminated Sites in New Zealand, Ministry for the Environment (revised 2011).

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

62

94.

The Works Summary Report shall address the following matters: a. a summary of the works undertaken, including a statement confirming whether the excavation of the site has been completed in accordance with the certified CSMP required by Condition 78; b. the location and dimensions of the excavations carried out, including a site plan; c. a summary of soil, perched water and groundwater testing undertaken (if applicable) including tabulated analytical results, and interpretation of the results in the context of the Contaminated Land Rules of the Auckland Council Regional Plan: Air, Land and Water and the Proposed Auckland Unitary Plan; d. copies of the disposal dockets for the contaminated soil and ‘cleanfill’ material removed from the site; e. records of any unexpected contamination encountered during the works and contingency measures undertaken (if applicable); f. details regarding any complaints and/or breaches of the procedures set out in the certified CSMP required by Condition 78 and the conditions of this consent; g. results of testing, if required, of any spoil disposed offsite; and h. results of testing of any imported fill material to ensure compliance with the definition of 'cleanfill', as per 'A Guide to the Management of Cleanfills’, Ministry for the Environment (2002).

Specific conditions – discharge permit R/REG/2014/5436 Washwater and Wastewater Discharges Consent Duration 95.

This consent shall expire 15 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991. Site Management

96.

At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of construction, a final Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (“EMP”) shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The Consent Holder shall request the Council’s (Team Leader Central Monitoring) determination as to whether the EMP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days following receipt of the EMP. The EMP shall be prepared by a senior qualified person and shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. identification of the specific activities conducted on the site; b. the identification of potential contaminants associated with these activities;

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

63

c. methods used to prevent identified contaminants contacting stormwater runoff as far as practicable and methods to manage environmental risks from site activities; d. an Emergency Spill Response Plan (which includes the provision that all spills over 20 litres, or any spill of Environmentally Hazardous Substances that has entered the stormwater system, a water-body or has contacted unsealed ground, shall be reported immediately to the Auckland Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s 24 Hour Pollution Hotline (09-377-3107)); e. an up-to-date and accurate site drainage plan showing the location of all site catchpits and the final discharge point(s) of the site stormwater system; f. an appropriate auditing programme to ensure site performance with all components of the sites EMP; g. methods for providing and recording staff training; and h. a monitoring programme as outlined in Condition 101. 97.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that the site is operated and managed in accordance with the certified EMP to ensure the risks from the site are managed appropriately.

98.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that a copy of the certified EMP is kept on site and accessible at all times. Structural Controls

99.

The Consent Holder shall ensure that the following structural controls are constructed for the following catchment areas and design requirements and they are completed prior to discharges commencing from the site. Works

Device catchment area

Design requirements

Settlement Tanks (2x 12,000l tanks), located in CSAs 2 and 4

All ACZs

Discharge levels as per monitoring Condition 101

Bunding of Environmentally Hazardous Substances

As required

110% of largest container

100. In the event that any minor modifications to the structural controls system are required, the following information shall be provided to Council: a. Plans and drawings outlining the details of the modifications; and b. Supporting information that details how the proposal does not affect the capacity or performance of stormwater management system. All information shall be submitted to, and the proposed modifications certified by the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring), prior to implementation. Discharge Monitoring

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

64

101. Within 30 days of the installation of the water treatment system, and prior to operation, a discharge monitoring programme, to assess the ongoing adequacy of all management practices, shall be developed and submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring) for certification. The monitoring programme shall include, but not be limited to: a. sampling location for final discharge from the site(s); b. sampling locations on site (i.e. swale inlets, outlets etc); c. methods and procedures for discharge sampling on a quarterly basis; d. monitoring parameters for analysis, which shall include: Daily  Turbidity (NTU)  pH Weekly  Total Suspended Solids  Copper (total)  Zinc (total)  Lead (total)  Total Petroleum Hydrocarbons

mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L mg/L

e. identified trigger levels for each of the above parameters. These trigger levels shall be developed with reference to the ANZECC Guidelines for water quality where applicable; and f. the methods and procedures for investigating and reporting stormwater discharge monitoring results to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). 102. The discharge monitoring programme shall be implemented upon completion of works set out in Condition 99. Reporting 103. Within five working days of receipt of sample results showing contaminants exceeding the agreed trigger levels (Condition 101(e)): a. an investigation shall be undertaken to determine why exceedances were detected and to identify any additional source controls or treatment required; and b. the results of the investigation shall be reported to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). 104. Within eight weeks following the start of the monitoring required by Conditions 101 and 102, a monitoring report shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Central Monitoring). The monitoring report shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. a summary of the monitoring results to date;

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

65

b. an interpretation of those results and suggestions for improvement to the site operations; c. a programme for ongoing monitoring including the reporting of results; and d. a programme for the ongoing maintenance of the discharge water management and treatment system.

Specific conditions â&#x20AC;&#x201C; water permit R/REG/2014/5432 Take and Diversion of Groundwater DEFINITIONS: Commencement of Dewatering:

Means commencement of bulk excavation and/or commencing taking any groundwater from the tunnel excavation and/or any dewatering prior to excavation.

Completion of Excavation:

When all bulk excavation has been completed

Completion of Dewatering:

Means when the tunnel has been constructed, all backfilling has been completed and effectively no further groundwater is being taken for the construction of the tunnel.

Completion of Construction

Means when the Certificate of Completion is issued by AC.

Significant damage

When damage is considered to affect serviceability or structural integrity.

Damage

Includes aesthetic, serviceability and significant damage.

Alert Level

Monitoring reaches a level close to, or equal to the design value, which is below the level where damage could occur unless movement continues unchecked, and requires review to assess the future trend.

Alarm Level

Monitoring reaches the value, and/or level close to which damage could occur, and requires immediate action including the cessation of ground dewatering and other construction activities that may have an effect on ground deformation

Manager:

Means the Team Leader Water Allocation, NRSI, AC, or nominated AC staff acting on the Team Leaderâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s behalf.

RL:

Means Reduced Level.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

66

Services:

Includes for example fibre optic cables, sanitary drainage, stormwater pipes, gas and water mains, power and telephone, road infrastructure assets such as footpaths, kerbs, catch-pits, pavements and street furniture, settlement monitoring stations and groundwater monitoring bores.

Consent Duration 105. This consent shall expire 35 years after the consent commences unless it has been surrendered or been cancelled at an earlier date pursuant to the Resource Management Act 1991. Performance Standards 106. The Consent Holder shall ensure that all excavations, dewatering systems, retaining structures and associated works (including backfilling) for the tunnel construction and associated works shall be designed, constructed and maintained so as to avoid any damage that affects serviceability of structures and services. 107. Within the settlement contours on drawings CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0403, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0404, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0405, Rev 2.0 dated 03/07/2015 attached to these conditions in Appendix 2, the Consent Holder must ensure that the damage to buildings from the Project does not exceed the “slight damage” category extent detailed in the table below. 108. Beyond the settlement contours on drawings CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0403, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0404, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0405, Rev 2.0 dated 03/07/2015 attached to these conditions in Appendix 2, the Consent Holder must ensure that the damage to buildings from the Project does not exceed the “negligible damage” extent detailed in the table below.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

67

109. The Consent Holder shall not exceed the maximum extent and magnitude of total settlement as defined by the settlement contours presented on drawings CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0403, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0404, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0405, Rev 2.0 dated 03/07/2015 attached to these conditions in Appendix 2. 110. The Consent Holder shall construct the CRL trench no deeper than 1.2m below the base of tunnel design invert levels shown on Plan: CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG0001-1.0 dated 17 October 2014. The maximum excavation depth for the CRL trench is RL-8.5m. 111. The Consent Holder shall design, construct and continuously maintain the temporary perimeter cut-off walls to achieve no more than 0.3m3/ day ingress (through the wall) of groundwater per 10m of wall for both the Chief Post Office Excavation Ch50m to Ch95m (â&#x20AC;&#x153;CPOâ&#x20AC;?) and the CRL Trench Excavation Ch95m to Ch300m. 112. There shall be no visible seepage of water through the walls of the excavations at the CPO and Lower Queen Street area throughout construction. Any visible leakage shall be caulked, or otherwise sealed, as soon as is practicable. 113. The Consent Holder shall ensure that the cut-off walls within the CPO shall be installed a minimum of 2m into unweathered East Coast Bays Formation. City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

68

114. The cut off walls within the CRL trench excavation between Ch95 and Ch300 shall be installed to the top of the unweathered East Coast Bays formation bedrock. 115. After completion of construction, groundwater levels adjacent to the tunnel alignment shall not reduce below pre-existing seasonal low levels or rise above seasonal high levels measured during pre-construction monitoring in accordance with Condition 130. 116. The Consent Holder shall ensure that there is no long term ground settlement caused by post construction dewatering or long term mounding by the tunnel alignment damming. Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan (“GSMCP”) 117. At least 20 working days prior to the commencement of dewatering, the Consent Holder shall prepare and submit a GSMCP to Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) for certification. 118. The Consent Holder shall request: a. Certification by Council be undertaken by an independent peer reviewer; and b. Council’s (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) determination as to whether the GSMCP can be certified, in writing, within 10 working days following receipt of the GSMCP. 119. No dewatering on the subject site shall commence until certification from Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) is provided. 120. Prior to the Consent Holder submitting the GSMCP under Condition 117, the Consent Holder shall request that Council engage, at the cost of the Consent Holder, a suitably qualified independent specialist, agreed to by the Consent Holder, to fill the role of Independent Building Assessor (“IBA”). 121. The Consent Holder shall ensure that the IBA, required by Condition 120, provides a written report to Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) prior to commencement of construction and at no less than monthly intervals following commencement of construction and at key construction stages. The report may include recommendations to Council on building serviceability and damage matters, and how these matters may be addressed, having regard to the following: a. displacement and damage predictions of the affected buildings; b. monitoring methodology and the results of that monitoring; c. alert and alarm limits; and d. any monitoring reports prepared in accordance with Conditions 135, 136, 157, 158 and 159.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

69

122. The GSMCP, required by Condition 117, shall include the requirements of this resource consent including, but not limited to, the following: a. an â&#x20AC;&#x153;as builtâ&#x20AC;? survey plan of all monitoring locations based on approximate positions located on the plans entitled CRL-PAT-RME000-DRG-0403, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0404, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0405, Rev 2.0 dated 03/07/2015 (Appendix 2) and any further building-specific monitoring requirements determined from the detailed pre-construction building condition assessment; b. full details of groundwater (including construction logs), ground surface, building, retaining wall, inclinometer monitoring programme and conditions surveys required by this consent; c. a bar chart, such as a Gantt chart, showing the timing and frequency of the condition surveys and monitoring required by this consent relative to the commencement of dewatering and the completion of dewatering; d. groundwater alert and alarm triggers, including methodology for their determination. The Consent Holder shall use existing groundwater level data and the groundwater levels measured as required by Condition 129, to establish seasonal low groundwater levels; e. details of all alert and alarm triggers for each ground, building and retaining wall deformation marks and inclinometers as determined by conditions of consent or as revised by further detailed design; f. details of the contingency measures to be implemented if alert or alarm triggers are exceeded including a Response Plan (required by Condition 158). In particular, in relation to groundwater alarm triggers, contingency measures must include actions to prevent further groundwater drawdowns or rise; g. identification of any adjacent services susceptible to damage and details of any pre and post construction monitoring or inspection; h. details of the monitoring proposed to be undertaken to protect 35 Albert Street (Consent No. 43669) and Downtown Precinct Development (Consent No. 43792) consent holders against cumulative settlement effects; i.

identification of existing basements which could be subject to potential flooding from post-construction groundwater mounding. Details of monitoring of long-term groundwater mounding effects. Details of groundwater drain maintenance to prevent groundwater mounding; and

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

70

j.

review following the construction building condition surveys (required by Condition 133) the proposed alarm and alert trigger levels in Appendix 4 to confirm they are appropriately set to ensure the â&#x20AC;&#x153;slightâ&#x20AC;? damage category will not be breached and whether monitoring frequency is adequate.

123. The GSMCP may be varied, including frequency of monitoring, subject to the certification of the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit). 124. Once certified, the GSMCP shall be implemented for the periods specified in conditions of this consent. Upper Albert Street Building Assessment Conditions 125. Additional site investigations shall be carried out at the detailed design stage to confirm the preliminary design assumptions for soil stiffness affecting the upper Albert Street zone. The additional site investigations will consist of a minimum of two additional Cone Penetrometer Tests on the eastern side of the upper Albert Street zone. The predicted total settlement contours shown on drawings CRL-PAT-RME-000DRG-0403, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0404, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0405, Rev 2.0 dated 03/07/2015 shall be modified to take the site specific data into account. 126. Detailed building condition surveys shall be carried out, predesign and preconstruction, to determine the existing damage category of each building in the upper Albert Street zone and their sensitivity to any further settlement. 127. Should the pre-construction building condition survey and assessment highlight greater sensitivity of buildings to settlement than envisaged by the application, additional design measures ( that may include modifications to the design of the retention system or further geotechnical investigation) shall be undertaken. 128. The Consent Holder shall prepare a report which shall include the outcomes from the assessment required to be undertaken by Conditions 125, 126 and 127 and any design modifications made. The Consent Holder shall submit the report to the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) for certification. Certification must be obtained prior to commencement of dewatering within a minimum 30m chainage distance from any particular building. Monitoring - Groundwater 129. The Consent Holder shall install, maintain and replace if necessary, groundwater monitoring boreholes listed in Appendix 3 of this consent and shown on drawings CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0403, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0404, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0405, Rev 2.0 dated 03/07/2015 of this consent, for the period required by the conditions of this consent. City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

71

130. The Consent Holder shall measure and record groundwater levels at the monitoring boreholes specified in drawings CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0403, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0404, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0405, Rev 2.0 dated 03/07/2015 (Appendix 2): a. at a minimum of weekly intervals for a period of at least 3 months before commencing dewatering (to establish baseline groundwater variability), and then b. at least three times weekly for all monitoring boreholes during dewatering until either the completion of dewatering, or until such time following the completion of dewatering that stable measurements are demonstrated and certification is provided by the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit). All water level data shall be recorded to an accuracy of at least ± 10mm (to be calibrated by the instrument supplier). These records, reported in reduced level, shall be compiled and submitted to the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) at monthly intervals. 131. The provisional groundwater alert trigger level criteria are listed in Schedule B and Schedule B.1 below for the monitoring boreholes. The GSMCP, when lodged for certification by Council as required by Condition 117, may amend the provisional groundwater alert and alarm trigger levels below:

1

Schedule B: Provisional Alert Trigger Level Criteria – Non Britomart Alert Trigger Low Level (from chainage 300 to 0.5 metres below seasonal low in fill and Tauranga 610) Alluvium Alert Trigger High Level Seasonal high level in fill, Tauranga marine sediments and Tauranga Alluvium Alert Trigger Low Level – ECBF 90% of predicted drawdown response in ECBF (EU & ER) Note 1: Schedule B applies to the area from chainage 300 to 610, being the area other than that defined as “Britomart” in Schedule B.1.

2

Schedule B.1: Provisional Alert and Alarm Trigger Level Criteria – Britomart Alert Trigger Low Level 0.8 metre below seasonal low in fill, Tauranga marine sediments and Tauranga Alluvium Alert Trigger Low Level – ECBF 90% of predicted drawdown response in ECBF (EU & ER) Alarm Trigger Low Level 1.0 metre below seasonal low in fill, Tauranga marine sediments and Tauranga Alluvium Alarm Trigger High Level Seasonal high level in fill, Tauranga marine sediments and Tauranga Alluvium Note 2: Schedule B.1 applies to the Britomart area only, being that area from chainage 50 to 300.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

72

132. Where groundwater alert and alarm trigger levels are exceeded, as identified from monitoring data obtained pursuant to Condition 130, the actions set out in the certified GSMCP shall be undertaken and the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) shall be notified within 2 working days and advised of the trigger exceedance, the risk of settlement causing damage to buildings, and details of the actions taken. Building Inspection 133. Prior to the commencement of perimeter piling adjacent to the relevant structure and/or commencement of dewatering (whichever is the sooner), the Consent Holder shall employ an independent senior qualified person to undertake a detailed pre-construction condition survey, of all buildings specified in Appendix 1 to confirm their existing condition, subject to the approval of the property owner. The survey shall include, but not be limited to, the following: a. any information about the type of foundations; b. existing levels of damage considered to be of an aesthetic or superficial nature; c. existing levels of damage considered to affect the serviceability of the building where visually apparent and without recourse to intrusive or destructive investigation; d. a professional opinion as to whether observed damage may or may not be associated with actual structural damage; e. susceptibility of the building or structure to further movement; f. specific assessment of building damage from the predicted total settlement contours showing on drawings CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0403, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0404, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0405, Rev 2.0 dated 03/07/2015 and with reference to the trigger levels identified in Appendix 4; g. review of proposed alarm and alert trigger levels to confirm they are appropriately set and movement less than trigger levels set will not exacerbate damage, and whether the monitoring frequency and locations of monitoring points are adequate; and h. photographic evidence of (b) and (c). 134. Where the Consent Holder is required to access property (including buildings or structures) owned by a third party to undertake monitoring, surveys or inspections and that access is declined or subject to what the Consent Holder considers to be unreasonable terms, the Consent Holder shall notify the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) of that circumstance, and provide an alternative monitoring plan which includes the matters stated in Condition 122.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

73

135. Any condition survey undertaken in accordance with Condition 133, or any other condition surveys undertaken by the Consent Holder, shall be undertaken as follows: a. The Consent Holder shall employ an independent senior qualified person to undertake the condition surveys and that person shall be identified in the CEMP (required by Condition 33); b. The Consent Holder shall contact owners of those buildings and structures where a condition survey is to be undertaken to confirm the timing and methodology for undertaking a pre-construction condition survey; c. The Consent Holder shall record all contact, correspondence and communication with owners and this shall be available on request for the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit); d. The Consent Holder shall provide the building condition survey or structure condition survey report to the relevant property owner and the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) within 15 working days of the survey being undertaken; e. The Consent Holder shall undertake a visual inspection during construction if requested by the building or structure owner where a pre-construction condition survey has been undertaken. Where a condition survey has been undertaken by the building or structure owner, the Consent Holder shall continue to undertake monthly visual inspections until the Completion of Dewatering of the project; and f. The Consent Holder shall develop a system of monitoring the condition of existing buildings or structures which is commensurate with the type of the existing building or structure and the proximity of the project works in order to assess whether or not construction activities are compromising the structural integrity of the building or structure. 136. The Consent Holder shall carry out a visual inspection of the surrounding ground and external building facades of the listed buildings in Appendix 1 adjacent to the tunnel trench to monitor any deterioration or movement of any pre-existing cracks. Unless otherwise agreed to by Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit), after consultation with the relevant building owner, this is to be carried out at least twice per week from the commencement of dewatering until completion of excavation and then at least weekly until completion of dewatering. A record is to be kept of the time, date and any observations for each inspection. This record is to be maintained and submitted to the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) in accordance with Condition 159.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

74

137. The Consent Holder shall ensure that no earlier than 6 months after completion of dewatering and within 6 months of completion of construction, a postconstruction condition survey covering the matters identified in Condition 133 be completed of any building that had a pre-construction survey as identified in Appendix 1. The condition survey report shall include a determination of the cause of damage identified (if any) since the pre-construction condition survey or previous survey and steps to repair it as provided for in Condition 157. The requirements of this condition need not be fulfilled for any particular building where the Consent Holder can provide written evidence to the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) that the current owner of that building has agreed they do not require such a condition survey. 138. The Consent Holder shall, without delay, at the reasonable request of the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) undertake an additional condition survey on any building within the area defined by the groundwater monitoring, deformation monitoring and modelling undertaken pursuant to the conditions of this consent potentially affected by the excavation for the purpose of checking for damage and for following up on a report of damage to that building. The requirement for any such condition survey will cease 6 months after the completion of construction unless the requirements of Condition 137 have not been met and subject to a consistent pattern of deformation records having been obtained in this period in which no evidence of adverse effects is apparent. 139. During construction the Consent Holder shall implement procedures that will appropriately respond to the information received from the monitoring system, including assessment at each excavation stage of the actual retention and building response against the predictions determined from the detailed design. For the Albert Street excavations and in particular the upper Albert Street zone, should the actual response exceed those predicted for the first stages of excavation, contingency measures pre-determined from the detailed design and detailed in the Response Plan required by Condition 158 shall be implemented to increase the effective stiffness of the retention system and reduce wall deflections during subsequent excavation stages. 140. The Consent Holder shall include potential cumulative settlement effects from the basement excavation of the development at 35 Albert Street, Auckland Central, as authorised by Consent 42859 and from the Albert Street Stormwater Main Realignment Consent as authorised by Consent 43669, detailed in the respective consent conditions, for the assessment of ground and building settlement trigger levels on and adjacent to 12 to 26 Swanson Street and 41 Albert Street, Auckland Central until the completion of ground and building settlement monitoring at 35 Albert Street, Auckland Central. City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

75

141. The Consent Holder shall include potential cumulative settlement effects from the basement excavation of the re-development of the Downtown Shopping Centre site, Auckland Central, as authorised by Consent 43792, and detailed in the respective consent conditions, for the assessment of ground and building settlement trigger levels on the Zurich Building (21 Queen Street), the HSBC building (1 Queen Street) and the Old Customs House building (12-32 Customs Street West) until the completion of ground and building settlement monitoring required by Resource Consent 43792. Ground Surface and Building Monitoring 142. The Consent Holder shall establish and maintain a settlement monitoring network of ground settlement monitoring marks and building movement monitoring marks to detect any deformation (vertical and/or horizontal movement) for the period required by the conditions of this consent, as follows: a. The minimum scope of settlement monitoring is shown on Drawings CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0403, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0404, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0405, Rev 2.0 dated 03/07/2015 (Appendix 2); b. Subject to the ownersâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; approval, at least two sets of building movement monitoring marks shall be located on each building listed in Appendix 1; and c. The final location and number of building movement monitoring marks shall take into account the building type and size, accessibility to survey the marks and risk of damage from ground settlement and the effects of differential settlement from the predicted settlement contours on drawings CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0403, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0404, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0405, Rev 2.0 dated 03/07/2015. 143. The Consent Holder shall survey and record each ground settlement and building movement monitoring mark at least three times prior to the commencement of dewatering to establish a baseline elevation. 144. All settlement and building monitoring mark surveys shall be to a horizontal and vertical accuracy of at least Âą 2mm or as otherwise achieved by precise levelling. These records shall be compiled and submitted to the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) prior to the commencement of dewatering. 145. The Consent Holder shall survey and record the readings at each ground settlement and building monitoring mark on a monthly basis, until either the completion of dewatering, or until such time following the completion of excavation/ dewatering that stable measurements are demonstrated and certification is provided by the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit). City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

76

146. The Consent Holder shall survey and record the readings at each ground settlement and building monitoring mark within 50m of trench excavations during excavations/dewatering on a daily basis, until either the completion of dewatering, or until such time following the completion of excavation that stable measurements are demonstrated and certification is provided by the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit). Retaining Wall Monitoring 147. The Consent Holder shall ensure that retaining wall deformation pins are installed along the top of the boundary walls of the tunnel excavation at a distance of approximately 6.0 metre intervals to monitor both vertical and lateral wall movement. 148. Baseline monitoring before commencement of dewatering shall be undertaken three times to a horizontal and vertical accuracy of +/-2mm achieved by precise levelling and the results of monitoring shall be submitted to the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit), prior to the commencement of dewatering. 149. Alert and Alarm trigger levels for retaining pin monitoring as required in Condition 147 shall be confirmed and/or revised following the completion of the preconstruction building surveys and assessments required in Conditions 125, 126, 127 and 128. The final trigger levels shall take into account the building type and potential risk of damage from ground settlement quantified from these surveys and assessments. 150. From the commencement of excavation to one month after completion of excavation the Consent Holder shall measure the monitoring marks at an average of each 2 metres depth of excavation, at a maximum frequency of weekly intervals. 151. From one month after completion of excavation to the completion of dewatering, monitoring shall be at fortnightly intervals. Monitoring carried out shall be reported and submitted to Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) in accordance with Condition 161. 152. Inclinometers shall be installed along the excavation within the zones shown on the drawings CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0403, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0404, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0405, Rev 2.0 dated 03/07/2015 either within a retaining pile or immediately behind one and extending to the base of the retaining pile. The specific locations will be confirmed following detailed design and will be confirmed in the final GSMCP. Measurement accuracy shall be to best practice.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

77

153. The Consent Holder shall survey, record and report the readings of the inclinometer as per Schedule C below: Schedule C: Inclinometer Surveys Baseline: Pre Construction

Commencement of excavation to one month after Completion of Excavation unless otherwise agreed under Condition 123 Inclinometer

Frequency:

Reporting:

Best practice

Submitted to the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, NRSI) prior to the Commencement of Dewatering

Daily intervals unless a different frequency has been agreed to in writing by Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) As per Condition 161

154. The Inclinometer Deformation Alert Levels of deflection and the Inclinometer Deformation Alarm levels of deflection are as follows: a. Adjacent to existing buildings â&#x20AC;&#x201C; as specified in the GSMCP; and b. Precinct Properties Ltd building â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Downtown Shopping Centre redevelopment - alarm levels are subject to cumulative effects and require consultation in accordance with Condition 141. Services 155. The Consent Holder shall identify potentially affected services and, prior to the commencement of dewatering, undertake a condition survey of all such services in consultation with the relevant service providers. The monitoring of any settlement effects on those potentially affected services shall be in accordance with Conditions 142, 145 and 146. In the event that the services trigger levels listed in Appendix 4 are breached, remedial actions must be in accordance with Conditions 157 and 158. 156. A condition survey of potentially affected services shall be completed by the Consent Holder no earlier than 6 months after completion of dewatering and no later than completion of construction, to confirm in writing to the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) and the asset owner the results of the survey. The survey shall include a determination of the cause of any damage identified (if any) since the condition survey provided for in Condition 155. The post- condition survey need not be completed where the Consent Holder has written evidence that a post-condition survey was not required by the service provider.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

78

Contingency 157. If any damage to buildings, structures or services is caused wholly or in part by the exercising of this consent, the consent holder shall: a. notify the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) and the asset owner as soon as practical; b. engage a senior qualified person to prepare a report as soon as practical describing the damage and identifying methods to avoid and mitigate the potential for further damage and to remedy any damage caused wholly or in part by the exercising of this consent and provide a copy of the report to the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) and the asset owner; and c. thereafter promptly undertake (at the entire cost of the Consent Holder) all necessary repairs to fully restore and remedy the damage caused by the exercise of this consent. “Entire cost” includes all design and consenting costs as well as all construction costs. This obligation as a condition of the resource consent shall enure until: i)

Two years after completion of dewatering, or

ii) In the case of the Lower Queen Street area, two years after extraction of sheet piles; iii) One year after groundwater levels have stabilised; and iv) Six months after any completion of any other works associated with the Project which have the potential to cause settlement. 158. The Response Plan, included in the GSMCP, shall be prepared in accordance with drawings CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0403, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0404, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0405, Rev 2.0 dated 03/07/2015 (Appendix 2), and shall be implemented in the event that differential settlement between any two ground settlement monitoring marks exceeds the identified triggers, or total settlement exceeds the identified triggers in Appendix 4. The Appendix 4 trigger levels are to be revised, in accordance with Condition 133(g), if recommended by the building and structure condition surveys carried out in accordance with Conditions 133 and 138. 159. In the event of any Alert or Alarm trigger level exceedance at any of the ground surface and building monitoring stations and/or trigger level exceedance of groundwater levels in the monitoring bores, associated with the construction works, then the Consent Holder shall undertake the following activities: a. Notify the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) and the Independent Building Assessor within 24 hours; b. If measurements exceed any of the alert values then a senior qualified person engaged by the Consent Holder or the Consent Holder’s Contractor shall reassess the works constructed up to that time to identify the reasons for higher City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

79

movements and confirm whether measures (if any) are required to restrain further increases in movement and confirm that possible ensuing effects will not adversely impact building serviceability. Measures (if any) to be implemented are to be as identified in the GSMCP, and may include an increase in the frequency of monitoring, or additional support measures. c. The senior qualified person shall prepare and submit a written report to the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit), within one week of alert level exceedance, which provides analyses of all monitoring data, relating to the exceedance of any of the trigger levels and any actions taken; d. If measurements exceed any of the alarm values the Consent Holder shall: i)

Follow the process identified in Condition 159(b);

ii)

Commission and submit a written report, prepared by the senior qualified person engaged in accordance with Condition 159(b) to the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit), within one week of alarm level exceedance, which provides analyses of all monitoring data, relating to the exceedance of any of the trigger levels and any recommendations for remedial actions if required in order to complete construction so as to avoid damage that will affect building serviceability; and

iii) Implement the recommendations of the report. In the instance that the recommendation is to stop work pursuant to Conditions 159(b) and (d), the remedial action(s) that have been recommended shall be undertaken before the works recommence. e. In relation to alarm level exceedance, recommendations of the IBA (refer Condition 120), which may include remedial actions up to and including stopping the works if that is in the best interests of preventing building serviceability damage, shall be implemented (unless the building owner(s) request in writing that the construction works are to be completed in accordance with the report prepared under Condition 159(c)(ii)). Advice Note: Condition 159 operates independently from and does not detract from, but may assist to inform, Councilâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s role in relation to monitoring, and ensuring compliance with conditions of consent, including Condition 106.

Reporting 160. The Consent Holder shall advise the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit), in writing, of the date of the proposed commencement of dewatering. 161. All data collected as required by conditions of this consent from commencement of dewatering to completion of monitoring are to be compiled, compared with the relevant trigger levels and submitted to the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) at two monthly intervals, unless

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

80

otherwise specified in this consent, setting out the previous results, providing an explanation for any trends and providing a construction progress timeline. Review Condition – Water Permit R/REG/2014/5432 162. The conditions of this consent may be reviewed by the Council (Team Leader Water Allocation, Natural Resources and Specialist Input Unit) pursuant to Section 128 of the Resource Management Act 1991, by the giving of notice pursuant to Section 129 of the Act, within six months after commencement of dewatering and subsequently at intervals of not less than one year thereafter in order: a. to vary the monitoring and reporting requirements, and performance standards in order to take account of information, including the results of previous monitoring and changed environmental knowledge, on: i) ground conditions; ii) aquifer parameters; iii) groundwater levels; and iv) ground surface deformation. b. to deal with any adverse effect on the environment arising or potentially arising from the exercise of this consent, and in particular effects on buildings, structures and services.

Advice notes 1.

If you disagree with any of the above conditions, or disagree with the additional charges relating to the processing of the application, you have a right of objection pursuant to sections 357A or 357B of the Resource Management Act 1991. Any objection must be made in writing to Council within 15 working days of notification of the decision.

2.

The Consent Holder is responsible for obtaining all other necessary consents, permits, and licences, including those under the Building Act 2004, and the Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014. This consent does not remove the need to comply with all other applicable Acts (including the Property Law Act 2007), regulations, relevant Bylaws, and rules of law. This consent does not constitute building consent approval. Please check whether a building consent is required under the Building Act 2004.

3.

This development involves undertaking construction work to Watercare’s wastewater network. The Consent Holder will be responsible for ensuring all necessary approvals are obtained from Watercare. See Watercare’s website (www.watercare.co.nz) for more information.

4.

If any archaeological features are uncovered on the site, it is recommended that works cease and council’s representative monitoring your application is notified immediately. For guidance and advice on managing the discovery of archaeological features contact the Team Leader Cultural Heritage Implementation on 09 301 0101. Please note in the event of a discovery, contacting Heritage New Zealand, as well as the local Mana Whenua is recommended.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

81

5.

The Consent Holder shall be advised that any works, structures (including ground-anchors) or access required to facilitate the excavations/retaining/foundation construction both permanent and temporary on adjacent properties or land may require the written consent of the affected property owner to be submitted with building and/or resource consent application(s). For more advice the Consent Holder shall contact Auckland Council town planning and building control help desks.

6.

It is unlawful to modify or destroy an archaeological site without the prior authority of Heritage New Zealand issued under the Heritage New Zealand Pouhere Taonga Act 2014. That authority will include a comprehensive set of conditions in respect of archaeological evidence that may be encountered.

7.

The Consent Holder shall be advised that any works authorised under this consent, which rely on the alteration to the Britomart Transport Centre designation, shall not commence within the Britomart Transport Centre designation area until the alteration to the Britomart Transport Centre designation has been approved.

8.

The Consent Holder will prepare an Air Quality Management Plan in compliance with the requirements under both the conditions of this resource consent and the CRL designation conditions.

Alan Watson Chair of the Commissioners

Date: 28 August 2015

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

82

Appendix 1 to Resource Consent Conditions Conditions 133 to 138 of this resource consent require building condition surveys to be undertaken prior to commencement of dewatering. In accordance with Conditions 133 to 138, at a minimum, building condition surveys shall be undertaken for the following buildings:

ID

Address

Property Known As

1

12 Queen Street

CPO

2

21 Queen Street

Zurich House

3

23-29 Albert Street

ANZ Centre

4

12-26 Swanson Street

Affco House Carpark

5

35 Albert Street

Price Buchanan Building

6

37 Albert Street

7

39 Albert Street

8

46-50 Albert Street

APN NZ Complex

9

52-56 Albert Street

APN NZ Complex

10

41 Albert Street

Prince Albert Apartments

11

51-53 Albert Street

12

55 Albert Street

13

57 Albert Street

14

61 Albert Street

Shakespeare Hotel Brewery

15

58 Albert Street

APN NZ Complex

16

38 Wyndham Street

Wyndham Towers

17

63 Albert Street

AMI House

18

2 Queen Street

Endeans Building

19

12-32 Customs Street West

Old Customs House

20

20 Customs Street East

Levy Building

21

14-18 Customs Street East

Former Sofrana House

22

10 Customs Street East

Barrington Building

23

13 Albert Street

Yates Building

24

3 Albert Street

West Plaza

25

148 Quay Street

26

152 Quay Street

Harbour View Building

27

2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 8 Customs Street

Mercure Hotel

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

83

Appendix 2 to Resource Consent Conditions Plans (three in total): CRL-PAT-RME-000-DRG-0403, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0404, Rev 3.0 dated 09/07/2015 and 0405, Rev 2.0 dated 03/07/2015

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

84

Appendix 3 to Resource Consent Conditions Groundwater Monitoring Bores:

Monitoring Bore Screen Geology Existing Borehole ID

Screen Geology

BH34-1

(Fill/TL)1

BH34-2

(ER /TA)1

BH34-3

(EU)1

BH35-1

(Fill/TL)1

BH35-2

(ER /TA)1

BH35-3

(EU)1

QS1-1

(Fill/TL)1

QS1-2

(ER/TA)1

QS1-3

(EU)1

QS2-1

(Fill/TL)1

QS2-2

(ER /TA)1

QS2-3

(EU)1

BH32-1

(Fill/TL)1

BH32-2

(ER /TA)1

BH32-3

(EU)1

BH43-1

(Fill/TL)1

BH43-2

(ER /TA)1

BH43-3

(EU)1

BH52-1

(Fill/TL)1

BH52-2

(ER /TA)1

BH52-3

(EU)1

BH45-1

(Fill/TL)1

BH45-2

(ER /TA)1

BH45-3

(EU)1

EB301

(Fill/TL)

EB302

(Fill/TL/EU)

BH23

New Borehole ID

Screen Geology

EB302

(Fill)

BH401-1

Fill/TL

BH401-2

ER /TA

BH401-3

EU

(EU)1

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

85

BH202A

(EU)

BH202B

(EU)

BH251 - A

(EU)

BH251 - B

(EU)

BH203

(EU)

BH255

EU

BH204-1

(ER/EW

BH204-2

EU

EB305

ER/EW

EB306

ER/EW

EB307

ER/EW

BH205

ER

BH205

EU

BH402

(EU)

BH403

Fill/TA

BH404

Fill/TA

BH405

Fill/TA

BH406 A

ER

BH406 B

Top of EU

BH407 A

Top of EU

BH407 B

ER

BH408 A

TA

BH408 B

ER

BH409 A

TA

BH409 B

ER

BH409 C

Top of the EU

BH410

TA

BH411 A

TA

BH411 B

ER

BH411 C

Top of EU

BH412 A

Top of the TA

BH412 AA

Base of the TA

BH412 B

ER/EW

BH412 C

Top of EU

BH413 - A

Fill/TL

BH413 - B

TA/ER

BH413 - C

EU

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

86

BH414 - A

TA

BH414 - B

ER

BH Endeans Base of TL Note 1: Installed as part of Britomart Station investigation and monitoring conditions. These historic holes proposed for monitoring have not yet been assessed for accessibility or functionality. Note 2: Could be combined with Swanson Shaft-specific groundwater monitoring well.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

87

Appendix 4 to Resource Consent Conditions Deformation Limits â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Buildings Note: Further detailed design may modify the trigger levels presented below. Any revisions based on further design shall not increase the number of properties affected nor increase the potential building damage impacts above the aesthetic levels presented by the application. This appendix relates to Conditions 122(j), 133(f), 126, 155 and 158.

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

88

LOCATION

TRIGGER LEVELS [+/-]

ID NO4

ADDRESS

1

12 QUEEN STREET

REFER TO NOTE 6 ON DRAWING CRL-PAT-STR-000-DRG-0400 [5.0]

2

21 QUEEN STREET

DISPLACEMENT MONITORING TRIGGER LEVELS SPECIFIC TO ZURICH BUILDING ARE OUTLINED ON DRAWING CRL-SYW-STR-000-DRG-0054

MOVEMENT

ALERT

HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3 3

23-29 ALBERT STREET

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING

3

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2) HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING

4

12-26 SWANSON STREET

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING

3

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2) HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING

5

35 ALBERT STREET

3

37 ALBERT STREET

7mm

9mm

14mm

18mm

1/950

1/750

14mm

18mm

20mm

25mm

1/950

1/750

3

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3 DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2) HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

6

ALARM

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3 DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2)

BUILDINGS DEMOLISHED. LIMITS FOR NEW BUILDING TO BE CONFIRMED.

HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3 7

8

39 ALBERT STREET

46-50 ALBERT STREET

1

ZONE 2 : GROUND SURFACE MOVEMENT ACROSS BUILDINGS (INCLUDING ROADS INTERSECTING ALBERT STREET)

9

10

11

12

13

14

52-56 ALBERT STREET

41 ALBERT STREET

51-53 ALBERT STREET

55 ALBERT STREET

57 ALBERT STREET

61 ALBERT STREET

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3 DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2) HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

7mm

9mm

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

17mm

21mm

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2)

1/900

1/700

HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

7mm

9mm

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

17mm

21mm

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2)

1/900

1/700

HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

8mm

10mm

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

20mm

25mm

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2)

1/800

1/650

HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

8mm

10mm

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

20mm

25mm

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2)

1/800

1/650

HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

8mm

10mm

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

20mm

25mm

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2)

1/800

1/650

HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

8mm

10mm

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

20mm

25mm

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2)

1/800

1/650

HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

8mm

10mm

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

20mm

25mm

1/750

1/600

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2) HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING

15

58 ALBERT STREET

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3 DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2) HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING

16

38 WYNDHAM STREET

3

3

8mm

9mm

17mm

21mm

1/650

1/500

5mm

7mm

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

12mm

15mm

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E.

1/1050

1/850

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

89

ACROSS ZONE 2)

17

63 ALBERT STREET

HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

6mm

8mm

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

14mm

18mm

1/950

1/750

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2) HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING

ALL OTHER PROPERTIES

EXISTING BUILDING EXTERNAL COLUMN/FACADE

ALL PROPERTIES

BUILDING MOVEMENT

148 QUAY STREET 152 QUAY STREET 2-8 CUSTOMS STREET EAST 10-12 CUSTOMS STREET EAST 14-18 CUSTOMS STREET EAST 20 CUSTOMS STREET EAST 2 QUEEN STREET

3

8mm

10mm

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING3

8mm

10mm

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL SLOPE ACROSS BUILDING2 (I.E. ACROSS ZONE 2)

1/900

1/700

DIFFERENTIAL HORIZONTAL IN PLANE WITH THE COLUMN/FACADE

8mm

10mm

HORIZONTAL AT FACE OF BUILDING

3mm

4mm

VERTICAL AT FACE OF BUILDING

5mm

8mm

DIFFERENTIAL HORIZONTAL IN PLANE WITH THE COLUMN/FACADE

N/A

N/A

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

90

Deformation Limits â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Services and Infrastructure Trigger Levels Table Note: Applies to ground surface movement within Albert Street and Lower Albert Street and roads intersecting Albert Street (includes footpaths, verge and road), Customs Street West, Fanshawe Street, lower Queen Street, Tyler Street, Galway Street. SERVICES

MOVEMENT

TRIGGER LEVELS [+/-] ALERT5 ALARM STOP

ALL SERVICES WITH A DIAMETER GREATER THAN 200mm1

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL GROUND MOVEMENT WITHIN ALBERT STREET4

1/200

1/160

1/140

ALL RIGID SERVICES WITH A DIAMETER LESS THAN 200mm

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL GROUND MOVEMENT WITHIN ALBERT STREET4

1/200

1/160

1/140

NON-RIGID2 SERVICES WITH A DIAMETER LESS THAN 200mm1

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL GROUND MOVEMENT WITHIN ALBERT STREET4

1/75

1/60

1/50

IDENTIFIED CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTUR E3

DIFFERENTIAL VERTICAL GROUND MOVEMENT WITHIN ALBERT STREET4

1/200

1/160

1/140

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

91

Appendix 5 to Resource Consent Conditions Plan: CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0004, revision 1, titled: “Location Plan Showing Sites Adjacent to Construction Sites”, dated 18.08.2015

City Rail Link Application Nos.: R/REG/2014/5430, R/LUC/2014/5428, R/REG/2014/5432, R/REG/2014/5435, R/REG/2014/5436, R/REG/2014/5437

92

LEGEND

KEY PLAN DESIGNATION ALIGNMENT PROPOSED WORKS BRITOMART TRANSPORT CENTRE IDENTIFIED SITES

GORE ST

VICTORIA ST EAST

GALWAY ST

COMMERCE ST

EXTENT OF WORKS CPO AND LOWER QUEEN ST RUNNING TUNNELS

MILLS LANE

QES AND PRECINCT TUNNELS

ALBERT ST TUNNEL

ELLIOT ST

TEMPORARY WORK SUPPORT AREA

ALBERT ST

MAYORAL DRIVE

SW SW

SW

X

X

SW

X

X

SW

X

SW

X

ALBERT ST

LOWER ALBERT ST

MILLS LANE

DURHAM LANE

DURHAM STREET WEST

MILLS LANE

WYNDHAM STREET

CUSTOMS ST WEST

SWANSON STREET

QUEEN ST

QUEEN ST

pw:\\designshare.au.aurecon.info:PW_PROD_AU\Documents\Projects\23xxxx\239933 - City Rail Link (CDE)\01-WIP\Drawings\CRL-BTM-RME-000-DRG-0004.dwg

QUEEN ST

WELLESLEY ST WEST

FORT ST

GALWAY ST

QUAY ST

TYLER ST

SHORTLAND ST

FORT LANE

VICTORIA ST WEST

CUSTOMS ST EAST

BRITOMART

DARBY ST

TYLER ST

COMMERCE ST

ALBERT ST

FEDERAL ST

FEDERAL ST

NS

FA

VICTORIA ST WEST

EXTENT OF TUNNEL PHYSICAL WORKS. REFER TO ALIGNMENT AND CIVIL DRAWINGS FOR EXACT LOCATION OF WORK EXTENTS.

WE

HA ST

Auckland

WELLESLEY ST WEST

KINGSTON STREET

WYNDHAM STREET

SWANSON STREET

TEMPORARY WORK SUPPORT AREA

WOLFE ST

CUSTOMS ST WEST

BLUESTONE WALL

18/08/2015 11:46:02 a.m.

HOBSON ST

12.5

0

25

50m

CLIENT

SCALE 1:1250

REV DATE REVISION DETAILS 1.0 18.08.15 ISSUED FOR CONSENT

APPROVED T.IRELAND

SCALE

SIZE

1:1250

A1

DRAWN

PRELIMINARY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION

AUCKLAND CITY RAIL LINK

PROJECT

LOCATION PLAN SHOWING SITES ADJACENT TO CONSTRUCTION SITES

APPROVED

B.HINGSTON

.

DESIGNED

DATE

TITLE

M.TAYLOR CHECKED

T.IRELAND

D.MCGAHAN 0

20mm ORIGINAL SIZE

40

60

80

100

200

300

400

500

DOCUMENT 600

PROJECT

ZONE

DISCIPLINE

ELEMENT

TYPE

SHEET

REVISION

CRL

BTM

RME

000

DRG

0004

1.0

700

800

Appendix B:

CLG and Peer Review Comments

Community Liaison Group Comments Comments received from the CLG are as follows: Date th

14 April 2016

CLG Member

Comment

Response

Cooper and Company

In Section 1.2 the objective has not been updated to reflect the final wording of the BTC condition 18.1. That wording put the words “so far as is reasonably practicable” at the end of the objective rather than the start. Not major but should be amended for consistency. This section also refers to the CEMP and sub-plans having been prepared in consultation with the relevant CRL CLG but it does not refer to BTC CLG – it should.

Text updated to reflect final wording of the BTC condition 18.1.

Text updated to refer to the Project CLG – currently there is a combined CLG for the Britomart enabling works and the Albert Street enabling works.

14th April 2016

Cooper and Company

Table 1.1 states that an urban design DWP and an air quality DWP are not required under the BTC conditions – this is incorrect. Conditions 33A and 33B requires such plans.

Text updated to reflect these DWPs required in accordance with BTC designation Conditions 33A and 33B

14th April 2016

Cooper and Company

Table 1.3 conditions have not been updated to reflect the AT decision. It appears that they may be the original notification version. They should be updated.

Text updated to reflect the final set of BTC designation conditions as per AT’s decision on BTC designation.

14th April 2016

Cooper and Company

Section 2.2.4.4 states that the Square will be reinstated to the current standard following the removal of the temporary accommodation buildings. There is no reference to timing. Condition 3.2 states that the temporary accommodation has to be removed within one year of completion of the project works. A reference to this timeframe would be helpful to include. Also in conditions it is referred to as Station Plaza – may be less confusing to use the same terminology throughout the CEMP

Text updated to state that Station Plaza will be reinstated during Stage 4 of the Project and to reference the one year timeframe for the removal of the temporary accommodation from Station Plaza following the completion of Project works.

Section 2.7 states that for stages 2 – 4 the site office will be located on the upper floors of the CPO building. What will this involve? Will there be any risk of damage or wear and tear to the upper levels through having the site office located there?

Text updated to reflect that the site offices will only occupy level 1 of the CPO building and during stages 1- 4 of the Project. Establishment of site offices in the CPO building will be undertaken to ensure no damage to the CPO occurs. If unexpected damage does occur,

14th April 2016

Cooper and Company

Station Square references updated to refer to ‘Station Plaza throughout CEMP.

Date

CLG Member

Comment

Response it will be rectified to the state that existed prior to occupation by the site office. Engagement with Copper and Company will be undertaken prior to the site office being located in the CPO building.

14th April 2016

Cooper and Company

Table 2.7 only cites condition 28.3(b), however there are other conditions which also place restrictions on working hours and activities including condition 27.1, 27.2, 28.3(c), 24.6 and 24.13. A full check of the final conditions should be undertaken to make sure all relevant conditions are included.

Conditions have been updated to reflect Auckland Transport decision on the BTC designation. Table now includes conditions 27.1, 27.2, 28.3(c), 24.6 and 24.13.

14th April 2016

Cooper and Company

Table 3.1 lists what businesses, residents, and other aspects of the environment likely to be affected by specific construction activities. Sensitive receptors are identified. It is not clear how these were determined to be sensitive. Further details required to ensure that effects on Cooper and Co and all Cooper and Co tenants have been identified and considered.

The sensitive receptors listed in Table 3.1 are identified based on the nature and scale of the construction activities and associated environmental effects, as outlined in the subplans to the CEMP. These parties have been identified as possible sensitive receptors as a result of the construction activities; the table will be reviewed and updated as required during construction to reflect actual effects from the Project and to capture additional parties if required. Table 3.1 has been updated to capture some additional parties, including additional buildings within the Britomart Precinct.

14th April 2016

Cooper and Company

Table 3.3 Doesnâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;t note Traffic Bylaw â&#x20AC;&#x201C; does it need to? The Table includes the national environmental standard for soil but then also states that consent has been obtained under section 3.2.3.2. As regional plans are not noted in the table suggest removing reference to the NES from the table and just leaving it to be mentioned in the resource consents section (3.2.3.2)

Table 3.3 updated to reflect the Auckland Council Traffic Bylaw 2015 and remove reference to the NES.

14th April 2016

Cooper and Company

Table 4.1 No contact details as yet for the Construction Manager or the Environmental and Sustainability Manager. When will these be available?

As discussed at the meeting with Cooper and Company on 15 April, these personnel are not yet confirmed. Names and contact details will be included in the DWP prior to the commencement of construction.

Date

CLG Member

Comment

Response

14th April 2016

Cooper and Company

Section 5.1.2 States that piling and road cutting will be restricted to between 7am and 7pm to comply with condition 28.3(b). However, condition 28.3(b) refers to piling and “saw” cutting. Terminology used should be consistent. Also there is no reference to condition 28.3(c) which restricts the use of vibratory rolling and rock breaking during night time. Suggest this is included too.

Text updated to reference saw cutting and include condition 28.3(c) requirements.

14th April 2016

Cooper and Company

Section 5.1.5 refers to reinstatement as per the CRL DWP. No mention is made of the BTC urban design plan but it should be included. Also condition 19.2(i) requires that the CEMP include details of how station plaza, Tyler and Galway Streets will be reinstated. But no such details are as yet included.

Text updated to reference the Urban Design DWP required under the BTC designation Conditions and details the reinstatement of Station Plaza and the CSAs.

18th May 2016

Cooper and Company

Section 2.3 typo “wills” should be “will”

Section 2.3 text updated to correct typo

18th May 2016

Cooper and Company

Section 1.6 Mana whenua missing macrons should be “Papat nuku”

Section 1.6 text updated to correct typo

18th May 2016

Cooper and Company

Section 2 – pages numbers omitted from document

Pages numbers corrected

18th May 2016

Cooper and Company

Section 2.7, Stage 1 says site office located in Station Plaza, but then says Stages 1 – 4 located on level 1 of the CPO. Should this be stages 2 – 4?

Text updated to correctly state Stages 1- 4 and remove reference to Station Plaza site office.

18th May 2016

Cooper and Company

Section 2.11.1, Graffiti management, in accordance with feedback on other plans we would prefer that any graffiti target be set for 24 rather than 48 hours

Section 2.11.1 text updated to target of 24 hours rather than 48 hours.

18th May 2016

Cooper and Company

Section 2.12 talks about the various sites being reinstated to the same standard as existing prior. While it also refers to the reinstatement being coherent with wider public realm upgrades in the area (which is good) to ensure consistency with the conditions this section should refer to “the same or better standard”. Refer BTC 33B.1(b).

Section 2.12 text updated to include “the same or better standard”.

18th May 2016

Cooper and Company

Table 4.1 - we note that there were no contact details as yet for the Construction Manager or the Environmental and Sustainability Manager. We understand that these will be updated prior to construction commencing. However, as noted at our last meeting a chart of all key personnel, their areas of

A key personnel chart is currently being prepared and will be finalised prior to construction commencing. A copy of the final chart / list of all key personnel will be provided to Cooper and Company once completed.

Date

CLG Member

Comment responsibilities and contact details at an early stage would be really useful

Response

18th May 2016

Cooper and Company

Section 4.2.1 states “Foremen” used – may be more appropriate to use “Forepersons”

Section 4.2.1 text updated to refer to Forepersons.

18th May 2016

Cooper and Company

Section 4.2.2.1 typo “Further detailed on the above matters”

Section 4.2.2.1 text updated to correct typo.

18th May 2016

Cooper and Company

Section 5.1.5.1 Refers to how station plaza and the CSAs will be reinstated at the completion of the project. Is the reference to the CSAs intended to cover the reinstatement of Tyler and Galway Streets as is required by BTC condition 19.2(i). Might be clearer to include a reference to those streets.

Section 5.1.5.1 text updated to refer to Tyler and Galway Streets.

Independent Peer Review Comments An Independent Peer Review of the draft CEMP was undertaken by Chris Millar, from Opus New Zealand Limited, with peer review comments received on 3rd March 2016. The comments received are as follows: Section of DWP

Comment

Response

General

A sustainability and environmental policy outlining the objectives and goals of the project should be included.

Not required by the designation or resource consent conditions

Clarity would be provided by including a timeline for the monitoring events required through the life of the project

Not required by the designation or resource consent conditions

Outline the process and responsibility for variations to DWPS, or the CEMP

Addressed in Section 7 of this CEMP

Risk identification for the project

New Section 3.2.3 included in the CEMP to address risk identification

Feedback methodology for continual improvement

New text included in Section 6.5 of this CEMP

Will the Environmental and sustainability manager be required to be on site during night works, will there be an on call person to cover any environmental issues outside the regular work hours

The Environmental and Sustainability Manager is not be required to be on site during night works, but will ensure that there are appropriate supervisory staff onsite for the duration of the night works who are suitably briefed on the works. The Environmental and Sustainability Manger will be on call should any issues arise. No change to the CEMP

Add a section to identify and set out how to deal with non-DWP matters as per condition 19.5

New text included in Section 1.3.1 of the CEMP in this regard

In some cases there are questions raised around who will undertake monitoring/be responsible for an activity. This could be clarified by including the responsible

This is outlined in Section 4.1.2 and the individual sub-plans

Section of DWP

Comment

Response

person in the section which would save having to reference back to the roles and responsibilities section 1.4 – Relevant Conditions

How will conditions of consent and designation be signed off? Who will be delegated to sign off conditions

New text included in new Section 3.2.5 of this CEMP

How will proof of compliance be collated, stored and provided

New text included in new Section 3.2.5

What is the process if there is disagreement with the regulator over achieving compliance

Not required by the designation or resource consent conditions

If required how will changes to designation/consent conditions be managed, including surrendering unnecessary, completed consents and the procurement of additional consents if required

New text included in new Section 3.2.5 of this CEMP

2.4 – Construction Support Areas

This section is referenced in table 2.1 as addressing ingress and egress of construction vehicles. This section covers construction support areas. This should include a summary of the intended management of vehicle movements as per 21.1 a

New text included in Section 2.4 of this CEMP

2.8 – Site Security and Safety

Will gates be guarded/supervised during work hours to prevent the public and unauthorised persons entering

New text included in Section 2.8 of this CEMP

Please clarify whether all security fences will be built to a noise wall standard - this is to confirm compliance with 21.1g

New text included in Section 2.8 of this CEMP

3 – Construction Activities

Table 3.1 - additional column recording the associated DWP

Cross referencing to the corresponding sub-plans is not considered necessary and would likely complicate Table 3.1

4.1.2.1 – All Staff

Table 1.1 referred to here is missing

Refer Section 1 of this CEMP for Table 1.1

4.1.2.2 – Project Director

My understanding is that the consent holder (AT) is ultimately responsible for consent and condition compliance, unless the project has acquired additional consents

Text in Section 4.1.2.2 updated in this regard

4.1.2.5 – Communications Manager

The communications manager should, in conjunction with environmental and sustainability manager include the internal communications, particularly around environmental information

Updated Section 4.1.2.5 in this regard

4.1.2.6 – Project Engineers

Should input into the development and implementation of the sub-plans

Updated Section 4.1.2.6 in this regard

4.2 – Hazard identification,

How many people are expecting to be inducted, how often will inductions be undertaken will there a form of

All personal (DSBJV staff, sub-contractors and visitors will be inducted onto the site as outlined in Section 4.2.2. Induction

Section of DWP

Comment

Response

training and induction

identification to indicate that a person is inducted, either an induction card or sticker, similar to those used for safety inductions

identification is included in Section 4.2.2 of this CEMP

it would beneficial to include the risk matrices in this section

Not required by the designation or consent conditions

How long will an induction be considered valid. Will there be consideration for time away from project, change in site of work, major change in project conditions

Not required by the designation or consent conditions and not relevant to the CEMP

Will the communications team disseminate the updated procedures etc.

New text included in Section 4.2.7 of this CEMP

Include how records of the relevant training and competencies will be recorded and how will it be confirmed that appropriately trained people are undertaking works where required - such as ESCP production.

New text in Section 4.2.7 of this CEMP

4.2.6 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Training

General comments on DWP sections

The following comments are based solely on the information within the CEMP provided, which did not include the DWPS. For consistency these general comments apply to all the proposed DWPs, some sections may already cover some of them. However i believe for consistency in the CEMP that these sections need to be modified to reflect these general changes and the specifics set out below Outline the process and responsibility for variations to DWPS, or the CEMP

Refer to the Review and Updating section of the CEMP and each DWP/EMP

Each section describing the DWP in the CEMP should include: a summary of the DWP including: the purpose of the DWP key aspects the DWP is to address, the outcome of the DWP, how it will be shown the DWP has been successful including reporting requirement and forms, Identify who is responsible for each plan, who signs off the completed, modified (if applicable) and completed DWP. how and what specifics are required for non-compliances and applying these plans to specific sites. what other DWPs are linked to each plan

The sub-plans are summarised in the respective sub-sections in Section 5 of this CEMP; refer to the respective sub-plans for further detail on management measures and monitoring requirements. No change to the CEMP in this regard.

The CEMP should cover how subcontractors activities are reported to the ESM and how site specific activities are dealt with if not covered by the DWP

Site specific activities that are not addressed by a sub-plan, such as construction lighting, are outlined in Section 5 of this CEMP. No change to the CEMP.

Who will be responsible for bringing in specialists for the DWPS, will they be on site at all times, who do they report to? Will their recommendations require approval by the project

Addressed in Section 4.1.2.4 of this CEMP â&#x20AC;&#x201C; no change required

Section of DWP

5.1.1 - TAP DWP

5.1.2 – CNV DWP

5.1.2.1 SSCNVMP

Comment

Response

Include a sub-plan for implementing iwi involvement, key aspects that would affect those aspects relevant to mana whenua issues such as blessings for key project points, input into visual designs/anti-graffiti murals etc.

New text included in Section 1.6 of this CEMP in this regard

Will independent audits to confirm the works are in accordance with the CEMP and DWPs be undertaken? If so, who will undertake this and how will this be integrated into CEMP reviews?

Addressed in Section 6.4 of this CEMP – no change required

How will cumulative effects that cross the DWPs be identified assessed and addressed as per 20.2h

New text included in the introduction to Section 5 of this CEMP

How does the CEMP record that a DWP has been successfully implemented/completed

Addressed as part of the Compliance Management System for the Project – no change to CEMP

How will the needs of those disabilities be addressed for safe access, such as the blind and wheel chair bound

Addressed in Section 6.4 of the TAP DWP

How will contractors be expected to get tools to site

Addressed in Section 2.4.3 and Appendix A of the TAP DWP

Check condition references

Reference are correct – no change to CEMP

Set out the general best practice practices for all people, such as shouting, radios, maintenance of plant and appropriate mufflers

Addressed in Section 5 of the CNV DWP

How and when will monitoring be undertaken

Addressed in Section 7 of the CNV DWP

Will the affects on amenity from vibration be addressed - if not in the DWP it will need to be addressed in the CEMP to achieve condition 27 of BRT

Addressed in Sections 3, 4 and 7 of the CNV DWP

How will immediate remedial actions be implemented to reduce the potential downtime in taking corrective action if noise levels are exceeded

Addressed in Section 7.5 of the CNV DWP

This plan should include how and when to undertaken remedial action

SSCNVMPs have not yet been prepared for the Project – refer to Section 4 and Appendix D of the CNV DWP

Potential remedial actions should be included

SSCNVMPs have not yet been prepared for the Project

Identify the response to complaints, will night works cease immediately or will investigations occur the next morning

SSCNVMPs have not yet been prepared for the Project

Will there be continuous monitoring of noise, data logging?

SSCNVMPs have not yet been prepared for the Project

Section of DWP

Comment

Response

5.1.3 – SIBD DWP

Who will monitor loitering

Loitering will be addressed in the Project induction, which all staff will undertake – refer to Section 4.2.2 of this CEMP

How will these issues be avoided or mitigated, who is responsible for the behaviour of contractors and subcontractors on the edge of the site

The Project Director Site Manager, and Environmental and Sustainability Manager refer to Section 4.2.2 of this CEMP

Summarise the key points of the SIBD - as per general comments

These are summarised in Section 5.1.3 of the CEMP – no change to CEMP

Please explain how the vibration management plan and built heritage plans link to ensure that vibration does not adversely affect the ability to deliver the built heritage objectives

Refer to the Historic Heritage DWP Built Heritage Section and the CNV DWP for detail in this regard

Whom will be involved in the removal, will these be supervised by a site heritage adviser

This is addressed in Sections 7.7 and 8 of the Built Heritage Section of the Historic Heritage DWP

How far in advance of the construction will these items be removed and the same question for replacement

Refer to Sections 4 and 7 of the Built Heritage Section of the Historic Heritage DWP

What procedures will be in place for damage during the three states of removal, storage or reinstatement

This is addressed in Sections 4 and 7 of the Built Heritage Section of the Historic Heritage DWP

Please include the authority number and summarise what it allows

Section 4.1.4.2 updated in this regard

5.1.5 – Urban Design

There is no detail to assess what the urban design plan is intended to achieve when this will occur, who will undertake it or what affects might require managing

Section 5.1.5 updated in this regard

5.1.6 – Trees and Vegetation

Indicate where trees are to be affected or removed

Addressed in Section 5.1.8 of this CEMP – no change to CEMP

What protection measures will be utilised

Not relevant – refer to Section 5.1.8 of this CEMP

What is the general risk trees will face

Not relevant – refer to Section 5.1.8 of this CEMP

What happens to dead or severely damaged vegetation, e.g. will there be like for like replacement

Not relevant – refer to Section 5.1.8 of this CEMP

Why are those not impacted and/or not within the project site included

The designation conditions state that The Maori Warrior be included in the Public Art DWP

Will the appropriate iwi associated with the Maori warrior (if there is one) be included in measures to manage the statue

This is addressed in Sections 4.4 and 5.2 of the Public Art DWP

How will contamination be detected. Will there be testing ahead of excavation or will it be reactive only. If only reactive what is the contingency plan

This is addressed in Section 4 of the Contamination DWP

5.1.4 – Built Heritage and Archaeology

5.1.7 – Public Art

5.1.8 Contamination

Section of DWP

5.1.9 Air Quality

5.1.10 - ESCP

5.1.11 – ITA EMP

5.1.12 – Groundwater drawdown

5.1.15.1 – Network Utilities

Comment

Response

Will it be stop work in area, will material be tested. Will there be capacity to store material on site while testing is undertaken

This is addressed in Sections 4 and 7 the Contamination DWP

How will record keeping around the deposition of material be undertaken to support the contamination validation report required in condition 58

This is addressed in Section 8 of the Contamination DWP

Summarise the immediate actions to undertake if contamination found and the guidance around dealing with contamination if it is found

This is addressed in Section 7 of the Contamination DWP

How will exhaust outputs be managed, e.g. from plant and idling trucks

This is addressed in Section 5.5 of the Air Quality DWP

How does this DWP connect with the communications plan

This is addressed in Section 6 of the Air Quality DWP

Will odours from rubbish and smoking be managed

Not relevant to the Air Quality DWP

Summarise the air quality DWP particularly monitoring, documenting maintenance and identifying sensitive receivers

This is addressed in Section 4 of the Air Quality DWP

Summarise the staging, when ESCP will be implemented and maintained.

This is addressed in Sections 2 and 4 of the ESCP

How often will the measures be checked, who will be responsible for checking measures

This is addressed in Section 5 of the ESCP

Please clarify what the key specific measures for the ITA spill containment plan are. Will these be set out clearly at the storage site

This is addressed in Section 5 of the ITA EMP

Will materials require separation for storage. How will this risk be managed.

This is addressed in Section 4 of the ITA EMP

Who will be responsible for holding and keeping up to date the Safety Data Sheets

This is addressed in Section 3 of the ITA EMP

Who and how often will quantity of materials and storage be checked

This is addressed in Section 7 of the ITA EMP

Is there a risk of differential settling or damage from vibration and if so how will the risk be managed

To be addressed in the GSMCP, which is yet to be prepared

Paragraph two refers to section 5.1.15 = which report does this refer to?

This CEMP – text updated to clarify this

How will discrepancies between the utility providers requirements and the CEMP/DWPS be resolved.

Not required under the resource consent or designation conditions

How will the methodologies of the utilities be risk assessed and mitigated

Addressed in Section 5.1.15 – no change to CEMP

Section of DWP

Comment

Response

5.15.1.2 – Utility Management

What will occur in the event of a utility strike

New text included in Section 5.1.15.4

The CEMP should include specific contacts for the differing utilities. This should be someone with appropriate authorisation within the utility and not just a call centre number

To be included in final CEMP

Will network utilities be required to undertake the general induction, visitor induction or will there be specific inductions for each utility

Visitor inductions – refer to Section 4.2.2

What is the connection between this DWP, the ground water and the noise and vibration DWPS

New text added in Sections 5.1.4 and 5.1.16 in this regard

What are the potential affects that are being managed

Addressed in Section 5.1.16 – no change to CEMP

5.1.17 – Waste Management

There is no mention of the potential to burn or bury rubbish and construction detritus

All waste will be removed off-site due to space constraints within the Project area

5.1.18 – Energy Use

Who will pay for the power, contractors or client

Not relevant to the CEMP

Will the energy supplier for power be procured based on their generation methods?

Not relevant to the CEMP

5.1.20 – Material Use

What are the targets for these items listed

Refer to the WARRP

5.2.1 – Environmental Incident Management

It would be appropriate for the potential incidents listed to include the items listed in the CEMP that require DWPS or management such as light, vegetation damage, inappropriate disposal of material

Text in Section 5.2.1 updated in this regard

5.2.2 – Emergency Response

It would be beneficial to include a connection to the consortia's learnings and innovations that could, where appropriate, be applied to the CRL project to avoid similar issues occurring or to disseminate best practice

Text in Section 5.2.4 updated in this regard

Should include the ability to undertake a review of lessons learnt from the incident, dissemination of this information and the need to restock the spill kits when used

Text in Section 5.2.3 updated in this regard

5.2.3 – Spill Response

Section 5.1.11 refers to ITA, please confirm this is the correct reference

Yes, the Spill Response Plan is provided as Appendix C to the ITA EMP

5.3 Communications

What is the communications strategy, what are it's goals in relation to environmental issues

This is addressed in the Project Communication and Consultation Plan

5.1.16.2 – Building Condition Surveys

Section of DWP

Comment

Response

How many residents and business will be affected in each area, this could inform the level of management, supervision provided at each work site

This is addressed in the Project Communication and Consultation Plan

Will internal communications of environmental information be covered by the communications plan

This is addressed in the Project Communication and Consultation Plan

How will the management of communications to the community liaison group be managed, what will it include and what form should it take

This is addressed in the Communication and Consultation Plan

How will feedback and acknowledgement of complaints be handled

This is addressed in the Communication and Consultation Plan

Bullet point seven - complaints are referenced as subject to the CEMP process. However, the communication process in the CEMP appears to refer to the communications plan in a circular nature

The last sentence in this bullet point has been deleted

What happens in the scenario where multiple DWPS are relevant to the closing out of action

Not relevant to this CEMP

6 – Monitoring and Reporting

This section should identify what is actually monitored as set out in each DWP

Monitoring is outlined in each of the subplans appended to the CEMP

6.1.1 – Collaborative Working

Who are the key contacts for the collaborative working process to meet the conditions. what is their position and other relevant information

Section 6.1.1.1 updated in this regard

How will changes made during collaborative approach be recorded, approved, communicated and agreed with the project team. These changes need to be tested within the parameters of the CEMPS before implementation

Section 6.1.1.1 updated in this regard

Summarise the methodology on how to change and retain the integrity of the CEMP and DWPS and to ensure that changes to one are carried across to the rest of the DWPs where necessary

Section 6.1.1.1 updated in this regard

Include the change process for condition 13.3a,b,c

Section 6.1.1.1 updated in this regard

6.1.2 – General Site Monitoring

Will there be a feedback loop for issues form the wider teams site monitoring, to identify close calls, trends and prevent potential environmental harm

Section 6.1.4 updated in this regard

6.1.3 – Monthly environmental compliance record

Please clarify who will be responsible for the monitoring and supply of information from this monitoring of the DWPs ?

Addressed in Section 6.1.3 – the Environmental and Sustainability Manager

6.1.1.1 – Auckland Council Monitoring

Section of DWP

Comment

Response

7 – CEMP review and update

What document management system will be used as per condition 20.2b

Not relevant to this section; addressed in Section 3.2.5 of this CEMP.

7.2 CEMP updates

Bullet point two refers to affected parties. The definition of this needs to be clarified, does it refer to internal project members, directly adjacent neighbours, complainant or those who were identified as affected parties in the consenting process

This is required by the designation conditions; no change to CEMP

Independent Peer Review Comments A further Independent Peer Review of the draft CEMP was undertaken by Chris Millar, from Opus New Zealand Limited, to review the amendments made to the draft CEMP as a result of Auckland Transport’s confirmation of the altered BTC designation conditions. A second round of peer review comments was received on 18th May 2016. The comments received are as follows: Section of DWP

Comment

Response

Section 1.4 - Condition 20.1(e) “CEMP construction Works requirements”.

Addressing the storage of materials is stated to be in section 2.11 - this section of the CEMP appears to address rubbish, whereas the condition is aimed at storage of materials and plant to be used by the project.

Updated the condition table to refer to Section 2.4 Construction Support Areas which references the requirement for all storage of material and equipment associated with the construction works to take place within the boundaries of the CRL and BTC designations.

Section 2.5.1 – Bentonite Treatment Plant

What level of Total Poolable Potential will the secondary containment bunds be expected to hold

In line with regulations and the consent conditions, an effective bunded volume of 110% times the volume of the largest storage container will be provided. The bentonite plant is planned to have four 80m3 silos. Therefore an effective bunded volume of 88 m3 will be provided.

Will there be an alarm system to alert staff to unplanned discharge?

An alarm system is not considered necessary or practical in this case because: a) The provision of the containment bund; b) The provision of high level cut-off switches for the filling of the soils; and c) The regular checking of bunding and containment systems planned as part of the CEMP.

Measures should be taken to ensure that the changes of discharge from vandalism is minimised.

The bentonite treatment plant will be located within the Project construction support areas which will be securely fenced off and locked outside of working hours. Section 2.8 of this CEMP outlines site security and safety measures.

The likely frequency of the activities to be undertaken outside set hours to allow for operation of

Section 2.14 text updated to provide details on the type of activities and likely frequency of the activities to be

Section 2.14 - Hours of work

Section of DWP

Comment Britomart should be outlined and the mitigation measures set out.

Response undertaken outside of normal construction hours. Mitigation measures will be dependent on the activity but will include early consultation and notification of such events.

Section 3.2.3 Environmental Risk Register

The second paragraph states that the risk register will be reviewed monthly for project monthly report and on a quarterly basis - this should be adjusted for consistency, or if there will be two levels of review this should be indicated.

Section 3.2.3 text updated to clarify. The Risk Register will be reviewed monthly as part of the Project monthly report.

Section 4.1.2.4 – Environmental and Sustainability Manager

There is no mention of the responsibility for monitoring consent conditions.

Section 4.1.2.4 text has been updated to include monitoring of consent conditions.

Section 4.2.4 – Job Start Briefing

How will the potential need for additional consents be identified for changes to methodologies

The Environmental Sustainability manager is responsible for identifying changes to construction methodologies that require alterations to existing consents or additional resource consents (as outlined in Section 4.1.2.4 of this DWP). The need for additional consents or variation of existing consents as a result to changes of construction methodology will be identified prior to job Start Briefings.

Section 5.1.1 – Transport, Access, and Parking Management

Why do the supervisors get parking on site when workers who could be expected to be transporting tools are required to take public transport?

Assignment of onsite car park will be at the Project Director’s discretion and managed in accordance with the Workforce Travel Management Plan provided as Appendix A to the Transport, Access and Parking DWP.

Section 5.1.2.1 – Site Specific Construction Noise and Vibration Plans

Will site specific vibration plans include condition ratings of the buildings prior to starting works to baseline any potential damage claims

No condition ratings of buildings are included as part of the Historic Heritage DWP (attached as Appendix H) and where appropriate will be crossed referenced in the SSCNVMP. Pre-condition surveys will be undertaken prior to commencement of works which are referenced in the SSCNVMP.

Section 5.1.4.1 – Built Heritage

Pre-works condition ratings are undertaken for heritage buildings, this should be linked to nonheritage buildings as well.

Section 5.1.4.1 text updated to reference building condition surveys to be undertaken on all buildings where there is a risk for damage to occur (not just limited to heritage buildings).

Section 5.1.5.2 – Permanent Public Realm Design

Please confirm that this aspect of the designation is not part of this CEMP.

The preparation and delivery of the Urban Design DWP for the permanent public realm design is not part of this CEMP. This Urban Design DWP will be submitted to Auckland council as part of a separate Outline Plan at a later date.

Appendix C:

ISCA Requirements

Table A identifies the ISCA Credit Requirements relevant to this CEMP and where they are addressed in the document. Further details regarding the specifics of the evaluation and means of achieving the relevant targets is provided in the relevant sub-plans and other relevant documents. Table A: ISCA Requirements Credit

Requirement *

Relevant section

Other Relevant Information / Comments

Sustainability and leadership commitment MAN-1 Level 1

Commitments to mitigating negative environmental, social and economic impacts

Sections 1.2, 1.5.2

Also refer to the Sustainability Rating Management Plan

MAN-1 Level 1

Commitments embedded into sustainability objectives/and or targets

Sections 1.2, 1.5.2

Also refer to the Sustainability Rating Management Plan

Risk and opportunity management MAN-3 Level 2

Environmental, social and economic risks and opportunities are assessed

Sections 4.2.1, 4.2.3

MAN-3 Level 1

The risk assessment is updated at least annually

Section 6.1.2

Also refer to the Sustainability Opportunities Register

Organisational structure, roles and responsibilities MAN-4 Level 1

Members of the senior management team has central responsibility for managing sustainability

Sections 4.1, 6.1

Also refer to the Sustainably Ratings Management Plan

MAN-4 Level 2

A principle participant in the project team is an IS Accredited Professional

Sections 4.1.2.4

Also refer to the IS accreditation records and meeting minutes

MAN-4 Level 3

Independent sustainability professional is engaged to monitor and review sustainability performance

Section 6.4

Also refer to the Sustainably Ratings Management Plan and Audit Schedule

Inspection and Auditing MAN-5 Level 2

Internal environmental and sustainability inspections undertaken weekly

Sections 6.1, 6.1.2, 6.1.4, 6.2

Also refer to the Sustainably Ratings Management Plan and Audit Schedule

MAN-5 Level 2

Internal environmental and sustainability audits completed at least quarterly

Section 6.4

Also refer to the Sustainably Ratings Management Plan and Audit Schedule

MAN-5 Level 2

External environmental and sustainability audits completed at least annually

Section 6.4

Also refer to the Sustainably Ratings Management Plan and Audit Schedule

Credit

Requirement *

Relevant section

Other Relevant Information / Comments

Reporting and review MAN-6 Level 1

Sustainability performance reported at least annually to senior management

Section 6.4

Also refer to the Sustainability Reports and Sustainably Ratings Management Plan

MAN-6 Level 1

Sustainability report includes sustainability objectives/targets, and indicators and identifies areas for improvement

Sections 6.1.3, 6.1.4

Also refer to the Sustainability Reports, Sustainably Ratings Management Plan, Risk Register and Opportunities Register

MAN-6 Level 1

Sustainability performance is reviewed formally at least annually to senior management

Sections 6.4

Also refer to the Sustainably Ratings Management Plan

MAN-6 Level 2

Plans demonstrate how improvements and/or changes have been made to the management systems as a result of management review

Sections 7

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan

Knowledge sharing MAN-7 Level 3

There is a knowledge sharing process in place that encourages sharing of sustainability knowledge across the project, to parent organisations, key stakeholders and to the wider industry

Sections 2.10, 4.2.1, 5.1.3

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan, the Sustainability Ratings Management Plan and the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

MAN-7 Level 3

Sustainability knowledge sharing initiatives extend beyond project boundaries and key stakeholder boundaries to the wider industry.

Sections 2.10, 4.2.1, 5.1.3

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan and the Social Impact and Business Disruption Delivery Work Plan

MAN-7 Level 3

Sustainability knowledge sharing includes ‘mistakes’ as well as ‘good practices’.

Section 5.2.4, 5.3.1

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan

Receiving Water Quality DIS-1 Level 1

Measures to minimise adverse impacts to local receiving water quality have been identified and implemented

Sections 2.6, 5.1.8, 5.1.10, 5.1.11

Also refer to the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan (including the Chemical Treatment Management Plan), Industrial and Trade Activities Environmental Management Plan (including the Emergency Spill Response Plan), Contamination Delivery Work Plan and the Groundwater and Settlement Monitoring and Contingency Plan

Noise DIS-2 Level 1

Measures to mitigate noise during construction and operation have been identified and implemented

Sections 2.14, 5.1.2

Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Noise Management Plans

Credit

Requirement *

Relevant section

Other Relevant Information / Comments

DIS-2 Level 1

Predictions for vibration have been developed for construction and operation of the project

Sections 3.1, 5.1.2

Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans

Vibration DIS-3 Level 1

Measures to mitigate vibration during construction and operation have been identified and implemented

Sections 2.14, 5.1.2

Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans

DIS-3 Level 1

Predictions for vibration have been developed for construction and operation of the project

Sections 3.1, 5.1.2

Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and Site Specific Construction Vibration Management Plans

DIS-3 Level 1

Dilapidation surveys have been undertaken for properties potentially impacted by vibration.

Sections 5.1.2, 5.1.4

Also refer to the Construction Noise and Vibration Delivery Work Plan and the Historic Heritage Delivery Work Plan (Built Heritage Section)

Air Quality DIS-4 Level 1

Measures to minimise adverse impacts to local air quality during construction have been identified and implemented

Section 5.1.9

Also refer to the Air Quality Delivery Work Plan

Light Pollution DIS-5 Level 1

Measures to prevent light spill during construction and operation have been identified and implemented

Section 5.1.14

Energy and carbon monitoring and reduction ENE-1 Level 1

Monitoring and modelling of energy use and GHG emissions and actions taken to reduce them is undertaken

Section 5.1.18

Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan

Energy and carbon reduction opportunities ENE-2 Level 1

Opportunities to reduce scope 1 and 2 are identified and investigated

Sections 4.2.1, 5.1.1, 5.1.18

Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan

Renewable Energy ENE-3 Level 1

Opportunities for the use of renewable energy fully investigated

Section 5.1.18

Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan

Water use, monitoring and reduction WAT-1 Level 1

Monitoring and modelling of water use is undertaken

Section 5.1.19

Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan

Credit

Requirement *

Relevant section

Other Relevant Information / Comments

Water saving opportunities WAT-2 Level 1

Water saving opportunities identified and implemented

Section 5.1.19

Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan and the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

Replace potable water WAT-3 Level 1

Identification of non-potable sources and replacement of potable demand

Section 5.1.19

Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan and the Erosion and Sediment Control Plan

Materials footprint, measurement and reduction MAT-1 Level 1

Monitoring and modelling of material lifecycle impacts are undertaken using the Materials Calculator

Section 5.1.20

Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan

Environmentally labelled products and supply chains MAT-2 Level 1

Use of major materials that have environmental labels or are from sustainable supply chains

Section 5.1.18

Also refer to Sustainability Rating Management Plan

Crime Prevention HEA-2 Level 2

The likelihood of crime prevention has been reduced through the implementation of CPTED guidelines, in design, construction and operation, including temporary construction diversions and lighting.

Section 2.8.1

Heritage assessment and management HER-1 Level 1

Measures to minimise the adverse impacts to heritage during construction have been identified and implemented

Section 5.1.4

Also refer to the Historic Heritage Delivery Work Plan

Stakeholder engagement strategy STA-1 Level 1

A comprehensive stakeholder management strategy is developed

Sections 1.2, 1.3.1, 5.3, 5.3.1

Also refer to the Communication and Consultation Plan

Site planning URB-2 Level 1

A site planning report is prepared that addresses a number of aspects

Section 5.1.5

* Refer to ISCA Rating Tool for full details of the requirement

Also refer to the Urban Design Delivery Work Plan

Appendix D:

Staging Plans

N

QUAY ST

STAGE 1 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES JULY 2016 TO JANUARY 2017

100

CONSTRUCT TEMPORARY FACILITIES (INCLUDING NEW STAIRS) REMOVE EXISTING STAIRS AND ESCALATORS REMOVE/RELOCATE PUBLIC ARTWORK ROAD AND FOOTPATH ALIGNMENTS MODIFIED

80

90

EMERGENCY EGRESS MAINTAINED WHILE UPPER CPO IS TENANTED

70

TRAFFIC DIRECTION REVERSED ON TYLER ST

SITE ACCESS

SITE EGRESS REMOVE CANOPIES

50

60

QUEEN ELIZABETH II SQUARE

40

LAYDOWN AREA

PRECINCT

SITE EGRESS

10

20

30

(NOT PART OF WORKS)

ORIGINAL SCALE OF MM.

0

CONSTRUCTION ZONE WORK PHASED TO ALLOW EMERGENCY ONLY PUBLIC ACCESS DURING OPERATING HOURS SITE ACCESS

CPO TO REMAIN OPEN. UPPER FLOORS REMAIN TENANTED LAYDOWN AREA

SITE EGRESS

SITE ACCESS COMMERCE ST

QUEEN ST

GALWAY ST

REMOVE CANOPIES

REV

AMENDMENT

BY NAME

DATE

CITY RAIL LINK ENABLING WORKS CONTRACT 1 STAGE 1 OVERVIEW TEMPORARY STATION ENABLING WORKS

CONTRACT No.

880201-250

DWG. SCALE (A3 Original)

1:500 @ A3 DRAWING No.

REVISION

STAGE 1 CONSTRUCTION

09.05.2016

N

QUAY ST

STAGE 2 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES JANUARY 2017 TO MAY 2017

100

CONSTRUCT DUST/NOISE BARRIERS STRIP OUT CPO CPO GROUND FLOOR DEMOLITION CPO DIAPHRAGM WALL CONSTRUCTION (BEGIN) B2 TEMPORARY ACCOMMODATION WORKS

80

90

MAIN CONSTRUCTION ACCESS INTO CPO. BUS SHELTERS REMOVED. SITE FENCED AND GLASSHOUSE PROTECTED. SITE PARKING PROVIDED ALONG TYLER ST

70

TRAFFIC DIRECTION REVERSED ON TYLER ST

TYLER ST

PRECINCT

CONSTRUCTION ZONE ALL PUBLIC ACCESS TO CPO CLOSED. UPPER FLOORS VACATED BY TENANTS AND USED AS SITE OFFICES AND STORAGE UNDERTAKE CPO WORKS AND COMMENCE DIAPHRAGM WALL INSTALLATION

WORK AREA SECURELY FENCED

ORIGINAL SCALE OF MM.

0

10

20

30

(NOT PART OF WORKS)

DRYWALL BENTONITE TREATMENT AREA

PUBLIC ACCES NEW STATION LAYOUT IN OPERATION

NOISE/DUST BARRIER BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION AND PUBLIC AREAS

PUBLIC ACCESS

GALWAY ST COMMERCE ST

40

50

60

QUEEN ELIZABETH II SQUARE

QUEEN ST

GALWAY AND COMMERCE STREETS UNAFFECTED

REV

AMENDMENT

BY NAME

DATE

CITY RAIL LINK ENABLING WORKS CONTRACT 1 STAGE 2 OVERVIEW CPO DEMOLITION AND PILING WORKS

CONTRACT No.

880201-250

DWG. SCALE (A3 Original)

1:500 @ A3 DRAWING No.

REVISION

STAGE 2 CONSTRUCTION

09.05.2016

N

QUAY ST

STAGE 3 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES MAY 2017 TO MAR 2020 B2 ACCOMMODATION WORKS & B1-B2 ESCALATOR COMPLETE QUEEN ST PILING CPO AND QUEEN ST EXCAVATION UNDERPINNING CPO BREAK-THROUGH INTO PRECINCT WORKS TUNNEL CONSTRUCTION BACKFILL QUEEN ST REINSTATEMENT STATION BOH B2 WORKS CPO REBUILD

100